ETSI TS V ( )

Transcription

1 TS V ( ) Technical Specification LTE; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception (3GPP TS version Release 11)

2 3GPP TS version Release 11 1 TS V ( ) Reference RTS/TSGR vb80 Keywords LTE 650 Route des Lucioles F Sophia Antipolis Cedex - FRANCE Tel.: Fax: Siret N NAF 742 C Association à but non lucratif enregistrée à la Sous-Préfecture de Grasse (06) N 7803/88 Important notice The present document can be downloaded from: The present document may be made available in electronic versions and/or in print. The content of any electronic and/or print versions of the present document shall not be modified without the prior written authorization of. In case of any existing or perceived difference in contents between such versions and/or in print, the only prevailing document is the print of the Portable Document Format (PDF) version kept on a specific network drive within Secretariat. Users of the present document should be aware that the document may be subject to revision or change of status. Information on the current status of this and other documents is available at If you find errors in the present document, please send your comment to one of the following services: Copyright Notification No part may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm except as authorized by written permission of. The content of the PDF version shall not be modified without the written authorization of. The copyright and the foregoing restriction extend to reproduction in all media. European Telecommunications Standards Institute All rights reserved. DECT TM, PLUGTESTS TM, UMTS TM and the logo are Trade Marks of registered for the benefit of its Members. 3GPP TM and LTE are Trade Marks of registered for the benefit of its Members and of the 3GPP Organizational Partners. GSM and the GSM logo are Trade Marks registered and owned by the GSM Association.

3 3GPP TS version Release 11 2 TS V ( ) Intellectual Property Rights IPRs essential or potentially essential to the present document may have been declared to. The information pertaining to these essential IPRs, if any, is publicly available for members and non-members, and can be found in SR : "Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs); Essential, or potentially Essential, IPRs notified to in respect of standards", which is available from the Secretariat. Latest updates are available on the Web server ( Pursuant to the IPR Policy, no investigation, including IPR searches, has been carried out by. No guarantee can be given as to the existence of other IPRs not referenced in SR (or the updates on the Web server) which are, or may be, or may become, essential to the present document. Foreword This Technical Specification (TS) has been produced by the 3 rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). The present document may refer to technical specifications or reports using their 3GPP identities, UMTS identities or GSM identities. These should be interpreted as being references to the corresponding deliverables. The cross reference between GSM, UMTS, 3GPP and identities can be found under

4 3GPP TS version Release 11 3 TS V ( ) Contents Intellectual Property Rights... 2 Foreword... 2 Foreword Scope References Definitions, symbols and abbreviations Definitions Symbols Abbreviations General Relationship between minimum requirements and test requirements Applicability of minimum requirements Void A Applicability of minimum requirements (CA, UL-MIMO, edl-mimo) RF requirements in later releases Operating bands and channel arrangement General Void Void Void Operating bands A Operating bands for CA B Operating bands for UL-MIMO Channel bandwidth Channel bandwidths per operating band A Channel bandwidth for CA A.1 Channel bandwidths per operating band for CA B Channel bandwidth for UL-MIMO B.1 Void Channel arrangement Channel spacing A Channel spacing for CA Channel raster A Channel raster for CA Carrier frequency and EARFCN TX RX frequency separation A TX RX frequency separation for CA Transmitter characteristics General Transmit power Void UE maximum output power A UE maximum output power for CA B UE maximum output power for UL-MIMO UE maximum output power for modulation / channel bandwidth A UE Maximum Output power for modulation / channel bandwidth for CA B UE maximum output power for modulation / channel bandwidth for UL-MIMO UE maximum output power with additional requirements A UE maximum output power with additional requirements for CA A.1 A-MPR for CA_NS_01 for CA_1C A.2 A-MPR for CA_NS_02 for CA_1C A.3 A-MPR for CA_NS_03 for CA_1C... 49

5 3GPP TS version Release 11 4 TS V ( ) 6.2.4A.4 A-MPR for CA_NS_ A.5 A-MPR for CA_NS_05 for CA_38C A.6 A-MPR for CA_NS_ B UE maximum output power with additional requirements for UL-MIMO Configured transmitted power A Configured transmitted power for CA B Configured transmitted power for UL-MIMO Output power dynamics (Void) Minimum output power Minimum requirement A UE Minimum output power for CA A.1 Minimum requirement for CA B UE Minimum output power for UL-MIMO B.1 Minimum requirement Transmit OFF power Minimum requirement A UE Transmit OFF power for CA A.1 Minimum requirement for CA B UE Transmit OFF power for UL-MIMO B.1 Minimum requirement ON/OFF time mask General ON/OFF time mask PRACH and SRS time mask PRACH time mask SRS time mask Slot / Sub frame boundary time mask PUCCH / PUSCH / SRS time mask A ON/OFF time mask for CA B ON/OFF time mask for UL-MIMO Power Control Absolute power tolerance Minimum requirements Relative Power tolerance Minimum requirements Aggregate power control tolerance Minimum requirement A Power control for CA A.1 Absolute power tolerance A.1.1 Minimum requirements A.2 Relative power tolerance A.2.1 Minimum requirements A.3 Aggregate power control tolerance A.3.1 Minimum requirements B Power control for UL-MIMO Void Transmit signal quality Frequency error A Frequency error for CA B Frequency error for UL-MIMO Transmit modulation quality Error Vector Magnitude Minimum requirement Carrier leakage Minimum requirements In-band emissions Minimum requirements EVM equalizer spectrum flatness Minimum requirements A Transmit modulation quality for CA A.1 Error Vector Magnitude A.2 Carrier leakage for CA... 71

6 3GPP TS version Release 11 5 TS V ( ) 6.5.2A.2.1 Minimum requirements A.3 In-band emissions A.3.1 Minimum requirement for CA B Transmit modulation quality for UL-MIMO B.1 Error Vector Magnitude B.2 Carrier leakage B.3 In-band emissions B.4 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness for UL-MIMO Output RF spectrum emissions Occupied bandwidth A Occupied bandwidth for CA B Occupied bandwidth for UL-MIMO Out of band emission Spectrum emission mask Minimum requirement A Spectrum emission mask for CA Additional spectrum emission mask Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_03", NS_11, and NS_20 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_04") Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_06" or NS_07 ) A Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA A.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_04") Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio Minimum requirement E-UTRA A Void Minimum requirements UTRA A Minimum requirement UTRA for CA A Minimum requirements for CA E-UTRA Void Void A Void B Out of band emission for UL-MIMO Spurious emissions Minimum requirements A Minimum requirements for CA Spurious emission band UE co-existence A Spurious emission band UE co-existence for CA Additional spurious emissions Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_05") Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_07 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_08 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_09 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_12 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_13 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_14 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_15 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_16 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_17 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_18 ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_19 ) A Additional spurious emissions for CA A.1 Minimum requirement for CA_1C (network signalled value "CA_NS_01") A.2 Minimum requirement for CA_1C (network signalled value "CA_NS_02") A.3 Minimum requirement for CA_1C (network signalled value "CA_NS_03") A.4 Minimum requirement for CA_38C (network signalled value "CA_NS_05") A.5 Minimum requirement for CA_7C (network signalled value "CA_NS_06") A Void B Spurious emission for UL-MIMO A Void B Void Transmit intermodulation Minimum requirement... 95

7 3GPP TS version Release 11 6 TS V ( ) 6.7.1A Minimum requirement for CA B Minimum requirement for UL-MIMO Void Void A Void B Time alignment error for UL-MIMO B.1 Minimum Requirements Receiver characteristics General Diversity characteristics Reference sensitivity power level Minimum requirements (QPSK) A Minimum requirements (QPSK) for CA B Minimum requirements (QPSK) for UL-MIMO Void Maximum input level Minimum requirements A Minimum requirements for CA B Minimum requirements for UL-MIMO A Void A.1 Void Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) Minimum requirements A Minimum requirements for CA B Minimum requirements for UL-MIMO Blocking characteristics In-band blocking Minimum requirements A Minimum requirements for CA Out-of-band blocking Minimum requirements A Minimum requirements for CA Narrow band blocking Minimum requirements A Minimum requirements for CA A Void B Blocking characteristics for UL-MIMO Spurious response Minimum requirements A Minimum requirements for CA B Minimum requirements for UL-MIMO Intermodulation characteristics Wide band intermodulation Minimum requirements A Minimum requirements for CA B Minimum requirements for UL-MIMO Void Spurious emissions Minimum requirements Receiver image Void A Minimum requirements for CA Performance requirement General Dual-antenna receiver capability Simultaneous unicast and MBMS operations Dual-antenna receiver capability in idle mode Demodulation of PDSCH (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD (Fixed Reference Channel) Single-antenna port performance

8 3GPP TS version Release 11 7 TS V ( ) Minimum Requirement Void Void Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation in presence of MBSFN Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) A Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A - 2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM3 interference model Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port A Soft buffer management test Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port A Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port B C Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A - Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port with TM4 interference model Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port MU-MIMO [Control channel performance: D-BCH and PCH] Carrier aggregation with power imbalance Minimum Requirement TDD (Fixed Reference Channel) Single-antenna port performance Minimum Requirement Void Void Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation in presence of MBSFN Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) A Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A 2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM3 interference model Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port A Soft buffer management test Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 2Tx antenna port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port A Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port B Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port with TM4 interference model

9 3GPP TS version Release 11 8 TS V ( ) C Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port MU-MIMO [Control channel performance: D-BCH and PCH] Carrier aggregation with power imbalance Minimum Requirement Demodulation of PDSCH (User-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing with TM9 interference model Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing Performance requirements for DCI format 2D and non Quasi Co-located Antenna Ports Minimum requirement with Same Cell ID (with single NZP CSI-RS resource) Minimum requirements with Same Cell ID (with multiple NZP CSI-RS resources) Minimum requirement with Different Cell ID and Colliding CRS (with single NZP CSI-RS resource) TDD Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing A Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (with multiple CSI-RS configurations) B Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing with TM9 interference model Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (with multiple CSI-RS configurations) Performance requirements for DCI format 2D and non Quasi Co-located Antenna Ports Minimum requirement with Same Cell ID (with single NZP CSI-RS resource) Minimum requirements with Same Cell ID (with multiple NZP CSI-RS resources) Minimum requirement with Different Cell ID and Colliding CRS (with single NZP CSI-RS resource) Demodulation of PDCCH/PCFICH FDD Single-antenna port performance Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) TDD Single-antenna port performance Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) Demodulation of PHICH FDD Single-antenna port performance Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) TDD Single-antenna port performance

10 3GPP TS version Release 11 9 TS V ( ) Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) Demodulation of PBCH FDD Single-antenna port performance Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port under Time Domain Measurement Resource Restriction with CRS Assistance Information TDD Single-antenna port performance Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port under Time Domain Measurement Resource Restriction with CRS Assistance Information Sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers FDD TDD FDD (EPDCCH scheduling) TDD (EPDCCH scheduling) Demodulation of EPDCCH Distributed Transmission FDD Void TDD Void Localized Transmission with TM FDD Void Void TDD Void Void Localized transmission with TM10 Type B quasi co-location type FDD TDD Reporting of Channel State Information General CQI reporting definition under AWGN conditions Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD FDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured) TDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured) FDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and with CRS assistance information) TDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and with CRS assistance information) Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (CSI Reference Symbols) FDD TDD

11 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (With Single CSI Process) FDD TDD CQI reporting under fading conditions Frequency-selective scheduling mode Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD FDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and with CRS assistance information) TDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and with CRS assistance information) Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-1 (CSI Reference Symbol) FDD TDD Frequency non-selective scheduling mode Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbol) FDD TDD Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (CSI Reference Symbol) FDD TDD Frequency-selective interference Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbol) FDD TDD Void Void Void UE-selected subband CQI Minimum requirement PUSCH 2-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD Minimum requirement PUCCH 2-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD Additional requirements for enhanced receiver Type A Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbol) FDD TDD Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (CSI Reference Symbol) FDD TDD Minimum requirement (With multiple CSI processes) FDD TDD Reporting of Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) Single PMI Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-1 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD Minimum requirement PUCCH 2-1 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-1 (CSI Reference Symbol) FDD TDD a Void a.1 Void a.1.1 Void a.1.2 Void Multiple PMI

12 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirement PUSCH 1-2 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD Minimum requirement PUSCH 2-2 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD Minimum requirement PUSCH 1-2 (CSI Reference Symbol) FDD TDD Void Void Void Void Reporting of Rank Indicator (RI) Minimum requirement (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD Minimum requirement (CSI Reference Symbols) FDD TDD Minimum requirement (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured) FDD TDD Minimum requirement (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and CRS assistance information are configured) FDD TDD Minimum requirement (with CSI process) FDD TDD Additional requirements for carrier aggregation Periodic reporting on multiple cells (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD TDD Performance requirement (MBMS) FDD (Fixed Reference Channel) Minimum requirement TDD (Fixed Reference Channel) Minimum requirement Annex A (normative): Measurement channels A.1 General A.2 UL reference measurement channels A.2.1 General A Applicability and common parameters A Determination of payload size A Overview of UL reference measurement channels A.2.2 Reference measurement channels for FDD A Full RB allocation A QPSK A QAM A QAM A Partial RB allocation A QPSK A QAM A QAM A Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers A.2.3 Reference measurement channels for TDD A Full RB allocation A QPSK

13 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A QAM A QAM A Partial RB allocation A QPSK A QAM A QAM A Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers A.3 DL reference measurement channels A.3.1 General A Overview of DL reference measurement channels A.3.2 Reference measurement channel for receiver characteristics A.3.3 Reference measurement channels for PDSCH performance requirements (FDD) A Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols) A Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols) A Two antenna ports A Four antenna ports A Reference Measurement Channel for UE-Specific Reference Symbols A Two antenna port (CSI-RS) A Four antenna ports (CSI-RS) A.3.4 Reference measurement channels for PDSCH performance requirements (TDD) A Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols) A Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Signals) A Two antenna ports A Four antenna ports A Reference Measurement Channels for UE-Specific Reference Symbols A Single antenna port (Cell Specific) A Two antenna ports (Cell Specific) A Two antenna ports (CSI-RS) A Four antenna ports (CSI-RS) A Eight antenna ports (CSI-RS) A.3.5 Reference measurement channels for PDCCH/PCFICH performance requirements A FDD A TDD A.3.6 Reference measurement channels for PHICH performance requirements A.3.7 Reference measurement channels for PBCH performance requirements A.3.8 Reference measurement channels for MBMS performance requirements A FDD A TDD A.3.9 Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers A FDD A TDD A FDD (EPDCCH scheduling) A TDD (EPDCCH scheduling) A.3.10 Reference Measurement Channels for EPDCCH performance requirements A FDD A TDD A.4 CSI reference measurement channels A.5 OFDMA Channel Noise Generator (OCNG) A.5.1 OCNG Patterns for FDD A OCNG FDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern A OCNG FDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern A OCNG FDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10 MHz A OCNG FDD pattern 4: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern for MBMS transmission A OCNG FDD pattern 5: One sided dynamic 16QAM modulated OCNG FDD pattern A OCNG FDD pattern 6: dynamic OCNG FDD pattern when user data is in 2 non-contiguous blocks A OCNG FDD pattern 7: dynamic OCNG FDD pattern when user data is in multiple non-contiguous blocks A.5.2 OCNG Patterns for TDD A OCNG TDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern A OCNG TDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern

14 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A OCNG TDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10 MHz A OCNG TDD pattern 4: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern for MBMS transmission A OCNG TDD pattern 5: One sided dynamic 16QAM modulated OCNG TDD pattern A OCNG TDD pattern 6: dynamic OCNG TDD pattern when user data is in 2 non-contiguous blocks A OCNG TDD pattern 7: dynamic OCNG TDD pattern when user data is in multiple non-contiguous blocks Annex B (normative): Propagation conditions B.1 Static propagation condition B.2 Multi-path fading propagation conditions B.2.1 Delay profiles B.2.2 Combinations of channel model parameters B.2.3 MIMO Channel Correlation Matrices B Definition of MIMO Correlation Matrices B MIMO Correlation Matrices at High, Medium and Low Level B.2.3A MIMO Channel Correlation Matrices using cross polarized antennas B.2.3A.1 Definition of MIMO Correlation Matrices using cross polarized antennas B.2.3A.2 Spatial Correlation Matrices using cross polarized antennas at enb and UE sides B.2.3A.2.1 Spatial Correlation Matrices at enb side B.2.3A.2.2 Spatial Correlation Matrices at UE side B.2.3A.4 Beam steering approach B.2.4 Propagation conditions for CQI tests B Propagation conditions for CQI tests with multiple CSI processes B.2.5 Void B.2.6 MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile B.3 High speed train scenario B.4 Beamforming Model B.4.1 Single-layer random beamforming (Antenna port 5, 7, or 8) B.4.2 Dual-layer random beamforming (antenna ports 7 and 8) B.4.3 Generic beamforming model (antenna ports 7-14) B.4.4 Random beamforming for EPDCCH distributed transmission (Antenna port 107 and 109) B.4.5 Random beamforming for EPDCCH localized transmission (Antenna port 107, 108, 109 or 110) B.5 Interference models for enhanced performance requirements Type-A B.5.1 Dominant interferer proportion B.5.2 Transmission mode 3 interference model B.5.3 Transmission mode 4 interference model B.5.4 Transmission mode 9 interference model Annex C (normative): Downlink Physical Channels C.1 General C.2 Set-up C.3 Connection C.3.1 Measurement of Receiver Characteristics C.3.2 Measurement of Performance requirements C.3.3 Aggressor cell power allocation for Measurement of Performance Requirements when ABS is Configured C.3.4 Power Allocation for Measurement of Performance Requirements when Quasi Co-location Type B: same Cell ID Annex D (normative): Characteristics of the interfering signal D.1 General D.2 Interference signals Annex E (normative): Environmental conditions E.1 General

15 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) E.2 Environmental E.2.1 Temperature E.2.2 Voltage E.2.3 Vibration Annex F (normative): Transmit modulation F.1 Measurement Point F.2 Basic Error Vector Magnitude measurement F.3 Basic in-band emissions measurement F.4 Modified signal under test F.5 Window length F.5.1 Timing offset F.5.2 Window length F.5.3 Window length for normal CP F.5.4 Window length for Extended CP F.5.5 Window length for PRACH F.6 Averaged EVM F.7 Spectrum Flatness Annex G (informative): Reference sensitivity level in lower SNR G.1 General G.2 Typical receiver sensitivity performance (QPSK) G.3 Reference measurement channel for REFSENSE in lower SNR Annex H (informative): Change history History

16 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Foreword This Technical Specification (TS) has been produced by the 3 rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). The contents of the present document are subject to continuing work within the TSG and may change following formal TSG approval. Should the TSG modify the contents of the present document, it will be re-released by the TSG with an identifying change of release date and an increase in version number as follows: Version x.y.z Where: x the first digit: 1 presented to TSG for information; 2 presented to TSG for approval; 3 or greater indicates TSG approved document under change control. y the second digit is incremented for all changes of substance, i.e. technical enhancements, corrections, updates, etc. z the third digit is incremented when editorial only changes have been incorporated in the document.

17 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 1 Scope. The present document establishes the minimum RF characteristics and minimum performance requirements for E- UTRA User Equipment (UE). 2 References The following documents contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of the present document. - References are either specific (identified by date of publication, edition number, version number, etc.) or non-specific. - For a specific reference, subsequent revisions do not apply. - For a non-specific reference, the latest version applies. In the case of a reference to a 3GPP document (including a GSM document), a non-specific reference implicitly refers to the latest version of that document in the same Release as the present document. [1] 3GPP TR : "Vocabulary for 3GPP Specifications". [2] ITU-R Recommendation SM , "Unwanted emissions in the spurious domain" [3] ITU-R Recommendation M.1545: "Measurement uncertainty as it applies to test limits for the terrestrial component of International Mobile Telecommunications-2000". [4] 3GPP TS : "Physical Channels and Modulation". [5] 3GPP TS : "Multiplexing and channel coding". [6] 3GPP TS : "Physical layer procedures". [7] 3GPP TS : " Requirements for support of radio resource management ". [8] 3GPP TS : " Requirements on User Equipments (UEs) supporting a release-independent frequency band". [9] 3GPP TS : "X2 application protocol (X2AP) ". 3 Definitions, symbols and abbreviations 3.1 Definitions For the purposes of the present document, the terms and definitions given in TR [1] and the following apply in the case of a single component carrier. A term defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same term, if any, in TR [1]. Aggregated Channel Bandwidth: The RF bandwidth in which a UE transmits and receives multiple contiguously aggregated carriers. Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration: The number of resource block allocated within the aggregated channel bandwidth. Carrier aggregation: Aggregation of two or more component carriers in order to support wider transmission bandwidths. Carrier aggregation band: A set of one or more operating bands across which multiple carriers are aggregated with a specific set of technical requirements.

18 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Carrier aggregation bandwidth class: A class defined by the aggregated transmission bandwidth configuration and maximum number of component carriers supported by a UE. Carrier aggregation configuration: A combination of CA operating band(s) and CA bandwidth class(es) supported by a UE. Channel edge: The lowest and highest frequency of the carrier, separated by the channel bandwidth. Channel bandwidth: The RF bandwidth supporting a single E-UTRA RF carrier with the transmission bandwidth configured in the uplink or downlink of a cell. The channel bandwidth is measured in MHz and is used as a reference for transmitter and receiver RF requirements. Contiguous carriers: A set of two or more carriers configured in a spectrum block where there are no RF requirements based on co-existence for un-coordinated operation within the spectrum block. Contiguous resource allocation: A resource allocation of consecutive resource blocks within one carrier or across contiguously aggregated carriers. The gap between contiguously aggregated carriers due to the nominal channel spacing is allowed. Contiguous spectrum: Spectrum consisting of a contiguous block of spectrum with no sub-block gaps. Enhanced performance requirements type A: This defines performance requirements assuming as baseline receiver reference symbol based linear minimum mean square error interference rejection combining. Inter-band carrier aggregation: Carrier aggregation of component carriers in different operating bands. NOTE: Carriers aggregated in each band can be contiguous or non-contiguous. Intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation: Contiguous carriers aggregated in the same operating band. Intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation: Non-contiguous carriers aggregated in the same operating band. Lower sub-block edge: The frequency at the lower edge of one sub-block. It is used as a frequency reference point for both transmitter and receiver requirements. Non-contiguous spectrum: Spectrum consisting of two or more sub-blocks separated by sub-block gap(s). Sub-block: This is one contiguous allocated block of spectrum for transmission and reception by the same UE. There may be multiple instances of sub-blocks within an RF bandwidth. Sub-block bandwidth: The bandwidth of one sub-block. Sub-block gap: A frequency gap between two consecutive sub-blocks within an RF bandwidth, where the RF requirements in the gap are based on co-existence for un-coordinated operation. Synchronized operation: Operation of TDD in two different systems, where no simultaneous uplink and downlink occur. Unsynchronized operation: Operation of TDD in two different systems, where the conditions for synchronized operation are not met. Upper sub-block edge: The frequency at the upper edge of one sub-block. It is used as a frequency reference point for both transmitter and receiver requirements. 3.2 Symbols For the purposes of the present document, the following symbols apply: BW Channel BW Channel,block BW Channel_CA BW GB Channel bandwidth Sub-block bandwidth, expressed in MHz. BW Channel,block = F edge,block,high - F edge,block,low. Aggregated channel bandwidth, expressed in MHz. Virtual guard band to facilitate transmitter (receiver) filtering above / below edge CCs.

19 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) E RS Transmitted energy per RE for reference symbols during the useful part of the symbol, i.e. excluding the cyclic prefix, (average power normalized to the subcarrier spacing) at the enode B transmit antenna connector Ê s The averaged received energy per RE of the wanted signal during the useful part of the symbol, i.e. excluding the cyclic prefix, at the UE antenna connector; average power is computed within a set of REs used for the transmission of physical channels (including user specific RSs when present), divided by the number of REs within the set, and normalized to the subcarrier spacing F Frequency F Interferer (offset) Frequency offset of the interferer F Interferer Frequency of the interferer F C Frequency of the carrier centre frequency F C,block, high Center frequency of the highest transmitted/received carrier in a sub-block. F C,block, low Center frequency of the lowest transmitted/received carrier in a sub-block. F CA_low The centre frequency of the lowest carrier, expressed in MHz. F CA_high The centre frequency of the highest carrier, expressed in MHz. F DL_low The lowest frequency of the downlink operating band F DL_high The highest frequency of the downlink operating band F UL_low The lowest frequency of the uplink operating band F UL_high The highest frequency of the uplink operating band F edge,block,low The lower sub-block edge, where F edge,block,low = F C,block,low - F offset. F edge,block,high The upper sub-block edge, where F edge,block,high = F C,block,high + F offset. F edge_low The lower edge of aggregated channel bandwidth, expressed in MHz. F edge_high The higher edge of aggregated channel bandwidth, expressed in MHz. F offset Frequency offset from F C_high to the higher edge or F C_low to the lower edge. F offset,block,low Separation between lower edge of a sub-block and the center of the lowest component carrier within the sub-block F offset,block,high Separation between higher edge of a sub-block and the center of the highest component carrier within the sub-block F OOB The boundary between the E-UTRA out of band emission and spurious emission domains. I The power spectral density of the total input signal (power averaged over the useful part of the o symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the total number of RE for this configuration and normalised to the subcarrier spacing) at the UE antenna connector, including the own-cell downlink signal I or The total transmitted power spectral density of the own-cell downlink signal (power averaged over the useful part of the symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the total number of RE for this configuration and normalised to the subcarrier spacing) at the enode B transmit antenna connector Î or The total received power spectral density of the own-cell downlink signal (power averaged over the useful part of the symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the total number of RE for this configuration and normalised to the subcarrier spacing) at the UE antenna connector I ot The received power spectral density of the total noise and interference for a certain RE (average power obtained within the RE and normalized to the subcarrier spacing) as measured at the UE antenna connector Transmission bandwidth which represents the length of a contiguous resource block allocation expressed in units of resources blocks Cyclic prefix length Downlink EARFCN N oc The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalised to the subcarrier spacing), simulating interference from cells that are not defined in a test procedure, as measured at the UE antenna connector N oc1 The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalized to the subcarrier spacing), simulating interference in non-crs symbols in ABS subframe from cells that are not defined in a test procedure, as measured at the UE antenna connector. N oc2 The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalized to the subcarrier spacing), simulating interference in CRS symbols in ABS subframe from all cells that are not defined in a test procedure, as measured at the UE antenna connector. L CRB N cp N DL

20 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) N oc3 The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalised to the subcarrier spacing), simulating interference in non-abs subframe from cells that are not defined in a test procedure, as measured at the UE antenna connector N oc The power spectral density (average power per RE normalised to the subcarrier spacing) of the summation of the received power spectral densities of the strongest interfering cells explicitly defined in a test procedure plus, as measured at the UE antenna connector. The respective power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value. N Offs-DL Offset used for calculating downlink EARFCN N Offs-UL Offset used for calculating uplink EARFCN N otx The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalised to the subcarrier spacing) simulating enode B transmitter impairments as measured at the enode B transmit antenna connector N RB Transmission bandwidth configuration, expressed in units of resource blocks N RB_agg Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration The number of the aggregated RBs within the fully allocated Aggregated Channel bandwidth. N RB_alloc Total number of simultaneously transmitted resource blocks in Channel bandwidth or Aggregated Channel Bandwidth. N UL Uplink EARFCN. Rav Minimum average throughput per RB. P CMAX The configured maximum UE output power. P CMAX, c The configured maximum UE output power for serving cell c. P EMAX Maximum allowed UE output power signalled by higher layers. Same as IE P-Max, defined in [7]. P EMAX, c Maximum allowed UE output power signalled by higher layers for serving cell c. Same as IE P-Max, defined in [7]. P Interferer Modulated mean power of the interferer P PowerClass P PowerClass is the nominal UE power (i.e., no tolerance). P UMAX The measured configured maximum UE output power. RB start Indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks. RB end Indicates the highest RB index of transmitted resource blocks. Δf OOB Δ Frequency of Out Of Band emission. ΔR IB,c Allowed reference sensitivity relaxation due to support for inter-band CA operation, for serving cell c. ΔT IB,c Allowed maximum configured output power relaxation due to support for inter-band CA operation, for serving cell c. ΔT C Allowed operating band edge transmission power relaxation. ΔT C,c Allowed operating band edge transmission power relaxation for serving cell c. σ Test specific auxiliary variable used for the purpose of downlink power allocation, defined in Annex C.3.2. Sub-block gap size W gap 3.3 Abbreviations For the purposes of the present document, the abbreviations given in TR [1] and the following apply. An abbreviation defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same abbreviation, if any, in TR [1]. ABS ACLR ACS A-MPR AWGN BS CA CA_X CA_X-X CA_X-Y CC CPE CPE_X Almost Blank Subframe Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio Adjacent Channel Selectivity Additional Maximum Power Reduction Additive White Gaussian Noise Base Station Carrier Aggregation CA for band X where X is the applicable E-UTRA operating band Non-contiguous intra band CA for band X where X is the applicable E-UTRA operating band CA for band X and Band Y where X and Y are the applicable E-UTRA operating band Component Carriers Customer Premise Equipment Customer Premise Equipment for E-UTRA operating band X

21 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) CW DL DIP edl-mimo EARFCN EPRE E-UTRA EUTRAN EVM FDD FRC HD-FDD MCS MOP MPR MSD OCNG OFDMA OOB PA PCC P-MPR PSS PSS_RA RE REFSENS r.m.s SCC SINR SNR SSS SSS_RA TDD UE UL UL-MIMO UMTS UTRA UTRAN xch_ra xch_rb Continuous Wave Downlink Dominant Interferer Proportion Down Link Multiple Antenna transmission E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number Energy Per Resource Element Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network Error Vector Magnitude Frequency Division Duplex Fixed Reference Channel Half- Duplex FDD Modulation and Coding Scheme Maximum Output Power Maximum Power Reduction Maximum Sensitivity Degradation OFDMA Channel Noise Generator Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access Out-of-band Power Amplifier Primary Component Carrier Power Management Maximum Power Reduction Primary Synchronization Signal PSS-to-RS EPRE ratio for the channel PSS Resource Element Reference Sensitivity power level Root Mean Square Secondary Component Carrier Signal-to-Interference-and-Noise Ratio Signal-to-Noise Ratio Secondary Synchronization Signal SSS-to-RS EPRE ratio for the channel SSS Time Division Duplex User Equipment Uplink Up Link Multiple Antenna transmission Universal Mobile Telecommunications System UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network xch-to-rs EPRE ratio for the channel xch in all transmitted OFDM symbols not containing RS xch-to-rs EPRE ratio for the channel xch in all transmitted OFDM symbols containing RS 4 General 4.1 Relationship between minimum requirements and test requirements The Minimum Requirements given in this specification make no allowance for measurement uncertainty. The test specification TS Annex F defines Test Tolerances. These Test Tolerances are individually calculated for each test. The Test Tolerances are used to relax the Minimum Requirements in this specification to create Test Requirements. The measurement results returned by the Test System are compared - without any modification - against the Test Requirements as defined by the shared risk principle. The Shared Risk principle is defined in ITU-R M.1545 [3].

22 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 4.2 Applicability of minimum requirements a) In this specification the Minimum Requirements are specified as general requirements and additional requirements. Where the Requirement is specified as a general requirement, the requirement is mandated to be met in all scenarios b) For specific scenarios for which an additional requirement is specified, in addition to meeting the general requirement, the UE is mandated to meet the additional requirements. c) The reference sensitivity power levels defined in subclause 7.3 are valid for the specified reference measurement channels. d) Note: Receiver sensitivity degradation may occur when: 1) The UE simultaneously transmits and receives with bandwidth allocations less than the transmission bandwidth configuration (see Figure 5.6-1), and 2) Any part of the downlink transmission bandwidth is within an uplink transmission bandwidth from the downlink center subcarrier. e) The spurious emissions power requirements are for the long term average of the power. For the purpose of reducing measurement uncertainty it is acceptable to average the measured power over a period of time sufficient to reduce the uncertainty due to the statistical nature of the signal. 4.3 Void 4.3A Applicability of minimum requirements (CA, UL-MIMO, edl- MIMO) The requirements in clauses 5, 6 and 7 which are specific to CA, UL-MIMO, and edl-mimo are specified as suffix A, B, C, D where; a) Suffix A additional requirements need to support CA b) Suffix B additional requirements need to support UL-MIMO c) Suffix C additional requirements need to support TBD d) Suffix D additional requirements need to support edl-mimo A terminal which supports the above features needs to meet both the general requirements and the additional requirement applicable to the additional subclause (suffix A, B, C and D) in clauses 5, 6 and 7. Where there is a difference in requirement between the general requirements and the additional subclause requirements (suffix A, B, C and D) in clauses 5, 6 and 7, the tighter requirements are applicable unless stated otherwise in the additional subclause. A terminal which supports more than one feature (CA, UL-MIMO, and edl-mimo) in clauses 5, 6 and 7 shall meet all of the separate corresponding requirements. For a terminal supporting CA, compliance with minimum requirements for non-contiguous intra-band carrier aggregation in any given operating band does not imply compliance with minimum requirements for contiguous intraband carrier aggregation in the same operating band. For a terminal supporting CA, compliance with minimum requirements for contiguous intra-band carrier aggregation in any given operating band does not imply compliance with minimum requirements for non- contiguous intra-band carrier aggregation in the same operating band. 4.4 RF requirements in later releases The standardisation of new frequency bands may be independent of a release. However, in order to implement a UE that conforms to a particular release but supports a band of operation that is specified in a later release, it is necessary to

23 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) specify some extra requirements. TS [8] specifies requirements on UEs supporting a frequency band that is independent of release. NOTE: For terminals conforming to the 3GPP release of the present document, some RF requirements in later releases may be mandatory independent of whether the UE supports the bands specified in later releases or not. The set of requirements from later releases that is also mandatory for UEs conforming to the 3GPP release of the present document is determined by regional regulation. 5 Operating bands and channel arrangement 5.1 General The channel arrangements presented in this clause are based on the operating bands and channel bandwidths defined in the present release of specifications. NOTE: Other operating bands and channel bandwidths may be considered in future releases. 5.2 Void 5.3 Void 5.4 Void 5.5 Operating bands E-UTRA is designed to operate in the operating bands defined in Table

24 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) E-UTRA Operating Band Table E-UTRA operating bands Uplink (UL) operating band BS receive UE transmit Downlink (DL) operating band BS transmit UE receive Duplex Mode F UL_low F UL_high F DL_low F DL_high MHz 1980 MHz 2110 MHz 2170 MHz FDD MHz 1910 MHz 1930 MHz 1990 MHz FDD MHz 1785 MHz 1805 MHz 1880 MHz FDD MHz 1755 MHz 2110 MHz 2155 MHz FDD MHz 849 MHz 869 MHz 894MHz FDD MHz 840 MHz 875 MHz 885 MHz FDD MHz 2570 MHz 2620 MHz 2690 MHz FDD MHz 915 MHz 925 MHz 960 MHz FDD MHz MHz MHz MHz FDD MHz 1770 MHz 2110 MHz 2170 MHz FDD MHz MHz MHz MHz FDD MHz 716 MHz 729 MHz 746 MHz FDD MHz 787 MHz 746 MHz 756 MHz FDD MHz 798 MHz 758 MHz 768 MHz FDD 15 Reserved Reserved FDD 16 Reserved Reserved FDD MHz 716 MHz 734 MHz 746 MHz FDD MHz 830 MHz 860 MHz 875 MHz FDD MHz 845 MHz 875 MHz 890 MHz FDD MHz 862 MHz 791 MHz 821 MHz FDD MHz MHz MHz MHz FDD MHz 3490 MHz 3510 MHz 3590 MHz FDD MHz 2020 MHz 2180 MHz 2200 MHz FDD MHz MHz 1525 MHz 1559 MHz FDD MHz 1915 MHz 1930 MHz 1995 MHz FDD MHz 849 MHz 859 MHz 894 MHz FDD MHz 824 MHz 852 MHz 869 MHz FDD MHz 748 MHz 758 MHz 803 MHz FDD MHz 728 MHz FDD MHz 1920 MHz 1900 MHz 1920 MHz TDD MHz 2025 MHz 2010 MHz 2025 MHz TDD MHz 1910 MHz 1850 MHz 1910 MHz TDD MHz 1990 MHz 1930 MHz 1990 MHz TDD MHz 1930 MHz 1910 MHz 1930 MHz TDD MHz 2620 MHz 2570 MHz 2620 MHz TDD MHz 1920 MHz 1880 MHz 1920 MHz TDD MHz 2400 MHz 2300 MHz 2400 MHz TDD MHz 2690 MHz 2496 MHz 2690 MHz TDD MHz 3600 MHz 3400 MHz 3600 MHz TDD MHz 3800 MHz 3600 MHz 3800 MHz TDD MHz 803 MHz 703 MHz 803 MHz TDD NOTE 1: Band 6 is not applicable NOTE 2: Restricted to E-UTRA operation when carrier aggregation is configured. The downlink operating band is paired with the uplink operating band (external) of the carrier aggregation configuration that is supporting the configured Pcell. 5.5A Operating bands for CA E-UTRA carrier aggregation is designed to operate in the operating bands defined in Tables 5.5A-1 and 5.5A-2.

25 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 5.5A-1: Intra-band contiguous CA operating bands E-UTRA E-UTRA Uplink (UL) operating band Downlink (DL) operating band Duplex CA Band Band BS receive / UE transmit BS transmit / UE receive Mode F UL_low F UL_high F DL_low F DL_high CA_ MHz 1980 MHz 2110 MHz 2170 MHz FDD CA_ MHz 2570 MHz 2620 MHz 2690 MHz FDD CA_ MHz 2620 MHz 2570 MHz 2620 MHz TDD CA_ MHz 2400 MHz 2300 MHz 2400 MHz TDD CA_ MHz 2690 MHz 2496 MHz 2690 MHz TDD Table 5.5A-2: Inter-band CA operating bands E-UTRA CA Band CA_1-5 CA_1-18 CA_1-19 CA_1-21 CA_2-17 CA_2-29 CA_3-5 CA_3-7 CA_3-8 CA_3-20 CA_4-5 CA_4-7 CA_4-12 CA_4-13 CA_4-17 CA_4-29 CA_5-12 CA_5-17 CA_7-20 CA_8-20 CA_11-18 E-UTRA Uplink (UL) operating band Downlink (DL) operating band Duplex Band BS receive / UE transmit BS transmit / UE receive Mode F UL_low F UL_high F DL_low F DL_high MHz 1980 MHz 2110 MHz 2170 MHz MHz 849 MHz 869 MHz 894 MHz FDD MHz 1980 MHz 2110 MHz 2170 MHz MHz 830 MHz 860 MHz 875 MHz FDD MHz 1980 MHz 2110 MHz 2170 MHz MHz 845 MHz 875 MHz 890 MHz FDD MHz 1980 MHz 2110 MHz 2170 MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz FDD MHz 1910 MHz 1930 MHz 1990 MHz MHz 716 MHz 734 MHz 746 MHz FDD MHz 1910 MHz 1930 MHz 1990 MHz MHz 728 MHz FDD MHz 1785 MHz 1805 MHz 1880 MHz MHz 849 MHz 869 MHz 894 MHz FDD MHz 1785 MHz 1805 MHz 1880 MHz MHz 2570 MHz 2620 MHz 2690 MHz FDD MHz 1785 MHz 1805 MHz 1880 MHz MHz 915 MHz 925 MHz 960 MHz FDD MHz 1785 MHz 1805 MHz 1880 MHz MHz 862 MHz 791 MHz 821 MHz FDD MHz 1755 MHz 2110 MHz 2155 MHz MHz 849 MHz 869 MHz 894 MHz FDD MHz 1755 MHz 2110 MHz 2155 MHz MHz 2570 MHz 2620 MHz 2690 MHz FDD MHz 1755 MHz 2110 MHz 2155 MHz MHz 716 MHz 729 MHz 746 MHz FDD MHz 1755 MHz 2110 MHz 2155 MHz MHz 787 MHz 746 MHz 756 MHz FDD MHz 1755 MHz 2110 MHz 2155 MHz MHz 716 MHz 734 MHz 746 MHz FDD MHz 1755 MHz 2110 MHz 2155 MHz MHz 728 MHz FDD MHz 849 MHz 869 MHz 894 MHz MHz 716 MHz 729 MHz 746 MHz FDD MHz 849 MHz 869 MHz 894 MHz MHz 716 MHz 734 MHz 746 MHz FDD MHz 2570 MHz 2620 MHz 2690 MHz MHz 862 MHz 791 MHz 821 MHz FDD MHz 915 MHz 925 MHz 960 MHz MHz 862 MHz 791 MHz 821 MHz FDD MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz 830 MHz 860 MHz 875 MHz FDD

26 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 5.5A-3: Intra-band non-contiguous CA operating bands E-UTRA E-UTRA Uplink (UL) operating band Downlink (DL) operating band Duplex CA Band Band BS receive / UE transmit BS transmit / UE receive Mode F UL_low F UL_high F DL_low F DL_high CA_ MHz 1915 MHz 1930 MHz 1995 MHz FDD CA_ MHz 2690 MHz 2496 MHz 2690 MHz TDD 5.5B Operating bands for UL-MIMO E-UTRA UL-MIMO is designed to operate in the operating bands defined in Table Table 5.5B-1: Void 5.6 Channel bandwidth Requirements in present document are specified for the channel bandwidths listed in Table Table 5.6-1: Transmission bandwidth configuration N RB in E-UTRA channel bandwidths Channel bandwidth BW Channel [MHz] Transmission bandwidth configuration N RB Figure shows the relation between the Channel bandwidth (BW Channel ) and the Transmission bandwidth configuration (N RB ). The channel edges are defined as the lowest and highest frequencies of the carrier separated by the channel bandwidth, i.e. at F C +/- BW Channel /2.

27 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Channel bandwidth [MHz] Transmission bandwidth configuration [N RB ] Transmission bandwidth Channel edge Resource block Channel edge Active Resource Blocks Center subcarrier (corresponds to DC in baseband) is not transmitted in downlink Figure 5.6-1: Definition of channel bandwidth and transmission bandwidth configuration for one E-UTRA carrier Channel bandwidths per operating band a) The requirements in this specification apply to the combination of channel bandwidths and operating bands shown in Table The transmission bandwidth configuration in Table shall be supported for each of the specified channel bandwidths. The same (symmetrical) channel bandwidth is specified for both the TX and RX path.

28 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : E-UTRA channel bandwidth E-UTRA band / Channel bandwidth E-UTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Band 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 6 Yes Yes 1 7 Yes Yes Yes 3 Yes 1, 3 8 Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 9 Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 10 Yes Yes Yes Yes 11 Yes Yes 1 12 Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 13 Yes 1 Yes 1 14 Yes 1 Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 18 Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 19 Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 20 Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 21 Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 22 Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 23 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 24 Yes Yes 25 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 26 Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 27 Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 28 Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1, Yes Yes Yes Yes 34 Yes Yes Yes 35 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 36 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 37 Yes Yes Yes Yes 38 Yes Yes Yes 3 Yes 3 39 Yes Yes Yes Yes 40 Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes 43 Yes Yes Yes Yes 44 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes NOTE 1: 1 refers to the bandwidth for which a relaxation of the specified UE receiver sensitivity requirement (subclause 7.3) is allowed. NOTE 2: 2 For the 20 MHz bandwidth, the minimum requirements are specified for E-UTRA UL carrier frequencies confined to either MHz or MHz NOTE 3: 3 refers to the bandwidth for which the uplink transmission bandwidth can be restricted by the network for some channel assignments in FDD/TDD co-existence scenarios in order to meet unwanted emissions requirements (Clause ). b) The use of different (asymmetrical) channel bandwidth for the TX and RX is not precluded and is intended to form part of a later release. 5.6A Channel bandwidth for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation Aggregated Channel Bandwidth, Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration and Guard Bands are defined as follows, see Figure 5.6A-1.

29 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Aggregated Channel Bandwidth, BW channel_ca [MHz] Lower Edge Guard Band Lowest Carrier Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, NRB,low [RB] Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, N [RB] Highest Carrier Transmission Bandwidth Configuration NRB,high [RB] Guard Band Higher Edge Resource block Foffset,low Foffset,high Fedge,low FC,low For each carrier, the center sub carrier (corresponds to DC in baseband) is not transmitted in downlink FC,high Fedge,high Figure 5.6A-1. Definition of Aggregated channel bandwidth and aggregated channel bandwidth edges The aggregated channel bandwidth, BW Channel_CA, is defined as BW Channel_CA = F edge,high - F edge,low [MHz]. The lower bandwidth edge F edge,low and the upper bandwidth edge F edge,high of the aggregated channel bandwidth are used as frequency reference points for transmitter and receiver requirements and are defined by F edge,low = F C,low - F offset,low F edge,high = F C,high + F offset,high The lower and upper frequency offsets depend on the transmission bandwidth configurations of the lowest and highest assigned edge component carrier and are defined as F offset,low = (0.18N RB,low + Δf 1 ) /2 + BW GB [MHz] F offset,high = (0.18N RB,high + Δf 1 )/2 + BW GB [MHz] where Δf 1 = Δf for the downlink with Δf the subcarrier spacing and Δf 1 = 0 for the uplink, while N RB,low and N RB,high are the transmission bandwidth configurations according to Table for the lowest and highest assigned component carrier, respectively. BW GB denotes the Nominal Guard Band and is defined in Table 5.6A-1, and the factor 0.18 is the PRB bandwidth in MHz. NOTE: The values of BW Channel_CA for UE and BS are the same if the lowest and the highest component carriers are identical. Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration is the number of the aggregated RBs within the fully allocated Aggregated Channel bandwidth and is defined per CA Bandwidth Class (Table 5.6A-1). For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation Sub-block Bandwidth and Sub-block edges are defined as follows, see Figure 5.6A-2.

30 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Figure 5.6A-2. Non-contiguous intraband CA terms and definitions The lower sub-block edge of the Sub-block Bandwidth (BW Channel,block ) is defined as F edge,block, low = F C,block,low - F offset,block, low. The upper sub-block edge of the Sub-block Bandwidth is defined as F edge,block,high = F C,block,high + F offset,block,high. The Sub-block Bandwidth, BW Channel,block, is defined as follows: BWChannel,block = F edge,block,high - F edge,block,low [MHz] The lower and upper frequency offsets F offset,block,low and F offset,block,high depend on the transmission bandwidth configurations of the lowest and highest assigned edge component carriers within a sub-block and are defined as F offset,block,low = (0.18N RB,low + Δf 1 )/2 + BW GB [MHz] F offset,block,high = (0.18N RB,high + Δf 1 )/2 + BW GB [MHz] where Δf 1 = Δf for the downlink with Δf the subcarrier spacing and Δf 1 = 0 for the uplink, while N RB,low and N RB,high are the transmission bandwidth configurations according to Table for the lowest and highest assigned component carrier within a sub-block, respectively. BW GB denotes the Nominal Guard Band and is defined in Table 5.6A-1, and the factor 0.18 is the PRB bandwidth in MHz. The sub-block gap size between two consecutive sub-blocks W gap is defined as W gap = F edge,block n+1,low - F edge,block n,high [MHz]

31 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 5.6A-1: CA bandwidth classes and corresponding nominal guard bands CA Bandwidth Class Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration Maximum number of CC Nominal Guard Band BW GB A N RB,agg a 1BW Channel(1) - 0.5Δf 1 (NOTE 2) B N RB,agg FFS C 100 < N RB,agg max(bw Channel(1),BW Channel(2)) - 0.5Δf 1 D 200 < N RB,agg [300] FFS FFS E [300] < N RB,agg [400] FFS FFS F [400] < N RB,agg [500] FFS FFS NOTE 1: BW Channel(1) and BW Channel(2) are channel bandwidths of two E-UTRA component carriers according to Table and Δf 1 = Δf for the downlink with Δf the subcarrier spacing while Δf 1 = 0 for the uplink. NOTE 2: a 1 = 0.16/1.4 for BW Channel(1) = 1.4 MHz whereas a 1 = 0.05 for all other channel bandwidths. The channel spacing between centre frequencies of contiguously aggregated component carriers is defined in subclause 5.7.1A. 5.6A.1 Channel bandwidths per operating band for CA The requirements for carrier aggregation in this specification are defined for carrier aggregation configurations with associated bandwidth combination sets. For inter-band carrier aggregation, a carrier aggregation configuration is a combination of operating bands, each supporting a carrier aggregation bandwidth class. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, a carrier aggregation configuration is a single operating band supporting a carrier aggregation bandwidth class. For each carrier aggregation configuration, requirements are specified for all bandwidth combinations contained in a bandwidth combination set, which is indicated per supported band combination in the UE radio access capability. A UE can indicate support of several bandwidth combination sets per band combination. Furthermore, if the UE indicates support of a bandwidth combination set that is a superset of another applicable bandwidth combination set, the latter is supported by the UE even if not indicated. Requirements for intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation are defined for the carrier aggregation configurations and bandwidth combination sets specified in Table 5.6A.1-1. Requirements for inter-band carrier aggregation are defined for the carrier aggregation configurations and bandwidth combination sets specified in Table 5.6A.1-2. The DL component carrier combinations for a given CA configuration shall be symmetrical in relation to channel centre unless stated otherwise in Table 5.6A.1-1 or 5.6A.1-2.

32 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 5.6A.1-1: E-UTRA CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets defined for intra-band contiguous CA E-UTRA CA configuration E-UTRA CA configuration / Bandwidth combination set Component carriers in order of increasing carrier frequency Allowed channel bandwidths for carrier [MHz] Allowed channel bandwidths for carrier [MHz] Maximum aggregated bandwidth [MHz] Bandwidth combination set CA_1C CA_7C CA_38C CA_40C , CA_41C 15 15, , 15, 20 NOTE 1: The CA configuration refers to an operating band and a CA bandwidth class specified in Table 5.6A-1 (the indexing letter). Absence of a CA bandwidth class for an operating band implies support of all classes. NOTE 2: For the supported CC bandwidth combinations, the CC downlink and uplink bandwidths are equal.

33 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 5.6A.1-2: E-UTRA CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets defined for inter-band CA E-UTRA CA Configuration E- UTRA Bands E-UTRA CA configuration / Bandwidth combination set 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Maximum aggregated bandwidth [MHz] Bandwidth combination set 1 Yes CA_1A-5A Yes CA_1A-18A 35 0 CA_1A-19A 35 0 CA_1A-21A 35 0 CA_2A-17A 20 0 CA_2A-29A 20 0 CA_3A-5A CA_3A-7A 40 0 CA_3A-8A CA_3A-20A 30 0 CA_4A-5A 20 0 CA_4A-7A 30 0 CA_4A-12A 20 0 CA_4A-13A CA_4A-17A 20 0 CA_4A-29A 20 0 CA_5A -12A 20 0 CA_5A-17A Yes Yes Yes CA_7A-20A Yes Yes CA_8A-20A 20 0 CA_11A-18A 25 0 NOTE 1: The CA Configuration refers to a combination of an operating band and a CA bandwidth class specified in Table 5.6A-1 (the indexing letter). Absence of a CA bandwidth class for an operating band implies support of all classes. NOTE 2: For each band combination, all combinations of indicated bandwidths belong to the set NOTE 3: For the supported CC bandwidth combinations, the CC downlink and uplink bandwidths are equal Yes Yes Yes 5 Yes Yes 3 3 Yes Yes Yes 8 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 13 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 Yes 30 Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 Yes 0 Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 20 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes Yes Yes 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

34 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 5.6A.1-3: E-UTRA CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets defined for noncontiguous intra-band CA E-UTRA CA configuration E-UTRA CA configuration / Bandwidth combination set Component carriers in order of increasing carrier frequency Allowed channel bandwidths for carrier [MHz] Allowed channel bandwidths for carrier [MHz] Maximum aggregated bandwidth [MHz] Bandwidth combination set CA_25A-25A 5, 10 5, CA_41A-41A 10, 15, 20 10, 15, B Channel bandwidth for UL-MIMO The requirements specified in subclause 5.6 are applicable to UE supporting UL-MIMO. 5.6B.1 Void 5.7 Channel arrangement Channel spacing The spacing between carriers will depend on the deployment scenario, the size of the frequency block available and the channel bandwidths. The nominal channel spacing between two adjacent E-UTRA carriers is defined as following: Nominal Channel spacing = (BW Channel(1) + BW Channel(2) )/2 where BW Channel(1) and BW Channel(2) are the channel bandwidths of the two respective E-UTRA carriers. The channel spacing can be adjusted to optimize performance in a particular deployment scenario A Channel spacing for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation bandwidth class C, the nominal channel spacing between two adjacent E- UTRA component carriers is defined as the following: Nominal channel spacing = BW Channel(1) + BW Channel(2) 0.1BW 0.6 Channel(1) BW Channel(2) 0.3 [ MHz] where BW Channel(1) and BW Channel(2) are the channel bandwidths of the two respective E-UTRA component carriers according to Table with values in MHz. The channel spacing for intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation can be adjusted to any multiple of 300 khz less than the nominal channel spacing to optimize performance in a particular deployment scenario. For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation the channel spacing between two E-UTRA component carriers in different sub-blocks shall be larger than the nominal channel spacing defined in this subclause Channel raster The channel raster is 100 khz for all bands, which means that the carrier centre frequency must be an integer multiple of 100 khz.

35 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 5.7.2A Channel raster for CA For carrier aggregation the channel raster is 100 khz for all bands, which means that the carrier centre frequency must be an integer multiple of 100 khz Carrier frequency and EARFCN The carrier frequency in the uplink and downlink is designated by the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) in the range The relation between EARFCN and the carrier frequency in MHz for the downlink is given by the following equation, where F DL_low and N Offs-DL are given in Table and N DL is the downlink EARFCN. F DL = F DL_low + 0.1(N DL N Offs-DL ) The relation between EARFCN and the carrier frequency in MHz for the uplink is given by the following equation where F UL_low and N Offs-UL are given in Table and N UL is the uplink EARFCN. F UL = F UL_low + 0.1(N UL N Offs-UL )

36 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : E-UTRA channel numbers E-UTRA Downlink Uplink Operating F DL_low (MHz) N Offs-DL Range of N DL F UL_low (MHz) N Offs-UL Range of N UL Band NOTE 1: The channel numbers that designate carrier frequencies so close to the operating band edges that the carrier extends beyond the operating band edge shall not be used. This implies that the first 7, 15, 25, 50, 75 and 100 channel numbers at the lower operating band edge and the last 6, 14, 24, 49, 74 and 99 channel numbers at the upper operating band edge shall not be used for channel bandwidths of 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15 and 20 MHz respectively. NOTE 2: Restricted to E-UTRA operation when carrier aggregation is configured TX RX frequency separation a) The default E-UTRA TX channel (carrier centre frequency) to RX channel (carrier centre frequency) separation is specified in Table for the TX and RX channel bandwidths defined in Table

37 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Default UE TX-RX frequency separation E-UTRA Operating Band TX - RX carrier centre frequency separation MHz 2 80 MHz MHz MHz 5 45 MHz 6 45 MHz MHz 8 45 MHz 9 95 MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz b) The use of other TX channel to RX channel carrier centre frequency separation is not precluded and is intended to form part of a later release A TX RX frequency separation for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, the same TX-RX frequency separation as specified in Table is applied to PCC and SCC, respectively. 6 Transmitter characteristics 6.1 General Unless otherwise stated, the transmitter characteristics are specified at the antenna connector of the UE with a single or multiple transmit antenna(s). For UE with integral antenna only, a reference antenna with a gain of 0 dbi is assumed. 6.2 Transmit power Void UE maximum output power The following UE Power Classes define the maximum output power for any transmission bandwidth within the channel bandwidth for non CA configuration and UL-MIMO unless otherwise stated. The period of measurement shall be at least one sub frame (1ms).

38 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : UE Power Class EUTRA band Class 1 (dbm) Tolerance (db) Class 2 (dbm) Tolerance (db) Class 3 (dbm) Tolerance (db) 1 23 ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± /-3 23 ±2 Class 4 (dbm) Tolerance (db) ± ± ± ± ± / ± ± ± ± ± / ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± / / /[-3] NOTE 1: Void NOTE 2: 2 refers to the transmission bandwidths (Figure 5.6-1) confined within F UL_low and F UL_low + 4 MHz or F UL_high 4 MHz and F UL_high, the maximum output power requirement is relaxed by reducing the lower tolerance limit by 1.5 db NOTE 3: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 operating frequencies, the tolerance is FFS. NOTE 4: P PowerClass is the maximum UE power specified without taking into account the tolerance NOTE 5: For a UE that supports both Band 18 and Band 26, the maximum output power requirement is relaxed by reducing the lower tolerance limit by 1.5 db for transmission bandwidths confined within 815 MHz and 818 MHz. NOTE 6: When NS_20 is signalled, the total output power within MHz shall be limited to 7 dbm A UE maximum output power for CA The following UE Power Classes define the maximum output power for any transmission bandwidth within the aggregated channel bandwidth. The maximum output power is measured as the sum of the maximum output power at each UE antenna connector. The period of measurement shall be at least one sub frame (1ms). For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the requirements in subclause apply.

39 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the maximum output power is specified in Table 6.2.2A-1. Table 6.2.2A-1: CA UE Power Class E-UTRA CA Configuration Class 1 (dbm) Tolerance (db) Class 2 (dbm) Tolerance (db) Class 3 (dbm) Tolerance (db) Class 4 (dbm) Tolerance (db) CA_1C 23 +2/-2 CA_7C 23 +2/-2 2 CA_38C 23 +2/-2 CA_40C 23 +2/-2 CA_41C 23 +2/-2 2 NOTE 1: Void NOTE 2: For transmission bandwidths (Figure 5.6-1) confined within F UL_low and F UL_low + 4 MHz or F UL_high 4 MHz and F UL_high, the maximum output power requirement is relaxed by reducing the lower tolerance limit by 1.5 db NOTE 3: P PowerClass is the maximum UE power specified without taking into account the tolerance NOTE 4: For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the maximum power requirement should apply to the total transmitted power over all component carriers (per UE). For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier on the PCC, the requirements in subclause apply B UE maximum output power for UL-MIMO For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the maximum output power for any transmission bandwidth within the channel bandwidth is specified in Table 6.2.2B-1. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the maximum output power is measured as the sum of the maximum output power at each UE antenna connector. The period of measurement shall be at least one sub frame (1ms).

40 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 6.2.2B-1: UE Power Class for UL-MIMO in closed loop spatial multiplexing scheme EUTRA band Class 1 (dbm) Tolerance (db) Class 2 (dbm) Tolerance (db) Class 3 (dbm) Tolerance (db) / / / / / / / / / / / / / /-3 Class 4 (dbm) Tolerance (db) / / / / / / / / / / / /[-3] / / / / / / / / / / / /[-3] NOTE 1: Void NOTE 2: 2 refers to the transmission bandwidths (Figure 5.6-1) confined within F UL_low and F UL_low + 4 MHz or F UL_high 4 MHz and F UL_high, the maximum output power requirement is relaxed by reducing the lower tolerance limit by 1.5 db NOTE 3: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 operating frequencies, the tolerance is FFS. NOTE 4: P PowerClass is the maximum UE power specified without taking into account the tolerance Table 6.2.2B-2: UL-MIMO configuration in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme Transmission mode DCI format Codebook Index Mode 2 DCI format 4 Codebook index 0 For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply.

41 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) UE maximum output power for modulation / channel bandwidth For UE Power Class 1 and 3, the allowed Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for the maximum output power in Table due to higher order modulation and transmit bandwidth configuration (resource blocks) is specified in Table Table : Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for Power Class 1 and 3 Modulation Channel bandwidth / Transmission bandwidth (N RB) MPR (db) 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz QPSK > 5 > 4 > 8 > 12 > 16 > QAM QAM > 5 > 4 > 8 > 12 > 16 > 18 2 For PRACH, PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth. For each subframe, the MPR is evaluated per slot and given by the maximum value taken over the transmission(s) within the slot; the maximum MPR over the two slots is then applied for the entire subframe. For transmissions with non-contiguous resource allocation in single component carrier, the allowed Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for the maximum output power in table , is specified as follows Where M A is defined as follows Where A = N RB_alloc / N RB. MPR = CEIL {M A, 0.5} M A = [8.0]-[10.12]A ; 0< A [0.33] [5.67] - [3.07]A ; [0.33]< A [0.77] [3.31] ; [0.77]< A [1.0] CEIL{M A, 0.5} means rounding upwards to closest 0.5dB, i.e. MPR [3.0, ] For the UE maximum output power modified by MPR, the power limits specified in subclause apply A UE Maximum Output power for modulation / channel bandwidth for CA For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band (Table 5.6A-1), the requirements in subclause apply. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the allowed Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for the maximum output power in Table 6.2.2A-1due to higher order modulation and contiguously aggregated transmit bandwidth configuration (resource blocks) is specified in Table 6.2.3A-1. In case the modulation format is different on different component carriers then the MPR is determined by the rules applied to higher order of those modulations.

42 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 6.2.3A-1: Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for Power Class 3 Modulation CA bandwidth Class C MPR 50 RB RB 75 RB + 75 RB 75 RB+100 RB 100 RB RB (db) QPSK > 12 and > 16 and > 16 and > 18 and QPSK > 50 > 75 > 75 > QAM QAM > 12 and > 16 and > 16 and > 18 and QAM > 50 > 75 > 75 > For PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation bandwidth class C with non-contiguous resource allocation, the allowed Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for the maximum output power in Table 6.2.2A-1 is specified as follows Where M A is defined as follows Where A = N RB_alloc / N RB_agg. MPR = CEIL {M A, 0.5} M A = 8.2 ; 0 A < A ; A < A ; 0.05 A < A ; 0.25 A 0.4, A ; 0.4 A 1, CEIL{M A, 0.5} means rounding upwards to closest 0.5dB, i.e. MPR [3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5] For intra-band carrier aggregation, the MPR is evaluated per slot and given by the maximum value taken over the transmission(s) on all component carriers within the slot; the maximum MPR over the two slots is then applied for the entire subframe. For the UE maximum output power modified by MPR, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5A apply. For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier on the PCC, the requirements in subclause apply B UE maximum output power for modulation / channel bandwidth for UL-MIMO For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the allowed Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for the maximum output power in Table 6.2.2B-1 is specified in Table The requirements shall be met with UL-MIMO configurations defined in Table 6.2.2B-2. For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the maximum output power is measured as the sum of the maximum output power at each UE antenna connector. For the UE maximum output power modified by MPR, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5B apply. For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply.

43 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) UE maximum output power with additional requirements Additional ACLR and spectrum emission requirements can be signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall also meet additional requirements in a specific deployment scenario. To meet these additional requirements, Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) is allowed for the output power as specified in Table Unless stated otherwise, an A-MPR of 0 db shall be used. For UE Power Class 1 and 3 the specific requirements and identified subclauses are specified in Table along with the allowed A-MPR values that may be used to meet these requirements. The allowed A-MPR values specified below in Table to are in addition to the allowed MPR requirements specified in subclause Network Signalling value Table : Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) Requirements (subclause) E-UTRA Band NS_ Table NS_ , 4,10, 23, 25, 35, 36 Channel bandwidth (MHz) 1.4, 3, 5, 10, Resources Blocks (N RB) Table A-MPR (db) 15, 20 3 >5 1 5 > > > > >6 1 NS_ , 15, 20 Table NS_ ,15, NS_ , 13, 14, , 3, 5, 10 Table NS_ Table NS_ , 15 > 44 3 NS_ , 15 > 40 1 > 55 2 NS_ , 20 Table NS_ , 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 Table NS_ , 3, 5 Table NS_ Table NS_ , 15 Table , 3, 5, 10, Table NS_ Table Table , Table , NS_ , 5, 10 Table NS_ , 10 Table NS_ , 15, NS_ , 15, 20 Table NS_ , 10, 15, 20 Table NS_

44 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : A-MPR for NS_07 Parameters Region A Region B Region C RB start L CRB [RBs] to 5 and A-MPR [db] NOTE 1; RB start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2; L CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping between two regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis. NOTE 4; For intra-subframe frequency hopping between two regions, the larger A-MPR value of the two regions may be applied for both slots in the subframe. Table : A-MPR for NS_10 Channel bandwidth [MHz] Parameters Region A RB start L CRB [RBs] 1-20 A-MPR [db] 2 RB start L CRB [RBs] 1-20 A-MPR [db] 5 NOTE 1: RB start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects Region A, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersect Region A, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe Table : A-MPR requirements for "NS_04" with bandwidth >5MHz Channel Parameters Region A Region B Region C bandwidth [MHz] 10 RB start RB start + L CRB [RBs] >37 3 A-MPR [db] 3dB 2dB 3dB 15 RB start RB start + L CRB [RBs] >56 3 A-MPR [db] 3dB 2dB 3dB 20 RB start RB start + L CRB [RBs] 3 >75 3 A-MPR [db] 3dB 2dB 3dB NOTE 1: RB start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: 3 refers to any RB allocation that starts in Region A or C is allowed the specified A-MPR NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 5: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe

45 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : A-MPR for "NS_11" Channel Bandwidth [MHz] 3 5 Parameters Fc [MHz] < L CRB [RBs] 1-15 >5 A-MPR [db] 5 1 Fc [MHz] < Fc < L CRB [RBs] & 8-12 > A-MPR [db] Fc [MHz] 2005 Fc < RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] 12 0 Fc [MHz] < RB start L CRB [RBs] & >25 > A-MPR [db] Fc [MHz] RB start L CRB [RBs] 1 30 <30 (69 RB start) 1 A-MPR [db] Fc [MHz] 2010 RB start & L CRB [RBs] >60 A-MPR [db]

46 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : A-MPR for NS_12 Channel bandwidth [MHz] Parameters Region A Region B RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] RB start L CRB [RBs] and A-MPR [db] RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] Table : A-MPR for NS_13 Channel bandwidth [MHz] 5 Parameters Region A RB start 0-2 L CRB [RBs] 5 18 A-MPR [db] 3 2 Table : A-MPR for NS_14 Channel bandwidth [MHz] Parameters Region A RB start 0 L CRB [RBs] 5 50 A-MPR [db] 3 1 RB start 8 L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] 3 1 Table : A-MPR for NS_15 for E-UTRA highest channel edge > 845 MHz and 849 MHz Channel bandwidth [MHz] Parameters Region A Region B Region C RB end [RB] 4-5 A-MPR [db] 3 RB end [RB] L CRB [RB] 2 8 >0 A-MPR [db] RB end [RB] L CRB [RB] 2 8 >0 A-MPR [db] RB end [RB] L CRB [RB] 2 15 >0 A-MPR [db] RB end [RB] L CRB [RB] 2 20 >0 A-MPR [db] 4 5 9

47 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : A-MPR for NS_15 for E-UTRA highest channel edge 845 MHz Channel bandwidth [MHz] Parameters Region A Region B Region C RB end [RB] L CRB [RB] 18 A-MPR [db] 2 RB end [RB] L CRB [RB] 2 24 >0 A-MPR [db] RB end [RB] L CRB [RB] 2 20 >0 A-MPR [db] Table : A-MPR for NS_16 with channel lower edge at 807 MHz and <808.5 MHz Channel bandwidth [MHz] 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz Parameter Region A Region B Region C Region D Region E RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] 2 1 RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] Table : A-MPR for NS_16 with channel lower edge at MHz and <812 MHz Channel bandwidth [MHz] 5 MHz 10 MHz Parameter Region A Region B Region C Region D Region E RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] Table : A-MPR for NS_16 with channel lower edge at 812 MHz Channel bandwidth [MHz] 10 MHz Parameter Region A Region B Region C Region D RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db]

48 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : A-MPR for NS_19 Channel bandwidth [MHz] Parameters Region A Region B RB start 0-6 L CRB [RBs] 40 A-MPR [db] 1 RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] Table : A-MPR for "NS_20" Channel Bandwidth [MHz] Parameters Fc [MHz] < Fc < Fc RB start L CRB [RBs] > A-MPR [db] Fc [MHz] 2005 RB start L CRB [RBs] > >15 >0 A-MPR [db] Fc [MHz] 2015 RB start L CRB [RBs] A-MPR [db] 4 2 Fc [MHz] RB start L CRB [RBs] 1-9 & A-MPR [db] Fc [MHz] 2010 RB start L CRB [RBs] >0 1-9 & >0 A-MPR [db] NOTE 1: When NS_20 is signaled the minimum requirements for the 10 MHz bandwidth are specified for E-UTRA UL carrier center frequencies of 2005 MHz or 2015 MHz. NOTE 2: When NS_20 is signaled the minimum requirements for the 15 MHz channel bandwidth are specified for E-UTRA UL carrier center frequency of MHz. For PRACH, PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed A-MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth. For each subframe, the A-MPR is evaluated per slot and given by the maximum value taken over the transmission(s) within the slot; the maximum A-MPR over the two slots is then applied for the entire subframe. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR, the power limits specified in subclause apply A UE maximum output power with additional requirements for CA Additional ACLR, spectrum emission and spurious emission requirements for carrier aggregation can be signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall also meet additional requirements in a specific deployment scenario. To meet these additional requirements, Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) is allowed for the CA Power Class as specified in Table 6.2.2A-1.

49 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) If for intra-band carrier aggregation the UE is configured for transmissions within an E-UTRA channel bandwidth, then subclauses and apply with the Network Signaling value indicated by the IE additionalspectrumemission of the PCC. For intra-band contiguous aggregation with the UE configured for transmissions within the aggregated channel bandwidth, the maximum output power reductions specified in Table 6.2.4A-1 is allowed when the applicable CA network signalling value is indicated by the IE additionalspectrumemissionscell-r10. Then clause 6.2.3A does not apply, i.e. carrier aggregation MPR = 0 db. Table 6.2.4A-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) for CA CA Network Signalling value Requirements (subclause) Uplink CA Configuration A-MPR [db] (subclause) CA_NS_ A.1 CA_1C 6.2.4A.1 CA_NS_ A.2 CA_1C 6.2.4A.2 CA_NS_ A.3 CA_1C 6.2.4A.3 CA_NS_ A.1 CA_41C 6.2.4A.4 CA_NS_ A.4 CA_38C 6.2.4A.5 CA_NS_ A.5 CA_7C 6.2.4A.6 For PUCCH and SRS transmissions, the allowed A-MPR is according to that specified for PUSCH QPSK modulation for the corresponding transmission bandwidth. For intra-band carrier aggregation, the A-MPR is evaluated per slot and given by the maximum value taken over the transmission(s) on all component carriers within the slot; the maximum A-MPR over the two slots is then applied for the entire subframe. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR specified in table 6.2.4A-1, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5A apply A.1 A-MPR for CA_NS_01 for CA_1C If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_01 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in table 6.2.4A.1-1. Table 6.2.4A.1-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_01 CA_1C: CA_NS_01 RB start L CRB [RBs] 100 RB / 100 RB 75 RB / 75 RB 0 23 and RB start + L CRB [RBs] A-MPR for QPSK and 16- QAM [db] > > > and < L CRB > > > NOTE 1: RB _start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L _CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_01 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows A-MPR = CEIL {M A, 0.5}

50 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Where M A is defined as follows M A = A + 17 ; 0 A < A ; 0.20 A < A ; 0.70 A 1 Where A = N RB_alloc / N RB_agg A.2 A-MPR for CA_NS_02 for CA_1C If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_02 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.2-1. Table 6.2.4A.2-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_02 CA_1C: CA_NS_02 RB end L CRB [RBs] 100 RB / 100 RB 75 RB / 75 RB A-MPR for QPSK and 16 QAM [db] 0 20 > 0 4 db > 0 3 db > RB end db > 75 6 db > 0 10 db 0 48 > 0 2 db > RB end db > 60 5 db > 84 6 db db If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_02 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows: Where M A is defined as follows Where A = N RB_alloc / N RB_agg. A-MPR = CEIL {M A, 0.5} [M A = A + 17 ; 0 A < A ; 0.20 A < A ; 0.70 A 1] 6.2.4A.3 A-MPR for CA_NS_03 for CA_1C If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_03 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.3-1.

51 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 6.2.4A.3-1: Contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_03 CA_1C: CA_NS_03 RB end L CRB [RBs] 100 RB / 100 RB 75 RB / 75 RB A-MPR for QPSK and 16-QAM [db] 0 26 > 0 10 db RB end db < RB end db > RB end db > 68 7 db > 0 10 db 0 20 > 0 10 db > 0 4 db > RB end 13 2 db > 45 5 db > 43 8 db db If the UE is configured to CA_1C and it receives IE CA_NS_03 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows: Where M A is defined as follows Where A = N RB_alloc / N RB_agg. A-MPR = CEIL {M A, 0.5} [M A = A ; 0 A < A ; 0.15 A 1] 6.2.4A.4 A-MPR for CA_NS_04 If the UE is configured to CA_41C and it receives IE CA_NS_04 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.4-1. Table 6.2.4A.4-1: Contigous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_04 CA Bandwidth Class C RB Start L CRB [RBs] RB start + L CRB [RBs] A-MPR for QPSK [db] A-MPR for 16QAM [db] 50RB / 100 RB 0 44 and >0 4dB 4dB >105 3dB 4dB 75 RB / 75 RB 0 44 and >0 4dB 4dB >105 4dB 4dB 100 RB / 75 RB 0 49 and >0 4dB 4dB >125 3dB 4dB 100 RB / 100 RB 0 59 and >0 3dB 4dB >140 3dB 4dB NOTE 1: RB start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A-MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe If the UE is configured to CA_41C and it receives IE CA_NS_04 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows

52 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A-MPR = CEIL {M A, 0.5} Where M A is defined as follows M A = 10.5, 0 A < 0.05 = -50.0A , 0.05 A < 0.15 = -4.0A , 0.15 A < 0.40 = -0.83A , 0.40 A 1 Where A = N RB_alloc / N RB_agg A.5 A-MPR for CA_NS_05 for CA_38C If the UE is configured to CA_38C and it receives IE CA_NS_05 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.5-1. Table 6.2.4A.5-1: Contigous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_05 CA_38C RB end L CRB [RBs] A-MPR for QPSK and 16-QAM [db] 100RB/100RB 75RB/75RB 0 12 >0 5 db > RB end 13 2 db >60 6 db > 0 11 db 0 70 > max (0, RB end -10) 2 db > 60 5 db >0 5 db db >70 6 db NOTE 1: RB end indicates the highest RB index of transmitted resource blocks NOTE 2: L CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation NOTE 3: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a per slot basis NOTE 4: For intra-subframe frequency hopping which intersects regions, the larger A- MPR value may be applied for both slots in the subframe If the UE is configured to CA_38C and it receives IE CA_NS_05 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows Where MA is defined as follows Where A = N RB_alloc / N RB_agg. A-MPR = CEIL {M A, 0.5} M A = A ; 0 A < A ; 0.60 A A.6 A-MPR for CA_NS_06 If the UE is configured to CA_7C and it receives IE CA_NS_06 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmission on the PCC and the SCC for contiguously aggregated signals is specified in Table 6.2.4A.6-1.

53 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 6.2.4A.6-1: Contigous Allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_06 CA Bandwidth Class C 100RB/100RB 75RB/75RB RB _end L CRB [RBs] A-MPR for QPSK and 16-QAM [db] [0 22] >[0] [4] db [23 33] > [RB end 10] [2] db [ ] > [75] [3] db [ ] >[70] [5] db [ ] > [0] [10] db [0 7] >[0] [5] db [20-75] > [RB end 10] [2] db [75 110] >[64] [2] db [ ] >[35] [6] db [ ] >[0] [10] db If the UE is configured to CA_7C and it receives IE CA_NS_06 the allowed maximum output power reduction applied to transmissions on the PCell and the SCell with non-contiguous resource allocation is defined as follows: Where M A is defined as follows Where A = N RB_alloc / N RB_agg. A-MPR = CEIL {M A, 0.5} M A = [-23.33A ; 0 A < A ; 0.15 A 1] 6.2.4B UE maximum output power with additional requirements for UL- MIMO For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the A-MPR values specified in subclause shall apply to the maximum output power specified in Table 6.2.2B-1. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the maximum output power is measured as the sum of the maximum output power at each UE antenna connector. Unless stated otherwise, an A-MPR of 0 db shall be used. For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5B apply. For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply Configured transmitted power The UE is allowed to set its configured maximum output power P CMAX,c for serving cell c. The configured maximum output power P CMAX,c is set within the following bounds: with where P CMAX_L,c P CMAX,c P CMAX_H,c P CMAX_L,c = MIN {P EMAX,c ΔT C,c, P PowerClass MAX(MPR c + A-MPR c + ΔT IB,c + ΔT C,c, P-MPR c ) } P CMAX_H,c = MIN {P EMAX,c, P PowerClass } - P EMAX,c is the value given by IE P-Max for serving cell c, defined in [7];

54 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) - P PowerClass is the maximum UE power specified in Table without taking into account the tolerance specified in the Table ; - MPR c and A-MPR c for serving cell c are specified in subclause and subclause 6.2.4, respectively; - ΔT IB,c is the additional tolerance for serving cell c as specified in Table ; ΔT IB,c = 0 db otherwise; - ΔT C,c = 1.5 db when Note 2 in Table applies; - ΔT C,c = 0 db when Note 2 in Table does not apply. P-MPR c is the allowed maximum output power reduction for a) ensuring compliance with applicable electromagnetic energy absorption requirements and addressing unwanted emissions / self desense requirements in case of simultaneous transmissions on multiple RAT(s) for scenarios not in scope of 3GPP RAN specifications; b) ensuring compliance with applicable electromagnetic energy absorption requirements in case of proximity detection is used to address such requirements that require a lower maximum output power. The UE shall apply P-MPR c for serving cell c only for the above cases. For UE conducted conformance testing P-MPR shall be 0 db NOTE 1: P-MPR c was introduced in the P CMAX,c equation such that the UE can report to the enb the available maximum output transmit power. This information can be used by the enb for scheduling decisions. NOTE 2: P-MPR c may impact the maximum uplink performance for the selected UL transmission path. For each subframe, the P CMAX_L,c for serving cell c is evaluated per slot and given by the minimum value taken over the transmission(s) within the slot; the minimum P CMAX_ L,c over the two slots is then applied for the entire subframe. P PowerClass shall not be exceeded by the UE during any period of time. The measured configured maximum output power P UMAX,c shall be within the following bounds: P CMAX_L,c MAX{T L, T(P CMAX_L,c )} P UMAX,c P CMAX_H,c + T(P CMAX_H,c ) where T(P CMAX,c ) is defined by the tolerance table below and applies to P CMAX_L,c and P CMAX_H,c separately, while T L is the absolute value of the lower tolerance in Table for the applicable operating band. Table : P CMAX,c tolerance P CMAX,c (dbm) Tolerance T(P CMAX,c) (db) 23 < P CMAX,c P CMAX,c P CMAX,c < P CMAX,c < P CMAX,c < P CMAX,c < P CMAX,c < P CMAX,c < For the UE which supports inter-band carrier aggregation configurations with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the ΔT IB,c is defined for applicable bands in Table

55 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : T IB,c Inter-band CA E-UTRA Band T IB,c [db] Configuration CA_1A-5A CA_1A-18A CA_1A-19A CA_1A-21A CA_2A-17A CA_2A-29A CA_3A-5A CA_3A-7A CA_3A-8A CA_3A-20A CA_4A-5A CA_4A-7A CA_4A-12A CA_4A-13A CA_4A-17A CA_4A-29A CA_5A-12A CA_5A-17A CA_7A-20A CA_8A-20A CA_11A-18A NOTE 1: The above additional tolerances are only applicable for the E-UTRA operating bands that belong to the supported inter-band carrier aggregation configurations NOTE 2: The above additional tolerances also apply in non-aggregated operation for the supported E-UTRA operating bands that belong to the supported inter-band carrier aggregation configurations NOTE 3: In case the UE supports more than one of the above inter-band carrier aggregation configurations and a E-UTRA operating band belongs to more than one inter-band carrier aggregation configurations then: - When the E-UTRA operating band frequency range is 1GHz, the applicable additional tolerance shall be the average of the tolerances above, truncated to one decimal place for that operating band among the supported CA configurations. In case there is a harmonic relation between low band UL and high band DL, then the maximum tolerance among the different supported carrier aggregation configurations involving such band shall be applied - When the E-UTRA operating band frequency range is >1GHz, the applicable additional tolerance shall be the maximum tolerance above that applies for that operating band among the supported CA configurations

56 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) NOTE: NOTE: 6.2.5A The above additional tolerances do not apply to supported UTRA operating bands with frequency range below 1 GHz that correspond to the E-UTRA operating bands that belong to the supported inter-band carrier aggregation configurations when such bands are belonging only to band combination(s) where one band is <1GHz and another band is >1.7GHz and there is no harmonic relationship between the low band UL and high band DL. Otherwise the above additional tolerances also apply to supported UTRA operating bands that correspond to the E-UTRA operating bands that belong to the supported inter-band carrier aggregation configurations. To meet the ΔT IB,c requirements for CA_3A-7A with state-of-the-art technology, an increase in power consumption of the UE may be required. It is also expected that as the state-of-the-art technology evolves in the future, this possible power consumption increase can be reduced or eliminated. Configured transmitted power for CA For uplink carrier aggregation the UE is allowed to set its configured maximum output power P CMAX,c for serving cell c and its total configured maximum output power P CMAX. The configured maximum output power P CMAX,c on serving cell c shall be set as specified in subclause For uplink inter-band carrier aggregation, MPR c and A-MPR c apply per serving cell c and are specified in subclause and subclause 6.2.4, respectively. P-MPR c accounts for power management for serving cell c. P CMAX,c is calculated under the assumption that the transmit power is increased independently on all component carriers. For uplink intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, MPR c = MPR and A-MPR c = A-MPR with MPR and A-MPR specified in subclause 6.2.3A and subclause 6.2.4A respectively. There is one power management term for the UE, denoted P-MPR, and P-MPR c = P-MPR. P CMAX,c is calculated under the assumption that the transmit power is increased by the same amount in db on all component carriers. Table 6.2.5A-1:Void The total configured maximum output power PCMAX shall be set within the following bounds: P CMAX_L P CMAX P CMAX_H For uplink inter-band carrier aggregation with one serving cell c per operating band, where P CMAX_L = MIN {10log 10 MIN [ p EMAX,c / (Δt C,c ), p PowerClass /(mpr c a-mpr c Δt C,c Δt IB,c ), p PowerClass /pmpr c ], P PowerClass } P CMAX_H = MIN{10 log 10 p EMAX,c, P PowerClass } - p EMAX,c is the linear value of P EMAX, c which is given by IE P-Max for serving cell c in [7]; - P PowerClass is the maximum UE power specified in Table 6.2.2A-1 without taking into account the tolerance specified in the Table 6.2.2A-1; p PowerClass is the linear value of P PowerClass ; - mpr c and a-mpr c are the linear values of MPR c and A-MPR c as specified in subclause and subclause 6.2.4, respectively; - pmpr c is the linear value of P-MPR c; - Δt C,c is the linear value of ΔT C,c. Δt C,c = 1.41 when Note 2 in Table applies for a serving cell c, otherwise Δt C,c = 1; - Δt IB,c is the linear value of the inter-band relaxation term ΔT IB,c of the serving cell c as specified in Table ; otherwise Δt IB,c = 1. For uplink intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, where P CMAX_L = MIN{10 log 10 p EMAX,c - ΔT C, P PowerClass MAX(MPR + A-MPR + ΔT IB,c + ΔT C, P-MPR)} P CMAX_H = MIN{10 log 10 p EMAX,c, P PowerClass }

57 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) - p EMAX,c is the linear value of P EMAX,c which is given by IE P-Max for serving cell c in [7] ; - P PowerClass is the maximum UE power specified in Table 6.2.2A-1 without taking into account the tolerance specified in the Table 6.2.2A-1; - MPR and A-MPR are specified in subclause 6.2.3A and subclause 6.2.4A respectively; - ΔT IB,c is the additional tolerance for serving cell c as specified in Table ; - P-MPR is the power management term for the UE; - ΔT C is the highest value ΔT C,c among all serving cells c in the subframe over both timeslots. ΔT C,c = 1.5 db when Note 2 in Table 6.2.2A-1 applies to the serving cell c, otherwise ΔT C,c = 0 db. For each subframe, the P CMAX_L is evaluated per slot and given by the minimum value taken over the transmission(s) within the slot; the minimum P CMAX_L over the two slots is then applied for the entire subframe. P PowerClass shall not be exceeded by the UE during any period of time. The measured maximum output power P UMAX over all serving cells shall be within the following range: P CMAX_L T(P CMAX_L ) P UMAX P CMAX_H + T(P CMAX_H ) P UMAX = 10 log 10 p UMAX,c where p UMAX,c denotes the measured maximum output power for serving cell c expressed in linear scale. The tolerance T(P CMAX ) is defined by the table below and applies to P CMAX_L and P CMAX_H separately. P CMAX (dbm) Table 6.2.5A-2: P CMAX tolerance Tolerance T(P CMAX) Intra-band with two active UL serving cells (db) Tolerance T(P CMAX) Inter-band with two active UL serving cells (db) 21 P CMAX P CMAX < 21 [2.5] TBD 19 P CMAX < 20 [3.5] TBD 18 P CMAX < 19 [4.0] TBD 13 P CMAX < 18 [5.0] TBD 8 P CMAX < 13 [6.0] TBD -40 P CMAX < 8 [7.0] TBD Table 6.2.5A-3: Void 6.2.5B Configured transmitted power for UL-MIMO For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the transmitted power is configured per each UE. The definitions of configured maximum output power P CMAX,c, the lower bound P CMAX_L,c, and the higher bound P CMAX_H,c specified in subclause shall apply to UE supporting UL-MIMO, where - P PowerClass and ΔT C,c are specified in subclause 6.2.2B; - MPR c is specified in subclause 6.2.3B; - A-MPR c is specified in subclause 6.2.4B. The measured configured maximum output power P UMAX,c for serving cell c shall be within the following bounds: P CMAX_L,c MAX{T L, T LOW (P CMAX_L,c )} P UMAX,c P CMAX_H,c + T HIGH (P CMAX_H,c ) where T LOW (P CMAX_L,c ) and T HIGH (P CMAX_H,c ) are defined as the tolerance and applies to P CMAX_L,c and P CMAX_H,c separately, while T L is the absolute value of the lower tolerance in Table 6.2.2B-1 for the applicable operating band.

58 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial amultiplexing scheme, the tolerance is specified in Table 6.2.5B-1. The requirements shall be met with UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. Table 6.2.5B-1: P CMAX,c tolerance in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme P CMAX,c (dbm) Tolerance T LOW(P CMAX_L,c) (db) Tolerance T HIGH(P CMAX_H,c) (db) P CMAX,c = [22] P CMAX,c < [23] [5.0] [2.0] [21] P CMAX,c < [22] [5.0] [3.0] [20] P CMAX,c < [21] [6.0] [4.0] [16] P CMAX,c < [20] [5.0] [11] P CMAX,c < [16] [6.0] [-40] P CMAX,c < [11] [7.0] For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply. 6.3 Output power dynamics (Void) Minimum output power The minimum controlled output power of the UE is defined as the broadband transmit power of the UE, i.e. the power in the channel bandwidth for all transmit bandwidth configurations (resource blocks), when the power is set to a minimum value Minimum requirement The minimum output power is defined as the mean power in one sub-frame (1ms). The minimum output power shall not exceed the values specified in Table Table : Minimum output power 6.3.2A Minimum output power Measurement bandwidth Channel bandwidth / Minimum output power / Measurement bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz -40 dbm 1.08 MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz UE Minimum output power for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, the minimum controlled output power of the UE is defined as the transmit power of the UE per component carrier, i.e., the power in the channel bandwidth of each component carrier for all transmit bandwidth configurations (resource blocks), when the power on both component carriers are set to a minimum value A.1 Minimum requirement for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the minimum output power is defined as the mean power in one subframe (1ms). The minimum output power shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.3.2A.1-1.

59 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 6.3.2A.1-1: Minimum output power for intra-band contiguous CA UE Minimum output power Measurement bandwidth CC Channel bandwidth / Minimum output power / Measurement bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz -40 dbm 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz 6.3.2B UE Minimum output power for UL-MIMO For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the minimum controlled output power is defined as the broadband transmit power of the UE, i.e. the sum of the power in the channel bandwidth for all transmit bandwidth configurations (resource blocks) at each transmit antenna connector, when the UE power is set to a minimum value B.1 Minimum requirement For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum output power is defined as the sum of the mean power at each transmit connector in one sub-frame (1ms). The minimum output power shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.3.2B.1-1. Table 6.3.2B.1-1: Minimum output power Minimum output power Measurement bandwidth Channel bandwidth / Minimum output power / Measurement bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz -40 dbm 1.08 MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply Transmit OFF power Transmit OFF power is defined as the mean power when the transmitter is OFF. The transmitter is considered to be OFF when the UE is not allowed to transmit or during periods when the UE is not transmitting a sub-frame. During DTX and measurements gaps, the UE is not considered to be OFF Minimum requirement The transmit OFF power is defined as the mean power in a duration of at least one sub-frame (1ms) excluding any transient periods. The transmit OFF power shall not exceed the values specified in Table Table : Transmit OFF power Transmit OFF power Measurement bandwidth Channel bandwidth / Transmit OFF power / Measurement bandwidth MHz MHz MHz MHz 1.4 MHz -50 dbm 20 MHz 1.08 MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz

60 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 6.3.3A UE Transmit OFF power for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, transmit OFF power is defined as the mean power per component carrier when the transmitter is OFF on both component carriers. The transmitter is considered to be OFF when the UE is not allowed to transmit or during periods when the UE is not transmitting a sub-frame. During measurements gaps, the UE is not considered to be OFF A.1 Minimum requirement for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the transmit OFF power is defined as the mean power in a duration of at least one sub-frame (1ms) excluding any transient periods. The transmit OFF power shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.3.3A.1-1. Table 6.3.3A.1-1: Transmit OFF power for intra-band contiguous CA UE Transmit OFF power Measurement bandwidth Channel bandwidth / Transmit OFF power / Measurement bandwidth MHz MHz MHz MHz 1.4 MHz -50 dbm 20 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz 6.3.3B UE Transmit OFF power for UL-MIMO For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the transmit OFF power is defined as the mean power at each transmit antenna connector when the transmitter is OFF at all transmit antenna connectors. The transmitter is considered to be OFF when the UE is not allowed to transmit or during periods when the UE is not transmitting a sub-frame. During DTX and measurements gaps, the UE is not considered to be OFF B.1 Minimum requirement The transmit OFF power is defined as the mean power at each transmit antenna connector in a duration of at least one sub-frame (1ms) excluding any transient periods. The transmit OFF power at each transmit antenna connector shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.3.3B.1-1. Table 6.3.3B.1-1: Transmit OFF power per antenna port Transmit OFF power Measurement bandwidth Channel bandwidth / Transmit OFF power/ Measurement bandwidth MHz MHz MHz MHz 1.4 MHz -50 dbm 20 MHz 1.08 MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz ON/OFF time mask General ON/OFF time mask The General ON/OFF time mask defines the observation period between Transmit OFF and ON power and between Transmit ON and OFF power. ON/OFF scenarios include; the beginning or end of DTX, measurement gap, contiguous, and non contiguous transmission The OFF power measurement period is defined in a duration of at least one sub-frame excluding any transient periods. The ON power is defined as the mean power over one sub-frame excluding any transient period.

61 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in subclause and subclause Start Sub-frame End sub-frame Start of ON power End of ON power End of OFF power Start of OFF power requirement requirement * The OFF power requirements does not apply for DTX and measurement gaps 20µs 20µs Transient period Transient period Figure : General ON/OFF time mask PRACH and SRS time mask PRACH time mask The PRACH ON power is specified as the mean power over the PRACH measurement period excluding any transient periods as shown in Figure The measurement period for different PRACH preamble format is specified in Table There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in subclause and subclause Table : PRACH ON power measurement period PRACH preamble format Measurement period (ms) PRACH ON power requirement End of OFF power requirement Start of OFF power requirement 20µs 20µs Transient period Transient period Figure : PRACH ON/OFF time mask SRS time mask In the case a single SRS transmission, the ON power is defined as the mean power over the symbol duration excluding any transient period. Figure

62 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) In the case a dual SRS transmission, the ON power is defined as the mean power for each symbol duration excluding any transient period. Figure There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in subclause and subclause SRS SRS ON power requirement End of OFF power requirement Start of OFF power requirement 20µs 20µs Transient period Transient period Figure : Single SRS time mask SRS SRS SRS ON power requirement SRS ON power requirement End of OFF power requirement Start of OFF power requirement 20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs Transient period *Transient period Transient period * Transient period is only specifed in the case of frequency hopping or a power change between SRS symbols Figure : Dual SRS time mask for the case of UpPTS transmissions Slot / Sub frame boundary time mask The sub frame boundary time mask defines the observation period between the previous/subsequent sub frame and the (reference) sub-frame. A transient period at a slot boundary within a sub-frame is only allowed in the case of Intra-sub frame frequency hopping. For the cases when the subframe contains SRS the time masks in subclause apply. There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in subclause and subclause

63 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) N 0 Sub-frame N +1 Sub-frame Slot i Slot i+1 N +2 Sub-frame Start of N +1 power requirement End of N +1 power requirement 20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs Transient period Transient period Transient period Figure : Transmission power template PUCCH / PUSCH / SRS time mask The PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS time mask defines the observation period between sounding reference symbol (SRS) and an adjacent PUSCH/PUCCH symbol and subsequent sub-frame. There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in subclause and subclause N 0 Sub-frame N +1 Sub-frame Start of N +1 power PUSCH/PUCCH SRS SRS ON power requirement End of N +1 power PUSCH/PUCCH Start of OFF power requirement 20µs 20µs 40µs 20µs Transient period Transient period Transient period Figure : PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS time mask when there is a transmission before SRS but not after N 0 Sub-frame N +1 Sub-frame N +2 Sub-frame SRS Start of N +1 power PUSCH/PUCCH End of N+1 power PUSCH/PUCCH SRS ON power requirement Start of N +2 power requirement 20µs 20µs 40µs 40µs Transient period Transient period Transient period Figure : PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS time mask when there is transmission before and after SRS

64 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) SRS N +2 Sub-frame SRS ON power requirement Start of N +2 power PUSCH /PUCCH End of OFF power requirement 20µs 40µs Transient period Transient period Figure : PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS time mask when there is a transmission after SRS but not before N 0 Sub-frame N +1 Sub-frame (incl. SRS blanking) SRS blanking N +2 Sub-frame Start of N +1 power PUSCH/PUCCH End of N+1 power PUSCH/PUCCH Start of N +2 power PUSCH /PUCCH OFF power requirement 20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs Transient period Transient period Transient period Figure : SRS time mask when there is FDD SRS blanking 6.3.4A ON/OFF time mask for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, the general output power ON/OFF time mask specified in subclause is applicable for each component carrier during the ON power period and the transient periods. The OFF period as specified in subclause shall only be applicable for each component carrier when all the component carriers are OFF B ON/OFF time mask for UL-MIMO For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the ON/OFF time mask requirements in subclause apply at each transmit antenna connector. For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the general ON/OFF time mask requirements specified in subclause apply to each transmit antenna connector. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply Power Control Absolute power tolerance Absolute power tolerance is the ability of the UE transmitter to set its initial output power to a specific value for the first sub-frame at the start of a contiguous transmission or non-contiguous transmission with a transmission gap larger than 20ms. This tolerance includes the channel estimation error (the absolute RSRP accuracy requirement specified in subclause 9.1 of TS )

65 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) In the case of a PRACH transmission, the absolute tolerance is specified for the first preamble. The absolute power tolerance includes the channel estimation error (the absolute RSRP accuracy requirement specified in subclause 9.1 of TS ) Minimum requirements The minimum requirement for absolute power tolerance is given in Table over the power range bounded by the Maximum output power as defined in subclause and the Minimum output power as defined in subclause For operating bands under Note 2 in Table , the absolute power tolerance as specified in Table is relaxed by reducing the lower limit by 1.5 db when the transmission bandwidth is confined within F UL_low and F UL_low + 4 MHz or F UL_high 4 MHz and F UL_high. Table : Absolute power tolerance Conditions Normal Extreme Tolerance ± 9.0 db ± 12.0 db Relative Power tolerance The relative power tolerance is the ability of the UE transmitter to set its output power in a target sub-frame relatively to the power of the most recently transmitted reference sub-frame if the transmission gap between these sub-frames is 20 ms. For PRACH transmission, the relative tolerance is the ability of the UE transmitter to set its output power relatively to the power of the most recently transmitted preamble. The measurement period for the PRACH preamble is specified in Table Minimum requirements The requirements specified in Table apply when the power of the target and reference sub-frames are within the power range bounded by the Minimum output power as defined in subclause and the measured PUMAX as defined in subclause (i.e, the actual power as would be measured assuming no measurement error). This power shall be within the power limits specified in subclause To account for RF Power amplifier mode changes 2 exceptions are allowed for each of two test patterns. The test patterns are a monotonically increasing power sweep and a monotonically decreasing power sweep over a range bounded by the requirements of minimum power and maximum power specified in subclauses and For these exceptions the power tolerance limit is a maximum of ±6.0 db in Table

66 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Relative power tolerance for transmission (normal conditions) Power step ΔP (Up or down) [db] All combinations of PUSCH and PUCCH transitions [db] All combinations of PUSCH/PUCCH and SRS transitions between subframes [db] PRACH [db] P < 2 ±2.5 (Note 3) ±3.0 ±2.5 2 P < 3 ±3.0 ±4.0 ±3.0 3 P < 4 ±3.5 ±5.0 ±3.5 4 P 10 ±4.0 ±6.0 ± P < 15 ±5.0 ±8.0 ± P ±6.0 ±9.0 ±6.0 NOTE 1: For extreme conditions an additional ± 2.0 db relaxation is allowed NOTE 2: For operating bands under Note 2 in Table , the relative power tolerance is relaxed by increasing the upper limit by 1.5 db if the transmission bandwidth of the reference sub-frames is confined within F UL_low and F UL_low + 4 MHz or F UL_high 4 MHz and F UL_high and the target sub-frame is not confined within any one of these frequency ranges; if the transmission bandwidth of the target sub-frame is confined within F UL_low and F UL_low + 4 MHz or F UL_high 4 MHz and F UL_high and the reference sub-frame is not confined within any one of these frequency ranges, then the tolerance is relaxed by reducing the lower limit by 1.5 db. NOTE 3: For PUSCH to PUSCH transitions with the allocated resource blocks fixed in frequency and no transmission gaps other than those generated by downlink subframes, DwPTS fields or Guard Periods for TDD: for a power step P 1 db, the relative power tolerance for transmission is ±1.0 db. The power step (ΔP) is defined as the difference in the calculated setting of the UE Transmit power between the target and reference sub-frames with the power setting according to subclause 5.1 of [TS ]. The error is the difference between ΔP and the power change measured at the UE antenna port with the power of the cell-specific reference signals kept constant. The error shall be less than the relative power tolerance specified in Table For sub-frames not containing an SRS symbol, the power change is defined as the relative power difference between the mean power of the original reference sub-frame and the mean power of the target subframe not including transient durations. The mean power of successive sub-frames shall be calculated according to Figure and Figure if there is a transmission gap between the reference and target sub-frames. If at least one of the sub-frames contains an SRS symbol, the power change is defined as the relative power difference between the mean power of the last transmission within the reference sub-frame and the mean power of the first transmission within the target sub-frame not including transient durations. A transmission is defined as PUSCH, PUCCH or an SRS symbol. The mean power of the reference and target sub-frames shall be calculated according to Figures , , , and for these cases Aggregate power control tolerance Aggregate power control tolerance is the ability of a UE to maintain its power in non-contiguous transmission within 21 ms in response to 0 db TPC commands with respect to the first UE transmission, when the power control parameters specified in TS are constant Minimum requirement The UE shall meet the requirements specified in Table for aggregate power control over the power range bounded by the minimum output power as defined in subclause and the maximum output power as defined in subclause

67 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Aggregate power control tolerance TPC command UL channel Aggregate power tolerance within 21 ms NOTE: 0 db PUCCH ±2.5 db 0 db PUSCH ±3.5 db The UE transmission gap is 4 ms. TPC command is transmitted via PDCCH 4 subframes preceding each PUCCH/PUSCH transmission A Power control for CA The requirements apply for one single PUCCH, PUSCH or SRS transmission of contiguous PRB allocation per component carrier A.1 Absolute power tolerance The absolute power tolerance is the ability of the UE transmitter to set its initial output power to a specific value for the first sub-frame at the start of a contiguous transmission or non-contiguous transmission with a transmission gap on each active component carriers larger than 20ms. The requirement can be tested by time aligning any transmission gaps on the component carriers A.1.1 Minimum requirements For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation bandwidth class C the absolute power control tolerance per component carrier is given in Table A A.2.1 Relative power tolerance Minimum requirements The requirements apply when the power of the target and reference sub-frames on each component carrier exceed the minimum output power as defined in subclause 6.3.2A and the total power is limited by P UMAX as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation bandwidth class C, the UE transmitter shall have the capability of changing the output power in both assigned component carrier in the uplink with a step sizes of P between subframes on the two respective component carrier as follows a) the requirements for all combinations of PUSCH and PUCCH transitions per component carrier is given in Table , when the average transmit power per PRB for the transmission on the assigned carriers are aligned to within ±[2] db in the reference sub-frame and the target subframe after the transition. b) for SRS the requirements for combinations of PUSCH/PUCCH and SRS transitions between sub-frames given in Table apply per component carrier when the target and reference subrames are configured for either simultaneous SRS or simultaneous PUSCH and with the average transmit power per PRB for the transmissions on the assigned carrier aligned to within ±[2] db in the reference sub-frame and the target subframe after the transition. c) for RACH the requirements apply for the primary cell and are given in Table A.3 Aggregate power control tolerance Aggregate power control tolerance is the ability of a UE to maintain its power in non-contiguous transmission within 21 ms in response to 0 db TPC commands with respect to the first UE transmission, when the power control parameters specified in [TS ] are constant on all active component carriers A.3.1 Minimum requirements For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation bandwidth class C, the aggregate power tolerance per component carrier is given in Table with simultaneous PUCCH and PUSCH configured if supported. The requirement can be tested with the transmission gaps time aligned between component carriers.

68 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 6.3.5B Power control for UL-MIMO For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the power control tolerance applies to the sum of output power at each transmit antenna connector. The power control requirements specified in subclause apply to UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme. The requirements shall be met with UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2, wherein - The Maximum output power requirements for UL-MIMO are specified in subclause 6.2.2B - The Minimum output power requirements for UL-MIMO are specified in subclause 6.3.2B - The requirements for configured transmitted power for UL-MIMO are specified in subclause 6.2.5B. For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply. 6.4 Void 6.5 Transmit signal quality Frequency error The UE modulated carrier frequency shall be accurate to within ±0.1 PPM observed over a period of one time slot (0.5 ms) compared to the carrier frequency received from the E-UTRA Node B 6.5.1A Frequency error for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the UE modulated carrier frequencies per band shall be accurate to within ±0.1 PPM observed over a period of one timeslot compared to the carrier frequency of primary component carrier received from the E-UTRA in the corresponding band B Frequency error for UL-MIMO For UE(s) supporting UL-MIMO, the UE modulated carrier frequency at each transmit antenna connector shall be accurate to within ±0.1 PPM observed over a period of one time slot (0.5 ms) compared to the carrier frequency received from the E-UTRA Node B Transmit modulation quality Transmit modulation quality defines the modulation quality for expected in-channel RF transmissions from the UE. The transmit modulation quality is specified in terms of: - Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for the allocated resource blocks (RBs) - EVM equalizer spectrum flatness derived from the equalizer coefficients generated by the EVM measurement process - Carrier leakage (caused by IQ offset) - In-band emissions for the non-allocated RB All the parameters defined in subclause are defined using the measurement methodology specified in Annex F Error Vector Magnitude The Error Vector Magnitude is a measure of the difference between the reference waveform and the measured waveform. This difference is called the error vector. Before calculating the EVM the measured waveform is corrected

69 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) by the sample timing offset and RF frequency offset. Then the IQ origin offset shall be removed from the measured waveform before calculating the EVM. The measured waveform is further modified by selecting the absolute phase and absolute amplitude of the Tx chain. The EVM result is defined after the front-end IDFT as the square root of the ratio of the mean error vector power to the mean reference power expressed as a %. The basic EVM measurement interval in the time domain is one preamble sequence for the PRACH and is one slot for the PUCCH and PUSCH in the time domain.. When the PUSCH or PUCCH transmission slot is shortened due to multiplexing with SRS, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly. The PUSCH or PUCCH EVM measurement interval is also reduced when the mean power, modulation or allocation between slots is expected to change. In the case of PUSCH transmission, the measurement interval is reduced by a time interval equal to the sum of 5 μs and the applicable exclusion period defined in subclause 6.3.4, adjacent to the boundary where the power change is expected to occur. The PUSCH exclusion period is applied to the signal obtained after the front-end IDFT. In the case of PUCCH transmission with power change, the PUCCH EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol adjacent to the boundary where the power change is expected to occur Minimum requirement The RMS average of the basic EVM measurements for 10 sub-frames excluding any transient period for the average EVM case, and 60 sub-frames excluding any transient period for the reference signal EVM case, for the different modulations schemes shall not exceed the values specified in Table for the parameters defined in Table For EVM evaluation purposes, [all PRACH preamble formats 0-4 and] all PUCCH formats 1, 1a, 1b, 2, 2a and 2b are considered to have the same EVM requirement as QPSK modulated. Table : Minimum requirements for Error Vector Magnitude Parameter Unit Average EVM Level Reference Signal EVM Level QPSK or BPSK % QAM % Table : Parameters for Error Vector Magnitude Parameter Unit Level UE Output Power dbm -40 Operating conditions Normal conditions Carrier leakage Carrier leakage (The IQ origin offset) is an additive sinusoid waveform that has the same frequency as the modulated waveform carrier frequency. The measurement interval is one slot in the time domain Minimum requirements The relative carrier leakage power is a power ratio of the additive sinusoid waveform and the modulated waveform. The relative carrier leakage power shall not exceed the values specified in Table Table : Minimum requirements for relative carrier leakage power Parameters Relative limit (dbc) Applicable frequencies Output power >10 dbm -28 Carrier center frequency < 1 GHz -25 Carrier center frequency 1 GHz 0 dbm Output power 10 dbm dbm Output power 0 dbm dbm Output power < -30 dbm -10

70 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) In-band emissions The in-band emission is defined as the average across 12 sub-carrier and as a function of the RB offset from the edge of the allocated UL transmission bandwidth. The in-band emission is measured as the ratio of the UE output power in a non allocated RB to the UE output power in an allocated RB. The basic in-band emissions measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain. When the PUSCH or PUCCH transmission slot is shortened due to multiplexing with SRS, the in-band emissions measurement interval is reduced by one SC-FDMA symbol, accordingly Minimum requirements The relative in-band emission shall not exceed the values specified in Table Parameter description General IQ Image Carrier leakage Table : Minimum requirements for in-band emissions Unit Limit (Note 1) db db max { 20 log log 10 EVM dbm /180 khz P ( N RB } RB 3 5 ( Δ RB / L CRB ), 1) / L CRB Image frequencies when carrier center frequency < 1 GHz and Output power > 10 dbm Image frequencies when carrier center frequency < 1 GHz and Output power 10 dbm Image frequencies when carrier center frequency 1 GHz Output power > 10 dbm and carrier center frequency < 1 GHz Output power > 10 dbm and carrier center frequency 1 GHz, Applicable Frequencies Any non-allocated (Note 2) Image frequencies (Notes 2, 3) Carrier frequency (Notes 4, 5) dbc dbm Output power 10 dbm dbm Output power 0 dbm dbm Output power < -30 dbm NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P RB - 30 db and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P RB is defined in Note 10. NOTE 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one nonallocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs. NOTE 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated RBs. NOTE 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one nonallocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC frequency if N RB is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if N RB is even, but excluding any allocated RB. NOTE 6: L CRB is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 7: N RB is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). NOTE 8: EVM is the limit specified in Table for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 9: Δ RB is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. Δ RB =1 or Δ RB = 1 for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 10: P RB is the transmitted power per 180 khz in allocated RBs, measured in dbm EVM equalizer spectrum flatness The zero-forcing equalizer correction applied in the EVM measurement process (as described in Annex F) must meet a spectral flatness requirement for the EVM measurement to be valid. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness is defined in

71 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) terms of the maximum peak-to-peak ripple of the equalizer coefficients (db) across the allocated uplink block. The basic measurement interval is the same as for EVM Minimum requirements The peak-to-peak variation of the EVM equalizer coefficients contained within the frequency range of the uplink allocation shall not exceed the maximum ripple specified in Table for normal conditions. For uplink allocations contained within both Range 1 and Range 2, the coefficients evaluated within each of these frequency ranges shall meet the corresponding ripple requirement and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 5 db, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 7 db (see Figure ). The EVM equalizer spectral flatness shall not exceed the values specified in Table for extreme conditions. For uplink allocations contained within both Range 1 and Range 2, the coefficients evaluated within each of these frequency ranges shall meet the corresponding ripple requirement and the following additional requirement: the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 1 and the minimum coefficient in Range 2 must not be larger than 6 db, and the relative difference between the maximum coefficient in Range 2 and the minimum coefficient in Range 1 must not be larger than 10 db (see Figure ). Table : Minimum requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions) Frequency range Maximum ripple [db] F UL_Meas F UL_Low 3 MHz and F UL_High F UL_Meas 3 MHz 4 (p-p) (Range 1) F UL_Meas F UL_Low < 3 MHz or F UL_High F UL_Meas < 3 MHz 8 (p-p) (Range 2) NOTE 1: F UL_Meas refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated NOTE 2: F UL_Low and F UL_High refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table Table : Minimum requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (extreme conditions) Frequency range Maximum Ripple [db] F UL_Meas F UL_Low 5 MHz and F UL_High F UL_Meas 5 MHz 4 (p-p) (Range 1) F UL_Meas F UL_Low < 5 MHz or F UL_High F UL_Meas < 5 MHz 12 (p-p) (Range 2) NOTE 1: F UL_Meas refers to the sub-carrier frequency for which the equalizer coefficient is evaluated NOTE 2: F UL_Low and F UL_High refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table < 4(4) db p-p max(range 2)-min(Range 1) < 7(10) db max(range 1)-min(Range 2) < 5(6) db < 8(12) db p-p Range 1 Range 2 F UL_High 3(5) MHz F UL_High f Figure : The limits for EVM equalizer spectral flatness with the maximum allowed variation of the coefficients indicated (the ETC minimum requirement within brackets).

72 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 6.5.2A Transmit modulation quality for CA The requirements in this clause apply with PCC and SCC in the UL configured and activated: PCC with PRB allocation and SCC without PRB allocation and without CSI reporting and SRS configured A.1 Error Vector Magnitude For the intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, the Error Vector Magnitude requirement should be defined for each component carrier. Requirements only apply with PRB allocation in one of the component carriers. When a single component carrier is configured Table apply. The EVM requirements are according to Table 6.5.2A.1-1 if CA is configured in uplink. Table 6.5.2A.1-1: Minimum requirements for Error Vector Magnitude Parameter Unit Average EVM Level per CC Reference Signal EVM Level QPSK or BPSK % QAM % A.2 Carrier leakage for CA Carrier leakage (The IQ origin offset) is an additive sinusoid waveform that has the same frequency as the modulated waveform carrier frequency. Carrier leakage is defined for each component carrier and is measured on the carrier with PRBs allocated. The measurement interval is one slot in the time domain A.2.1 Minimum requirements The relative carrier leakage power is a power ratio of the additive sinusoid waveform and the modulated waveform. The relative carrier leakage power shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2A Table 6.5.2A.2.1-1: Minimum requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power Parameters Relative Limit (dbc) Output power >0 dbm dbm Output power 0 dbm dbm Output power < -30 dbm A A.3.1 In-band emissions Minimum requirement for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation bandwidth class C, the requirements in Table 6.5.2A and 6.5.2A apply within the aggregated transmission bandwidth configuration with both component carrier (s) active and one single contiguous PRB allocation of bandwidth L CRB at the edge of the aggregated transmission bandwidth configuration. The inband emission is defined as the interference falling into the non allocated resource blocks for all component carriers. The measurement method for the inband emissions in the component carrier with PRB allocation is specified in annex F. For a non allocated component carrier a spectral measurement is specified.

73 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 6.5.2A.3.1-1: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions (allocated component carrier) Parameter Unit Limit Applicable Frequencies max log ( N / L ), General db { 20 log 10 EVM dbm / 180 khz P RB } RB 3 5 ( Δ IQ Image db -25 Carrier leakage dbc RB CRB 1) / L CRB -25 Output power > 0 dbm dbm Output power 0 dbm dbm Output power < -30 dbm, Any non-allocated (Note 1) Exception for IQ image (Note 2) Exception for Carrier frequency (Note 3) NOTE 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of P RB - 30 db and the power sum of all limit values (General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. P RB is defined in Note 8. The limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all allocated RBs NOTE 2: Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to L CRBs RBs within a contiguous width of L CRBs nonallocated RBs. The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB. NOTE 3: Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to two contiguous non-allocated RBs. The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in the non-allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs. NOTE 4: L CRB is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1) not exceeding N RB / 2 1 NOTE 5: N RB is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1) of the component carrier with RBs allocated. NOTE 6: EVM is the limit specified in Table for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs. NOTE 7: Δ RB is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. Δ RB =1 or Δ RB = 1 for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth. NOTE 8: P RB is the transmitted power per 180 khz in allocated RBs, measured in dbm.

74 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 6.5.2A.3.1-2: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions (not allocated component carrier) Parameter General IQ Image Carrier leakage NOTE1: Unit db db dbc Meas BW Note 1 BW of 1 RB (180KHz rectangular) BW of 1 RB (180KHz rectangular) BW of 1 RB (180KHz rectangular) Limit remark Applicable Frequencies max { log ( N RB / LCRB ), The Any RB in the 10 reference non allocated 20 log 10 EVM 3 5 ( Δ RB 1) / LCRB, value is the component 57 dbm /180 khz PRB } average carrier. power per The frequency allocated raster of the RB in the RBs is derived allocated when this component component carrier carrier is allocated with -25 Note 2 Note 3-25 Output power > 0 dbm dbm Output power 0 dbm -40 dbm Output power < -30 dbm The reference value is the average power per allocated RB in the allocated component carrier The reference value is the total power of the allocated RBs in the allocated component carrier RBs The frequencies of L the CRB contiguous non-allocated RBs are unknown. The frequency raster of the RBs is derived when this component carrier is allocated with RBs The frequencies of the up to 2 non-allocated RBs are unknown. The frequency raster of the RBs is derived when this component carrier is allocated with RBs Resolution BWs smaller than the measurement BW may be integrated to achieve the measurement bandwidth. NOTE 2: Exceptions to the general limit is are allowed for up to L CRB RBs within a contiguous width of L CRB non-allocated RBs. NOTE 3: Two Exceptions to the general limit are allowed for up to two contiguous non-allocated RBs NOTE 4: Note 4 to note 8 from Table 6.5.2A apply for Table 6.5.2A as well B Transmit modulation quality for UL-MIMO For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the transmit modulation quality requirements are specified at each transmit antenna connector. For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply. The transmit modulation quality is specified in terms of: - Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for the allocated resource blocks (RBs) - EVM equalizer spectrum flatness derived from the equalizer coefficients generated by the EVM measurement process

75 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) - Carrier leakage (caused by IQ offset) - In-band emissions for the non-allocated RB 6.5.2B.1 Error Vector Magnitude For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the Error Vector Magnitude requirements specified in Table which is defined in subclause apply at each transmit antenna connector. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B B.2 Carrier leakage For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the Relative Carrier Leakage Power requirements specified in Table which is defined in subclause apply at each transmit antenna connector. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B B.3 In-band emissions For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the In-band Emission requirements specified in Table which is defined in subclause apply at each transmit antenna connector. The requirements shall be met with the uplink MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B B.4 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness for UL-MIMO For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the EVM Equalizer Spectrum Flatness requirements specified in Table and Table which are defined in subclause apply at each transmit antenna connector. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B Output RF spectrum emissions The output UE transmitter spectrum consists of the three components; the emission within the occupied bandwidth (channel bandwidth), the Out Of Band (OOB) emissions and the far out spurious emission domain. Figure 6.6-1: Transmitter RF spectrum Occupied bandwidth Occupied bandwidth is defined as the bandwidth containing 99 % of the total integrated mean power of the transmitted spectrum on the assigned channel. The occupied bandwidth for all transmission bandwidth configurations (Resources Blocks) shall be less than the channel bandwidth specified in Table

76 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Occupied channel bandwidth Channel bandwidth (MHz) Occupied channel bandwidth / Channel bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz A Occupied bandwidth for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the occupied bandwidth is a measure of the bandwidth containing 99 % of the total integrated power of the transmitted spectrum. The OBW shall be less than the aggregated channel bandwidth defined in subclause 5.6A B Occupied bandwidth for UL-MIMO For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the requirements for occupied bandwidth is specified at each transmit antenna connector. The occupied bandwidth is defined as the bandwidth containing 99 % of the total integrated mean power of the transmitted spectrum on the assigned channel at each transmit antenna connector. For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the occupied bandwidth at each transmitter antenna shall be less than the channel bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.1B-1. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. Table 6.6.1B-1: Occupied channel bandwidth Channel bandwidth (MHz) Occupied channel bandwidth / Channel bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply Out of band emission The Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the assigned channel bandwidth resulting from the modulation process and non-linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions. This out of band emission limit is specified in terms of a spectrum emission mask and an Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio Spectrum emission mask The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (Δf OOB ) starting from the ± edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (Δf OOB ) as specified in Table the spurious requirements in subclause are applicable Minimum requirement The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table for the specified channel bandwidth.

77 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask Spectrum emission limit (dbm)/ Channel bandwidth f OOB (MHz) 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Measurement bandwidth ± khz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz NOTE: A As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth. Spectrum emission mask for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (Δf OOB ) starting from the ± edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth (Table 5.6A-1) For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the bandwidth class C, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table A-1 for the specified channel bandwidth. Table A-1: General E-UTRA CA spectrum emission mask for Bandwidth Class C Spectrum emission limit [dbm]/bw Channel_CA f OOB (MHz) 25RB+100RB (24.95 MHz) 50RB+100RB (29.9 MHz) 75RB+75RB (30 MHz) 75RB+100RB (34.85 MHz) 100RB+100RB (39.8 MHz) Measurement bandwidth ± khz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz Additional spectrum emission mask This requirement is specified in terms of an "additional spectrum emission" requirement Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_03", NS_11, and NS_20 ) Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message. When "NS_03", "NS_11" or "NS_20" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table

78 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Additional requirements Spectrum emission limit (dbm)/ Channel bandwidth f OOB (MHz) 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Measurement bandwidth ± khz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_04") Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message. When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table Table : Additional requirements Spectrum emission limit (dbm)/ Channel bandwidth f OOB (MHz) 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Measurement bandwidth ± khz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz Note: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_06" or NS_07 ) Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message. When "NS_06" or NS_07 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table

79 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Additional requirements Spectrum emission limit (dbm)/ Channel bandwidth f OOB (MHz) 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz Measurement bandwidth ± khz ± khz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz NOTE: A As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth. Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA This requirement is specified in terms of an "additional spectrum emission" requirement A.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "CA_NS_04") Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message. When "CA_NS_04" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table A-1. Table A-1: Additional requirements Spectrum emission limit [dbm]/bw Channel_CA f OOB (MHz) RB (29.9 MHz) 75+75B (30 MHz) RB (34.85 MHz) RB (39.8 MHz) Measurement bandwidth ± khz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz ± MHz Note: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency. ACLR requirements for one E-UTRA carrier are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E-UTRA and /or UTRA channel as shown in Figure

80 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) f OOB E-UTRA channel E-UTRA ACLR1 UTRA ACLR2 UTRA ACLR1 RB Figure : Adjacent Channel Leakage requirements for one E-UTRA carrier Minimum requirement E-UTRA E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRA ACLR ) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table and Table If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than 50dBm then the E-UTRA ACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table and Table Table : General requirements for E-UTRA ACLR Channel bandwidth / E-UTRA ACLR1 / Measurement bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz E-UTRA ACLR1 30 db 30 db 30 db 30 db 30 db 30 db E-UTRA channel Measurement MHz MHz bandwidth 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] +1.4 / / / / / / -20 Table : Additional E-UTRA ACLR requirements for Power Class 1 Channel bandwidth / E-UTRA ACLR1 / Measurement bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz E-UTRA ACLR1 37 db 37 db E-UTRA channel Measurement 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz bandwidth Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] +5 / / -10 NOTE 1: E-UTRA ACLR1 shall be applicable for >23dBm A Void Minimum requirements UTRA UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRA ACLR ) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency.

81 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRA ACLR1 ) and the 2 nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRA ACLR2 ). The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor α =0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than 50dBm then the UTRA ACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table Table : Requirements for UTRA ACLR1/2 Channel bandwidth / UTRA ACLR1/2 / Measurement bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3.0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz UTRA ACLR1 33 db 33 db 33 db 33 db 33 db 33 db Adjacent 0.7+BW channel UTRA/2 1.5+BW UTRA/ BW / / UTRA/2 +5+BW UTRA/ BW UTRA/2 +10+BW UTRA/2 centre / / / / frequency -2.5-BW BW offset [MHz] UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2-5-BW UTRA/2-7.5-BW UTRA/2-10-BW UTRA/2 UTRA/2 UTRA ACLR db 36 db 36 db 36 db Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] *BW UTRA/2 / *BW UTRA/2 +5+3*BW UTRA/2 / -5-3*BW UTRA/ *BW UTRA/2 / *BW UTRA/2 E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1) UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2) +10+3*BW UTRA/2 / -10-3*BW UTRA/ MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 1.28 MHz 1.28 MHz 1.28 MHz 1.28MHz 1.28MHz 1.28MHz NOTE 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. NOTE 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum A Minimum requirement UTRA for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRA ACLR ) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency. UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRA ACLR1 ) and the 2 nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRA ACLR2 ). The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor α =0.22. The assigned aggregated channel bandwidth power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table A-1. If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than 50dBm then the UTRA ACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table A-1.

82 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-1: Requirements for UTRA ACLR1/2 UTRA ACLR1 Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) UTRA ACLR2 Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) CA bandwidth class / UTRA ACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth CA bandwidth class C 33 db + BW Channel_CA /2 + BW UTRA/2 / - BW Channel_CA / 2 - BW UTRA/2 36 db + BW Channel_CA /2 + 3*BW UTRA/2 / - BW Channel_CA /2 3*BW UTRA/2 CA E-UTRA channel BW Measurement bandwidth Channel_CA - 2* BW GB UTRA 5MHz channel 3.84 MHz Measurement bandwidth (Note 1) UTRA 1.6MHz channel 1.28 MHz measurement bandwidth (Note 2) NOTE 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. NOTE 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum A Minimum requirements for CA E-UTRA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the carrier aggregation E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (CA E-UTRA ACLR ) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent aggregated channel bandwidth at nominal channel spacing. The assigned aggregated channel bandwidth power and adjacent aggregated channel bandwidth power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table A-1. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than 50dBm then the E-UTRA ACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table A-1. Table A-1: General requirements for CA E-UTRA ACLR CA E-UTRA ACLR CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRA ACLR / Measurement bandwidth CA bandwidth class C 30 db BW Channel_CA - 2* BW GB + BW Channel_CA / - BW Channel_CA Void Void 6.6.2A Void <reserved for future use> 6.6.2B Out of band emission for UL-MIMO For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the requirements for Out of band emissions resulting from the modulation process and non-linearity in the transmitters are specified at each transmit antenna connector. For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the requirements in subclause apply to each transmit antenna connector. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2.

83 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply Spurious emissions Spurious emissions are emissions which are caused by unwanted transmitter effects such as harmonics emission, parasitic emissions, intermodulation products and frequency conversion products, but exclude out of band emissions unless otherwise stated. The spurious emission limits are specified in terms of general requirements inline with SM.329 [2] and E-UTRA operating band requirement to address UE co-existence. To improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth Minimum requirements Unless otherwise stated, the spurious emission limits apply for the frequency ranges that are more than FOOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth. The spurious emission limits in Table apply for all transmitter band configurations (NRB) and channel bandwidths. Table : Boundary between E-UTRA out of band and spurious emission domain Channel bandwidth OOB boundary F OOB (MHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz NOTE: In order that the measurement of spurious emissions falls within the frequency ranges that are more than F OOB (MHz) from the edge of the channel bandwidth, the minimum offset of the measurement frequency from each edge of the channel should be F OOB + MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth defined in Table Table : Spurious emissions limits Frequency Range Maximum Measurement Note Level bandwidth 9 khz f < 150 khz -36 dbm 1 khz 150 khz f < 30 MHz -36 dbm 10 khz 30 MHz f < 1000 MHz -36 dbm 100 khz 1 GHz f < GHz -30 dbm 1 MHz GHz f < 5 th harmonic of the upper frequency edge of the -30 dbm 1 MHz 1 UL operating band in GHz NOTE 1: Applies for Band 22, Band 42 and Band A Minimum requirements for CA For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the spurious emission limits apply for the frequency ranges that are more than FOOB (MHz) in Table A-1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth (Table 5.6A-1). For frequencies ΔfOOB greater than FOOB as specified in Table A-1the spurious emission requirements in Table are applicable.

84 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-1: Boundary between E-UTRA out of band and spurious emission domain for intraband contiguous carrier aggregation OOB boundary F CA Bandwidth Class OOB (MHz) A Table B FFS C BW Channel_CA + 5 NOTE: In order that the measurement of spurious emissions falls within the frequency ranges that are more than F OOB (MHz) from the edge of the channel bandwidth, the minimum offset of the measurement frequency from each edge of the aggregated channel should be F OOB + MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth defined in Table Spurious emission band UE co-existence This clause specifies the requirements for the specified E-UTRA band, for coexistence with protected bands NOTE: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth defined for the protected band.

85 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) E-UTRA Band Protected band Table : Requirements Spurious emission Frequency range (MHz) Maximum Level (dbm) MBW (MHz) 1 E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 11, 18, 19, 20, 21, , 26, 27, 28, 38, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 3, 34 F DL_low - F DL_high Note Frequency range ,27 Frequency range , 26, 27 Frequency range , 26, 27 Frequency range , 8, 15 Frequency range E-UTRA Band 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, , 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 41, 42 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 2, 25 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, 26, 27, 28, 33, , 38, 41, 43, 44 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 3 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 11, 18, 19, 21 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 22, 42 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, , 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 41, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 42 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, , 23, 24, 25, 28, 29,42, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 41 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 11, 34 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 22, 27, 28, 29, 33, 34, 40, 42, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range , 21, 26 Frequency range , 21, 26 Frequency range , 21 8 E-UTRA Band 1, 20, 28, 33, 34, 38, 39, F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA band 3 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA band 7 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 8 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 22, 41, 42, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 11, 21 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range , 23 Frequency range , 23 9 E-UTRA Band 1, 11, 18, 19, 21, 26, 28, F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 41, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 22, 42 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 1, 11, 18, 19, 21, 28, 34 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range

86 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Frequency range Frequency range E-UTRA Band 2, 5, 13, 14, 17, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 41 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 4, 10 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 12 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 17, 23, , 26, 27, 29, 41 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range , 15 E-UTRA Band 14 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 24 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, , 24, 25, 26, 27, 29, 41 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range , 15 Frequency range , 12, E-UTRA Band 2, 5, 13, 14, 17, 23, 24, , 26, 27, 41 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 4, 10 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 12 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 1, 11, 21, 34 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range E-UTRA Band 1, 11, 21, 28, 34 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range , 15 Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 22, 33, 34, 40, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 20 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 38, 42 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 11 F DL_low - F DL_high , 15 E-UTRA Band 1, 18, 19, 28, 34 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 21 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 26, 27, 28, 33, 34, 38, 39, 40, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range E-UTRA Band 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, 23, 24, 26, 27, 29, 41 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 2 F DL_low - F DL_high , 15 Frequency range , 15 Frequency range , 15 Frequency range , 15 Frequency range , 15 Frequency range , 15 Frequency range , 28 Frequency range Note 29 15, E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, 23, 24, 25, 26, 29, 41 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 4, 5, 10,12, 13, 14, 17, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 41, 42 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 2 F DL_low - F DL_high

87 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) E-UTRA Band 25 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17, 18,19, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, , 34, 40, 42, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 41 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range E-UTRA Band 27 F DL_low Frequency range Frequency range E-UTRA Band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 29, 38, 41, 42, F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range F DL_high E-UTRA Band 28 F DL_low E-UTRA Band 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 18, 19, 25, F DL_low - F DL_high , 27, 34, 38, 41 E-UTRA Band 1, 4, 10, 22, 42, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 11, 21 F DL_low - F DL_high , 24 E-UTRA Band 1 F DL_low - F DL_high , 25 Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range , 19 Frequency range E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, 22, 34, 38, 39, 40, 42, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 3 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 11, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 26, 28, 33, 38,39, 40, 41, 42, 43, F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range E-UTRA Band 1,3, 8, 20, 22, 27, 28, 29, , 34, 40, 42, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range , 22, 26 Frequency range , E-UTRA Band 22, 34, 40, 41, 42, 44 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 22, 26, 27, 33, 34, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 34, 39, , 42, 44 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 9, 11, 18, 19, 21 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range , E-UTRA Band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 20, 25, 26, 27, 28, 33, 34, 38, 40, 41, F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 43 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 20, 25, 26, 27, 28, 33, 34, 38, 40 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 42 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 22 F DL_low - F DL_high [-50] [1] 3 44 E-UTRA Band 3, 5, 8, 34, 39, 41 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA Band 1, 40, 42 F DL_low - F DL_high -50 2

88 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) NOTE 1: F DL_low and F DL_high refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table NOTE 2: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirements defined in Table are permitted for each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 2 nd, 3 rd, 4 th [or 5 th ] harmonic spurious emissions. An exception is allowed if there is at least one individual RB within the transmission bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1) for which the 2 nd, 3 rd or 4 th harmonic totally or partially overlaps the measurement bandwidth (MBW). NOTE 3: To meet these requirements some restriction will be needed for either the operating band or protected band NOTE 4: NOTE 5: For non synchronised TDD operation to meet these requirements some restriction will be needed for either the operating band or protected band NOTE 6: Applicable when NS_05 in section is signalled by the network. NOTE 7: Applicable when co-existence with PHS system operating in MHz. NOTE 8: Applicable when co-existence with PHS system operating in MHz. NOTE 9: Applicable when NS_08 in subclause is signalled by the network NOTE 10: Applicable when NS_09 in subclause is signalled by the network NOTE 11: Whether the applicable frequency range should be MHz instead of MHz is TBD NOTE 12: The emissions measurement shall be sufficiently power averaged to ensure a standard deviation < 0.5 db NOTE 13: This requirement applies for 5, 10, 15 and 20 MHz E-UTRA channel bandwidth allocated within MHz and MHz. NOTE 14: To meet this requirement NS_11 value shall be signalled when operating in MHz NOTE 15: These requirements also apply for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table and Table A-1 from the edge of the channel bandwidth. NOTE 16: Applicable when NS_16 in subclause is signalled by the network. NOTE 17: NOTE 18: NOTE 19: Applicable when the assigned E-UTRA carrier is confined within 718 MHz and 748 MHz and when the channel bandwidth used is 5 or 10 MHz. NOTE 20: Applicable when NS_15 in subclause is signalled by the network. NOTE 21: This requirement is applicable for any channel bandwidths within the range MHz with the following restriction: for carriers of 15 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the range MHz and for carriers of 20 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the range MHz the requirement is applicable only for an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to 54 RB. NOTE 22: This requirement is applicable for any channel bandwidths within the range MHz with the following restriction: for carriers of 15 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the range MHz and for carriers of 20 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the range MHz the requirement is applicable only for an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to 54 RB. For carriers with channel bandwidth overlapping the frequency range MHz the requirement applies with the maximum output power configured to +19 dbm in the IE P-Max. NOTE 23 This requirement is applicable only for the following cases: - for carriers of 5 MHz channel bandwidth when carrier centre frequency (F c) is within the range MHz F c < MHz with an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to 20 RB - for carriers of 5 MHz channel bandwidth when carrier centre frequency (F c) is within the range MHz F c MHz without any restriction on uplink transmission bandwidth. - for carriers of 10 MHz channel bandwidth when carrier centre frequency (F c) is F c = 910 MHz with an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to 32 RB with RB start > 3. NOTE 24: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirement of -38 dbm/mhz is permitted for each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 2 nd harmonic spurious emissions. An exception is allowed if there is at least one individual RB within the transmission bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1) for which the 2 nd harmonic totally or partially overlaps the measurement bandwidth (MBW). NOTE 25: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirement of -36 dbm/mhz is permitted for each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 3 rd harmonic spurious emissions. An exception is allowed if there is at least one individual RB within the transmission bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1) for which the 3 rd harmonic totally or partially overlaps the measurement bandwidth (MBW). NOTE 26: For these adjacent bands, the emission limit could imply risk of harmful interference to UE(s) operating in the protected operating band. NOTE 27: This requirement is applicable for any channel bandwidths within the range MHz with the following restriction: for carriers of 15 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the range MHz and for carriers of 20 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the range MHz the requirement is applicable only for an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to 54 RB. NOTE 28: Applicable when NS_20 is signalled by the network. NOTE 29: The measurement bandwidth is 1% of the applicable E-UTRA channel bandwidth (Table 5.6-1).

89 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) NOTE 30: This requirement applies when the E-UTRA carrier is confined within MHz and the channel bandwidth is 10 or 20 MHz A Spurious emission band UE co-existence for CA This clause specifies the requirements for the specified carrier aggregation configurations for coexistence with protected bands NOTE: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth defined for the protected band.

90 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) E- UTRA CA Config uration Protected band Table A-1: Requirements Spurious emission Frequency range (MHz) Maximum Level (dbm) MBW (MHz) CA_1C E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 11, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 26, 27, 28, 38, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 F DL_low - F DL_high E-UTRA band 34 F DL_low - F DL_high , 6, 7 Frequency range , 10 Frequency range , 10, 12 6, 7, 10, Frequency range , 7, 10, Frequency range Frequency range , 5 Frequency range CA_7C E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 22, 27, 28, 29, 33, 34, 40, 42, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range , 12 Frequency range , 12 Frequency range CA_38C E-UTRA Band 1,3, 8, 20, 22, 27, 28, 29, 33, 34, 40, 42, 43 F DL_low - F DL_high , 10, Frequency range , 12 Frequency range , 10, 11 CA_40C E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 22, 26, 27, , 34, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44 F DL_low - F DL_high CA_41C E-UTRA Band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 34, 39, , 42, 44 F DL_low - F DL_high NOTE 1: F DL_low and F DL_high refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table NOTE 2: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirements defined in Table are permitted for each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 2nd or 3rd harmonic spurious emissions. An exception is allowed if there is at least one individual RE within the transmission bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1) for which the 2nd or 3rd harmonic, i.e. the frequency equal to two or three times the frequency of that RE, is within the measurement bandwidth (MBW). NOTE 3: To meet these requirements some restriction will be needed for either the operating band or protected band NOTE 4: Applicable when CA_NS_01 in subclause A.1 is signalled by the network. NOTE 5: Applicable when co-existence with PHS system operating in MHz. NOTE 6: Applicable when CA_NS_02 in subclause A.2 is signalled by the network. NOTE 7: Applicable when CA_NS_03 in subclause A.3 is signalled by the network. NOTE 8: Applicable when CA_NS_06 in subclause A.5 is signalled by the network. NOTE 9: Applicable when CA_NS_05 in subclause A.4 is signalled by the network. NOTE 10: The requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table and Table A-1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. NOTE 11: This requirement is applicable for carriers with aggregated channel bandwidths confined in MHz. NOTE 12: For these adjacent bands, the emission limit could imply risk of harmful interference to UE(s) operating in the protected operating band. Note Additional spurious emissions These requirements are specified in terms of an additional spectrum emission requirement. Additional spurious emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_05") When "NS_05" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than FOOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth.

91 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Additional requirements (PHS) Frequency band Channel bandwidth / Spectrum Measurement Note (MHz) emission limit (dbm) bandwidth 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz f KHz 1 NOTE 1: Applicable when the lower edge of the assigned E-UTRA UL channel bandwidth frequency is larger than or equal to the upper edge of PHS band ( MHz) + 4 MHz + the channel BW assigned, where channel BW is as defined in subclause 5.6. Additional restrictions apply for operations below this point. The requirements in Table apply with the additional restrictions specified in Table when the lower edge of the assigned E-UTRA UL channel bandwidth frequency is less than the upper edge of PHS band ( MHz) + 4 MHz + the channel BW assigned. Table : RB restrictions for additional requirement (PHS). 15 MHz channel bandwidth with f c = MHz RB start L CRB MIN(30, 67 RB start) 20 MHz channel bandwidth with f c = 1930 MHz RB start L CRB MIN(24, 76 RB start) NOTE: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth (300 khz) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_07 ) When "NS_07" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than FOOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth. Table : Additional requirements Frequency band (MHz) Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) Measurement bandwidth 10 MHz 769 f khz NOTE: The emissions measurement shall be sufficiently power averaged to ensure standard standard deviation < 0.5 db. NOTE: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth (6.25 khz) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_08 ) When NS 08 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth.

92 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Additional requirement Frequency band (MHz) Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) 5MHz 10MHz 15MHz Measurement bandwidth 860 f MHz NOTE: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth (1 MHz) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_09 ) When NS 09 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth. Table : Additional requirement Frequency band (MHz) Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) Measurement bandwidth 5MHz 10MHz 15MHz f MHz NOTE 1: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth (1 MHz). NOTE 2: To improve measurement accuracy, A-MPR values for NS_09 specified in Table in subclause are derived based on both the above NOTE 1 and 100 khz RBW Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_12 ) When NS 12 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth. Frequency band (MHz) Table : Additional requirements Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) Measurement bandwidth 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz 806 f khz NOTE 1: The requirement applies for E-UTRA carriers with lower channel edge at or above MHz. NOTE 2: The emissions measurement shall be sufficiently power averaged to ensure a standard deviation < 0.5 db Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_13 ) When NS 13 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth.

93 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Frequency band (MHz) Table : Additional requirements Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) Measurement bandwidth 5 MHz 806 f khz NOTE 1: The requirement applies for E-UTRA carriers with lower channel edge at or above 819 MHz. NOTE 2: The emissions measurement shall be sufficiently power averaged to ensure a standard deviation < 0.5 db Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_14 ) When NS 14 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth. Frequency band (MHz) Table : Additional requirements Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) Measurement bandwidth 10 MHz, 15 MHz 806 f khz NOTE 1: The requirement applies for E-UTRA carriers with lower channel edge at or above 824 MHz. NOTE 2: The emissions measurement shall be sufficiently power averaged to ensure a standard deviation < 0.5 db Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_15 ) When NS 15 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth. Frequency band (MHz) Table : Additional requirements Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) Measurement bandwidth 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz 851 f khz NOTE 1: The emissions measurement shall be sufficiently power averaged to ensure a standard deviation < 0.5 db Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_16 ) When NS_16 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth. Table : Additional requirements Frequency band (MHz) Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) 1.4, 3, 5, 10 MHz Measurement bandwidth Note 790 f MHz

94 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_17 ) When NS_17 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth. Table : Additional requirements Frequency band (MHz) Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) 5, 10 MHz Measurement bandwidth Note 470 f MHz 1 NOTE 1: Applicable when the assigned E-UTRA carrier is confined within 718 MHz and 748 MHz and when the channel bandwidth used is 5 or 10 MHz Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_18 ) When NS_18 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth. Table : Additional requirements Frequency band (MHz) Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz Measurement bandwidth Note MHz Minimum requirement (network signalled value NS_19 ) When NS_19 is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table from the edge of the channel bandwidth. Table : Additional requirements Frequency band (MHz) Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit (dbm) 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz Measurement bandwidth Note 662 f MHz A Additional spurious emissions for CA These requirements are specified in terms of an additional spectrum emission requirement. Additional spurious emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell reconfiguration message A.1 Minimum requirement for CA_1C (network signalled value "CA_NS_01") When "CA_NS_01" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table A.1-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than FOOB (MHz) in Table A- 1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

95 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.1-1: Additional requirements (PHS) Protected band Frequency range (MHz) Maximum Level (dbm) MBW (MHz) Note E-UTRA band 34 FDL_low - FDL_high Frequency range NOTE 1: Applicable when the aggregated channel bandwidth is confined within frequency range MHz NOTE: A.2 For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth (300 khz). Minimum requirement for CA_1C (network signalled value "CA_NS_02") When "CA_NS_02" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table A.2-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than FOOB (MHz) in Table A- 1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. Table A.2-1: Additional requirements Protected band Frequency range (MHz) Maximum Level (dbm) MBW (MHz) E-UTRA band 34 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range A.3 Minimum requirement for CA_1C (network signalled value "CA_NS_03") When "CA_NS_03" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table A.3-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than FOOB (MHz) in Table A- 1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. Table A.3-1: Additional requirements Protected band Frequency range (MHz) Maximum Level (dbm) MBW (MHz) E-UTRA band 34 F DL_low - F DL_high Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range A.4 Minimum requirement for CA_38C (network signalled value "CA_NS_05") When "CA_NS_05" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table A.4-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table A-1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. This requirement is applicable for carriers with aggregated channel bandwidths confined in MHz. Table A.4-1: Additional requirements Protected band Frequency range (MHz) Maximum Level (dbm) MBW (MHz) Frequency range Frequency range

96 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A.5 Minimum requirement for CA_7C (network signalled value "CA_NS_06") When "CA_NS_06" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table A.5-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than F OOB (MHz) in Table A-1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. Table A.5-1: Additional requirements Protected band Frequency range (MHz) Maximum Level (dbm) MBW (MHz) Frequency range Frequency range Frequency range A Void <reserved for future use> 6.6.3B Spurious emission for UL-MIMO For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the requirements for Spurious emissions which are caused by unwanted transmitter effects such as harmonics emission, parasitic emissions, intermodulation products and frequency conversion products are specified at each transmit antenna connector. For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the requirements in subclause apply to each transmit antenna connector. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-1. For single-antenna port scheme, the general requirements in subclause apply. 6.6A Void 6.6B Void 6.7 Transmit intermodulation The transmit intermodulation performance is a measure of the capability of the transmitter to inhibit the generation of signals in its non linear elements caused by presence of the wanted signal and an interfering signal reaching the transmitter via the antenna Minimum requirement User Equipment(s) transmitting in close vicinity of each other can produce intermodulation products, which can fall into the UE, or enode B receive band as an unwanted interfering signal. The UE intermodulation attenuation is defined by the ratio of the mean power of the wanted signal to the mean power of the intermodulation product when an interfering CW signal is added at a level below the wanted signal at each of the transmitter antenna port with the other antenna port(s) if any is terminated. Both the wanted signal power and the intermodulation product power are measured through E-UTRA rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth shown in Table The requirement of transmitting intermodulation is prescribed in Table

97 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Transmit Intermodulation BW Channel (UL) 5MHz 10MHz 15MHz 20MHz Interference Signal Frequency Offset Interference CW Signal Level 5MHz 10MHz 10MHz 20MHz 15MHz 30MHz 20MHz 40MHz -40dBc Intermodulation Product -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc Measurement bandwidth 4.5MHz 4.5MHz 9.0MHz 9.0MHz 13.5MHz 13.5MHz 18MHz 18MHz 6.7.1A Minimum requirement for CA User Equipment(s) transmitting in close vicinity of each other can produce intermodulation products, which can fall into the UE, or enode B receive band as an unwanted interfering signal. The UE intermodulation attenuation is defined by the ratio of the mean power of the wanted signal to the mean power of the intermodulation product on both component carriers when an interfering CW signal is added at a level below the wanted signal at each of the transmitter antenna port with the other antenna port(s) if any is terminated. Both the wanted signal power and the intermodulation product power are measured through rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth shown in Table 6.7.1A-1. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the requirement of transmitting intermodulation is specified in Table 6.7.1A-1. Table 6.7.1A-1: Transmit Intermodulation CA bandwidth class(ul) Interference Signal Frequency Offset Interference CW Signal Level BW Channel_CA C -40dBc 2*BW Channel_CA Intermodulation Product -29dBc -35dBc Measurement bandwidth BW Channel_CA- 2* BW GB 6.7.1B Minimum requirement for UL-MIMO For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the transmit intermodulation requirements are specified at each transmit antenna connector and the wanted signal is defined as the sum of output power at each transmit antenna connector. For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the requirements in subclause apply to each transmit antenna connector. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For single-antenna port scheme, the requirements in subclause apply.

98 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 6.8 Void Void 6.8A Void 6.8B Time alignment error for UL-MIMO For UE(s) with multiple transmit antenna connectors supporting UL-MIMO, this requirement applies to frame timing differences between transmissions on multiple transmit antenna connectors in the closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme. The time alignment error (TAE) is defined as the average frame timing difference between any two transmissions on different transmit antenna connectors. 6.8B.1 Minimum Requirements For UE(s) with multiple transmit antenna connectors, the Time Alignment Error (TAE) shall not exceed 130 ns. 7 Receiver characteristics 7.1 General Unless otherwise stated the receiver characteristics are specified at the antenna connector(s) of the UE. For UE(s) with an integral antenna only, a reference antenna(s) with a gain of 0 dbi is assumed for each antenna port(s). UE with an integral antenna(s) may be taken into account by converting these power levels into field strength requirements, assuming a 0 dbi gain antenna.. For UEs with more than one receiver antenna connector, identical interfering signals shall be applied to each receiver antenna port if more than one of these is used (diversity). The levels of the test signal applied to each of the antenna connectors shall be as defined in the respective sections below. With the exception of subclause 7.3, the requirements shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01 configured (Table ). All the parameters in clause 7 are defined using the UL reference measurement channels specified in Annexes A.2.2 and A.2.3, the DL reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2 and using the set-up specified in Annex C.3.1. For the additional requirements for intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation, in-gap test refers to the case when the interfering signal(s) is (are) located at a negative offset with respect to the the assigned channel frequency of the highest carrier frequency; or located at a positive offset with respect to the assigned channel frequency of the lowest carrier frequency. For the additional requirements for intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation, out-of-gap test refers to the case when the interfering signal(s) is (are) located at a positive offset with respect to the assigned channel frequency of the highest carrier frequency, or located at a negative offset with respect to the assigned channel frequency of the lowest carrier frequency. For the additional requirements for intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with channel bandwidth larger than or equal to 5 MHz, existing adjacent channel selectivity requirements, in-band blocking requirements and narrow band blocking requirements shall be supported for in-gap tests only if the sub-block gap size satisfies the following condition so that the interferer position does not change the nature of the core requirement tested: Wgap (Interferer frequency offset 1) + (Interferer frequency offset 2) 0.5*( (Channel bandwidth 1) + (Channel bandwidth 2) )

99 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) where the interferer frequency offset represents the interferer frequency offset per carrier specified in subclause 7.5.1, subclause and subclause Diversity characteristics The requirements in Section 7 assume that the receiver is equipped with two Rx port as a baseline. These requirements apply to all UE categories unless stated otherwise. Requirements for 4 ports are FFS. With the exception of subclause 7.9 all requirements shall be verified by using both (all) antenna ports simultaneously. 7.3 Reference sensitivity power level The reference sensitivity power level REFSENS is the minimum mean power applied to both the UE antenna ports at which the throughput shall meet or exceed the requirements for the specified reference measurement channel Minimum requirements (QPSK) The throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table and Table

100 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Reference sensitivity QPSK P REFSENS Channel bandwidth E-UTRA Band 1.4 MHz (dbm) 3 MHz (dbm) 5 MHz (dbm) 10 MHz (dbm) 15 MHz (dbm) 20 MHz (dbm) Duplex Mode FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD 44 [-100.2] [-98] [-95] [-93.2] [-92] TDD NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to P UMAX as defined in subclause NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A NOTE 3: The signal power is specified per port NOTE 4: For the UE which supports both Band 3 and Band 9 the reference sensitivity level is FFS. NOTE 5: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the reference sensitivity level is FFS. NOTE 6: 6 indicates that the requirement is modified by -0.5 db when the carrier frequency of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth is within MHz. NOTE 7: For a UE that support both Band 18 and Band 26, the reference sensitivity level for Band 26 applies for the applicable channel bandwidths.

101 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) The reference receive sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement specified in Table shall be met for an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in Table NOTE: Table is intended for conformance tests and does not necessarily reflect the operational conditions of the network, where the number of uplink and downlink allocated resource blocks will be practically constrained by other factors. Typical receiver sensitivity performance with HARQ retransmission enabled and using a residual BLER metric relevant for e.g. Speech Services is given in the Annex X (informative).

102 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) For the UE which supports inter-band carrier aggregation configuration in Table A with uplink in one E-UTRA band, the minimum requirement for reference sensitivity in Table shall be increased by the amount given in ΔR IB,c in Table A for the applicable E-UTRA bands. Inter-band CA Configuration CA_1A-5A CA_1A-18A CA_1A-19A CA_1A-21A CA_2A-17A CA_3A-5A CA_3A-7A CA_3A-8A CA_3A-20A CA_4A-5A CA_4A-7A CA_4A-12A CA_4A-13A CA_4A-17A CA_5A-12A CA_5A-17A CA_7A-20A CA_8A-20A CA_11A-18A Table A: R IB,c E-UTRA Band R IB,c [db] NOTE 1: The above additional tolerances are only applicable for the E-UTRA operating bands that belong to the supported inter-band carrier aggregation configurations NOTE 2: The above additional tolerances also apply in intra-band CA and nonaggregated operation for the supported E-UTRA operating bands that belong to the supported inter-band carrier aggregation configurations NOTE 3: In case the UE supports more than one of the above inter-band carrier aggregation configurations and a E-UTRA operating band belongs to more than one inter-band carrier aggregation configurations then: - When the E-UTRA operating band frequency range is 1GHz, the applicable additional tolerance shall be the average of the tolerances in Table A, truncated to one decimal place that would apply for that operating band among the supported CA configurations. In case there is a harmonic relation between low band UL and high band DL, then the maximum tolerance among the different supported carrier aggregation configurations involving such band shall be applied - When the E-UTRA operating band frequency range is >1GHz, the applicable additional tolerance shall be the maximum tolerance in Table A that would apply for that operating band among the supported

103 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) CA configurations NOTE : The above additional tolerances do not apply to supported UTRA operating bands with frequency range below 1 GHz that correspond to the E-UTRA operating bands that belong to the supported inter-band carrier aggregation configurations when such bands are belonging only to band combination(s) where one band is <1GHz and another band is >1.7GHz and there is no harmonic relationship between the low band UL and high band DL. Otherwise the above additional tolerances also apply to supported UTRA operating bands that correspond to the E-UTRA operating bands that belong to the supported inter-band carrier aggregation configurations.

104 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Uplink configuration for reference sensitivity E-UTRA Band / Channel bandwidth / N RB / Duplex mode E-UTRA Band 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Duplex Mode FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD NOTE 1: 1 refers to the UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.6-1). NOTE 2: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the uplink configuration for reference sensitivity is FFS. NOTE 3: 3 refers to Band 20; in the case of 15MHz channel bandwidth, the UL resource blocks shall be located at RB start 11 and in the case of 20MHz channel bandwidth, the UL resource blocks shall be located at RB start 16 Unless given by Table , the minimum requirements specified in Tables and shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01 (Table ) configured.

105 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Network signalling value for reference sensitivity E-UTRA Band Network Signalling value 2 NS_03 4 NS_03 10 NS_03 12 NS_06 13 NS_06 14 NS_06 17 NS_06 19 NS_08 21 NS_09 23 NS_ A Minimum requirements (QPSK) for CA For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table and Table The reference sensitivity is defined to be met with both downlink component carriers active and either of the uplink carriers active. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause with the following exceptions. In all cases for single uplink inter-band CA, unless given by Table for the band with the active uplink carrier, the applicable reference sensitivity requirements shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01 (Table ) configured. For the UE that supports any of the E-UTRA CA configurations given in Table 7.3.1A-0a, exceptions are allowed when the uplink active in the lower-frequency operating band is within a specified frequency range as noted in Table 7.3.1A- 0a. For these exceptions, the UE shall meet the requirements specified in Table 7.3.1A-0a and Table 7.3.1A-0b. Table 7.3.1A-0a: Reference sensitivity for carrier aggregation QPSK P REFSENS, CA Channel bandwidth EUTRA CA Configuration EUTRA band 1.4 MHz (dbm) 3 MHz (dbm) 5 MHz (dbm) 10 MHz (dbm) 15 MHz (dbm) 20 MHz (dbm) CA_3A-8A CA_4A-12A 5 4 [-89.2] [-89.2] [-90] [-89.5] Duplex mode CA_4A-17A 5 4 [-90] [-89.5] FDD NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to P UMAX as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A NOTE 3: The signal power is specified per port NOTE 4: No requirements apply when there is at least one individual RE within the transmission bandwidth of the low band for which the 2nd harmonic is within the transmission bandwidth of the high band. The reference sensitivity is only verified when this is not the case (the requirements specified in clause apply). NOTE 5: These requirements apply when there is at least one individual RE within the transmission bandwidth of the low band for which the 3rd harmonic is within transmission bandwidth of the high band. The requirements should be verified for UL EARFCN of the low band (superscript LB HB LB) such that f UL = f DL in MHz and LB LB LB LB LB FUL_ low + BWChannel 2 < ful < FUL_ high BWChannel 2 with f HB the carrier frequency of the high DL LB band in MHz and BW the channel bandwidth configured in the low band. Channel FDD FDD

106 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 7.3.1A-0b: Uplink configuration for the low band E-UTRA Band / Channel bandwidth of the high band / N RB / Duplex mode EUTRA CA Duplex UL band 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Configuration mode CA_4A-12A FDD CA_4A-17A FDD NOTE 1: refers to the UL resource blocks, which shall be centred within the transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth. NOTE 2: the UL configuration applies regardless of the channel bandwidth of the low band unless the UL resource blocks exceed that specified in Table for the uplink bandwidth in which case the allocation according to Table applies. For band combinations including operating bands without uplink band (as noted in Table 5.5-1), the requirements are specified in Table 7.3.1A-0d and Table 7.3.1A-0e. EUTRA CA Configuration CA_2A-29A Table 7.3.1A-0d: Reference sensitivity QPSK P REFSENS Channel bandwidth EUTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz band (dbm) (dbm) (dbm) (dbm) MHz (dbm) 20 MHz (dbm) CA_4A-29A NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to P UMAX as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A NOTE 3: The signal power is specified per port Duplex mode FDD FDD Table 7.3.1A-0e: Uplink configuration for reference sensitivity EUTRA CA Configuration CA_2A-29A CA_4A-29A E-UTRA Band / Channel bandwidth / N RB / Duplex mode EUTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz band (dbm) (dbm) (dbm) (dbm) (dbm) MHz (dbm) Duplex mode FDD FDD For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the throughput of each component carrier shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table and Table 7.3.1A-1. Table 7.3.1A-1 specifies the maximum number of allocated uplink resource blocks for which the intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation reference sensitivity requirement shall be met. The PCC and SCC allocations follow Table 7.3.1A-1 and form a contiguous allocation where TX RX frequency separations are as defined in Table For UE(s) supporting one uplink carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table and the downlink PCC carrier center frequency shall be configured closer to uplink operating band than the downlink SCC center frequency. Unless given by Table , the reference sensitivity requirements shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01 (Table ) configured.

107 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 7.3.1A-1: Intra-band CA uplink configuration for reference sensitivity CA configuration / CC combination / N RB_agg / Duplex mode CA configuration 100RB+50RB 75RB+75RB 100RB+75RB 100RB+100RB PCC SCC PCC SCC PCC SCC PCC SCC Duplex Mode CA_1C FDD CA_7C FDD CA_38C TDD CA_40C TDD CA_41C TDD NOTE 1: The carrier centre frequency of SCC in the UL operating band is configured closer to the DL operating band. NOTE 2: The transmitted power over both PCC and SCC shall be set to P UMAX as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. NOTE 3: The UL resource blocks in both PCC and SCC shall be confined within the transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.6-1). NOTE 4: The UL resource blocks in PCC shall be located as close as possible to the downlink operating band, while the UL resource blocks in SCC shall be located as far as possible from the downlink operating band. For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier on the PCC, the throughput of each downlink component carrier shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table The reference sensitivity is defined to be met with both downlink component carriers active and one uplink carrier active. For reference sensitivity measured on the downlink PCC, the parameters in Table apply. For reference sensitivity measured on the downlink SCC, the parameters in Table 7.3.1A-3 apply. The minimum requirement for reference sensitivity in Table shall be increased by the amount given in DR IBNC in Table 7.3.1A-3 for the downlink SCC. Unless given by Table , the reference sensitivity requirements shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01 (Table ) configured.

108 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 7.3.1A-3: Intra-band non-contiguous CA uplink configuration for reference sensitivity CA configuration CA_25A-25A Aggregated channel bandwidth (PCC+SCC) 25RB+25RB 25RB+50RB 50RB+25RB 50RB+50RB W gap / [MHz] UL PCC allocation R IBNC (db) 30.0 < W gap < W gap < W gap < W gap < W gap < W gap < W gap < W gap Duplex mode CA_41A-41A NOTE 6 NOTE 7 NOTE TDD NOTE 1: 1 refers to the UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission. NOTE 2: W gap is the sub-block gap between the two sub-blocks. NOTE 3: The carrier center frequency of PCC in the UL operating band is configured closer to the DL operating band. NOTE 4: 4 refers to the UL resource blocks shall be located at RB start=33. NOTE 5: For the TDD intra-band non-contiguous CA configurations, the minimum requirements apply only in synchronized operation between all component carriers. NOTE 6: All combinations of channel bandwidths defined in Table 5.6A.1-3. NOTE 7: All applicable sub-block gap sizes. NOTE 8: The PCC allocation is same as Transmission bandwidth configuration N RB as defined in Table FDD 7.3.1B Minimum requirements (QPSK) for UL-MIMO For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements in Clause shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For UL-MIMO, the parameter P UMAX is the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors Void 7.4 Maximum input level This is defined as the maximum mean power received at the UE antenna port, at which the specified relative throughput shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements for the specified reference measurement channel Minimum requirements The throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table

109 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Maximum input level Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz Power in Transmission dbm MHz 20 MHz Bandwidth Configuration NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is Annex A.3.2: 64QAM, R=3/4 variant with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A A Minimum requirements for CA For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the maximum input level is defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation maximum input level is defined as a mean power received at the UE antenna port over the aggregated channel bandwidth, at which the specified relative throughput shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements for the specified reference measurement channel over each component carrier. The downlink SCC shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to the PCC with the PCC configured closest to the uplink band. Downlink PCC and SCC are both activated. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table 7.4.1A-1 with the uplink configuration set according to Table 7.3.1A-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table The throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels over each component carrier as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.4.1A-1. For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with two downlink carriers the maximum input level requirement is 22 dbm and is defined as a sum of mean carrier powers received at the UE antenna port while both carriers have equal power. The throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the specified reference measurement channel as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) over each carrier. For UE(s) supporting one uplink carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.1A-3. Table 7.4.1A-1: Maximum input level for intra-band contiguous CA Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class A B C D E F Power in Transmission Aggregated Bandwidth dbm -22 Configuration NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is Annex A.3.2: 64QAM, R=3/4 variant with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A B Minimum requirements for UL-MIMO For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing, the minimum requirements in Clause shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For UL-MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.

110 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 7.4A Void 7.4A.1 Void 7.5 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive a E-UTRA signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of the assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive filter attenuation on the adjacent channel(s) Minimum requirements The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table for all values of an adjacent channel interferer up to 25 dbm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead the lower and upper range of test parameters are chosen in Table and Table where the throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1). Table : Adjacent channel selectivity Channel bandwidth Rx Parameter Units 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz ACS db Table : Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1 Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Power in dbm Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS + 14 db Configuration dbm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB P Interferer BW Interferer MHz F Interferer (offset) MHz / / / / / / NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A and set-up according to Annex C.3.1

111 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2 Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Power in Transmission Bandwidth dbm Configuration P Interferer dbm -25 BW Interferer MHz F Interferer (offset) MHz / / / / / / NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A and set-up according to Annex C A Minimum requirements for CA For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band, the adjacent channel requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. For E- UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink band (as noted in Table 5.5-1), the requirements for both downlinks shall be met with the uplink active in the band capable of UL operation. For E-UTRA CA configurations listed in Table 7.3.1A-0a under conditions for which reference sensitivity for the operating band being tested is, the adjacent channel requirements of subclause 7.5.1A do not apply. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the downlink SCC shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to the PCC with the PCC configured closest to the uplink band. Downlink PCC and SCC are both activated. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table 7.5.1A-2 and Table 7.5.1A-3 with the uplink configuration set according to Table 7.3.1A-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5.1A-1 for an adjacent channel interferer on either side of the aggregated downlink signal at a specified frequency offset and for an interferer power up to -25 dbm. The throughput of each carrier shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.5.1A-2 and 7.5.1A-3. For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, each larger than or equal to 5 MHz, the adjacent channel selectivity requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC being in accordance with Table 7.3.1A-3. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. The interferer power is set to the larger value between those specified in subclause The power level of the carrier other than the carrier that the interfering signal is located with respect to is increased so as to keep the ACS level specified in subclause Table 7.5.1A-1: Adjacent channel selectivity CA Bandwidth Class Rx Parameter Units B C D E F ACS db 24

112 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table 7.5.1A-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1 Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class B C D E F Power per CC in Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration P Interferer dbm REFSENS + 14 db Aggregated power db BW Interferer MHz 5 F Interferer (offset) MHz F offset / F offset NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below P CMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A and set-up according to Annex C.3.1 NOTE 3: The F interferer (offset) is relative to the center frequency of the adjacent CC being tested and shall be further adjusted to F interferer MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster. Table 7.5.1A-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2 Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class B C D E F Power per CC in Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth dbm Configuration P Interferer dbm -25 BW Interferer MHz 5 F Interferer (offset) MHz 2.5+ F offset / F offset NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A and set-up according to Annex C.3.1 NOTE 3: 5. The F interferer (offset) is relative to the center frequency of the adjacent CC being tested and shall be further adjusted to F interferer MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster B Minimum requirements for UL-MIMO For UE(s) with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements in Clause shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For UL- MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors. 7.6 Blocking characteristics The blocking characteristic is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of an unwanted interferer on frequencies other than those of the spurious response or the adjacent channels, without this unwanted input signal causing a degradation of the performance of the receiver beyond a specified limit. The blocking performance shall apply at all frequencies except those at which a spurious response occur In-band blocking In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the UE receive band or into the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the minimum requirement for the specified measurement channels..

113 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirements The throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables and Table : In band blocking parameters Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below Transmission dbm Bandwidth Configuration BW Interferer MHz F Ioffset, case 1 MHz F Ioffset, case 2 MHz NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A and set-up according to Annex C.3.1 Table : In-band blocking E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 P Interferer dbm =-BW/2 F F Ioffset,case 1 -BW/2 F Ioffset,case 2 Interferer MHz & & (offset) =+BW/2 + F Ioffset,case 1 +BW/2 + F Ioffset,case 2 -BW/2-11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 F Interferer MHz (Note 2) F DL_low 15 to F DL_high F Interferer MHz (Note 2) F DL_low 15 to F DL_low 11 F DL_high + 15 NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies: a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - F Ioffset, case 1 and b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + F Ioffset, case 1 NOTE 3: F Interferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer center frequencies For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table A, P Interferer power defined in Table is increased by the amount given by ΔR IB,c in Table A A Minimum requirements for CA For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the in-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table A, P Interferer power defined in Table is increased by the amount given by ΔR IB,c in Table A. For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink band (as noted in Table 5.5-1), the requirements for both downlinks shall be met with the uplink in the band capable of UL operation.. The requirements for the component carrier configured in the operating band without uplink band are specified in Table and Table A-0.

114 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-0: In-band blocking for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 P Interferer dbm =-BW/2 F F Ioffset,case 1 Interferer MHz & (offset) =+BW/2 + F Ioffset,case 1 29 F Interferer MHz (Note 2) -BW/2 F Ioffset,case 2 & +BW/2 + F Ioffset,case 2 F DL_low 15 to F DL_high + 15 NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies: a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - F Ioffset, case 1 and b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + F Ioffset, case 1 NOTE 3: F Interferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer center frequencies For E-UTRA CA configurations listed in Table 7.3.1A-0a under conditions for which reference sensitivity for the operating band being tested is, the in-band blocking requirements of subclause A do not apply. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the downlink SCC shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to the PCC with the PCC configured closest to the uplink band. Downlink PCC and SCC are both activated. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table A-1 with the uplink configuration set according to Table 7.3.1A-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement in presence of an interfering signal specified in Tables A-1 and Tables A-2 being on either side of the aggregated signal. The throughput of each carrier shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables A-1 and A-2. For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, each larger than or equal to 5 MHz, the in-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC being in accordance with Table 7.3.1A-3. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. Table A-1: In band blocking parameters Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class B C D E F Power per CC in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below Aggregated Transmission dbm Bandwidth 12 Configuration BW Interferer MHz 5 F Ioffset, case 1 MHz 7.5 F Ioffset, case 2 MHz 12.5 NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A and set-up according to Annex C.3.1

115 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-2: In-band blocking CA configuration Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 P Interferer dbm F Interferer MHz =-F offset F Ioffset,case 1 & =+F offset + F Ioffset,case 1 CA_1C, CA_7C, CA_38C, CA_40C, CA_41C F Interferer (Range) MHz (Note 2) -F offset F Ioffset,case 2 & +F offset + F Ioffset,case 2 F DL_low 15 to F DL_high + 15 NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies: a. the carrier frequency -F offset - F Ioffset, case 1 and b. the carrier frequency +F offset + F Ioffset, case 1 NOTE 3: F offset is the frequency offset from the center frequency of the adjacent CC being tested to the edge of aggregated channel bandwidth. NOTE 4: The F interferer (offset) is relative to the center frequency of the adjacent CC being tested and shall be further adjusted to F interferer MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster Out-of-band blocking Out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band. For the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent channel selectivity in subclause and subclause shall be applied Minimum requirements The throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables and For Table in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max( 24, 6 N RB / 6 ) exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7 Spurious response are applicable. For Table in frequency range 4, up to max( 8, ( N RB 2 LCRBs ) /8 ) + exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configurations (see Figure 5.6-1) and L CRBs is the number of resource blocks allocated in the uplink. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 spurious response are applicable. Table : Out-of-band blocking parameters Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below Transmission dbm Bandwidth Configuration NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.

116 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Out of band blocking E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency Range 1 Range 2 Range 3 Range 4 P Interferer dbm , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 F Interferer (CW) MHz F DL_low -15 to F DL_low -60 F DL_high +15 to F DL_high + 60 F DL_low -60 to F DL_low -85 F DL_high +60 to F DL_high +85 F DL_low -85 to 1 MHz F DL_high +85 to MHz 2, 5, 12, 17 F Interferer MHz F UL_low - F UL_high NOTE 1: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS A Minimum requirements for CA For inter-band carrier aggregation with the uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band, the out-of-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested. The throughput in the downlink measured shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables and A-0. The UE shall meet these requirements for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink band (as noted in Table 5.5-1), the requirements for both downlinks shall be met with the uplink active in the band capable of UL operation. For E-UTRA CA configurations listed in Table 7.3.1A-0a under conditions for which reference sensitivity for the operating band being tested is, the out-of-band blocking requirements of subclause A do not apply. Table A-0: out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with one active uplink Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3 P wanted dbm Table for both component carriers P interferer dbm ΔR IB,c ΔR IB,c ΔR IB,c F interferer (CW) MHz -60 < f F DL_Low(1) < -15 or -60 < f F DL_Low(2) < -15 or 15 < f F DL_High(1) < 60 or 15 < f F DL_High(2) < < f F DL_Low(1) -60 or -85 < f F DL_Low(2) -60 or 60 f F DL_High(1) < 85 or 60 f F DL_High(2) < 85 1 f F DL_Low(1) 85 or F DL_High(1) + 85 f F DL_Low(2) 85 or F DL_High(2) + 85 f NOTE 1: F DL_Low(1) and F DL_High(1) denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the lower operating band, F DL_Low(2) and F DL_High(2) the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the upper operating band. NOTE 2: For F DL_Low(2) F DL_High(1) < 145 MHz and F Interferer in F DL_High(1) < f < F DL_Low(2), F Interferer can be in both Range 1 and Range 2. Then the lower of the P Interferer applies. NOTE 3: For F DL_Low(1) 15 MHz f F DL_High(1) + 15 MHz and F DL_Low(2) 15 MHz f F DL_High(2) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band blocking in the respective subclauses 7.5.1A and A shall be applied. NOTE 4: ΔR IB,c according to Table A applies when serving cell c is measured. ( ) For Table A-0 in frequency ranges 1, 2 and 3, up to max 24,6 N RB / 6 exceptions per downlink are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a step size of 1 MHz. For these exceptions the requirements in clause 7.7.1A apply. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggreagations the downlink SCC shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to the PCC with the PCC configured closest to the uplink band. Downlink PCC and SCC are both activated. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table A-1 with the uplink configuration set according to Table 7.3.1A-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table

117 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement in presence of an interfering signal specified in Tables A-1 and Tables A-2 being on either side of the aggregated signal. The throughput of each carrier shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables A-1 and A-2. For Table A-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max ( 24, 6 N RB,agg / 6 ) exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB, agg is the number of aggregated resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7 Spurious response are applicable. For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, the out-of-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC being in accordance with table 7.3.1A- 3.The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. For Table in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max ( 24, 6 N RB,agg / 6 ) exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel per sub-block gap of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N, is the number of aggregated resource blocks in the downlink RB agg transmission bandwidth configuration. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7 spurious response are applicable. For Table in frequency range 4, up to max( 8, ( N RB 2 LCRBs ) /8 ) + exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel per sub-block gap of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB, agg is the number of aggregated resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configurations and L CRBs is the number of resource blocks allocated in the uplink. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 spurious response are applicable. Table A-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class B C D E F Power per CC in Aggregated Transmission REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below dbm Bandwidth Configuration 9 NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2. Table A-2: Out of band blocking CA configuration Parameter Units Frequency Range 1 Range 2 Range 3 P Interferer dbm CA_1C, CA_7C, CA_38C, CA_40C, CA_41C F Interferer (CW) MHz F DL_low -15 to F DL_low -60 F DL_high +15 to F DL_high + 60 F DL_low -60 to F DL_low -85 F DL_high +60 to F DL_high +85 F DL_low -85 to 1 MHz F DL_high +85 to MHz Narrow band blocking This requirement is measure of a receiver's ability to receive a E-UTRA signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of an unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.

118 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirements The relative throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table Table : Narrow-band blocking Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz P w dbm P REFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below P uw (CW) dbm F uw (offset for Δf = 15 khz) MHz F uw (offset for Δf = 7.5 khz) MHz NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 db below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table A, P UW power defined in Table is increased by the amount given by ΔR IB,c in Table A A Minimum requirements for CA For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the narrow-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink band (as noted in Table 5.5-1), the requirements for both downlinks shall be met with the uplink active in the band capable of UL operation. For E-UTRA CA configurations listed in Table 7.3.1A-0a under conditions for which reference sensitivity for the operating band being tested is, the narrow-band blocking requirements of subclause A do not apply. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the downlink SCC shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to the PCC with the PCC configured closest to the uplink band. Downlink PCC and SCC are both activated. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table A-1 with the uplink configuration set according to Table 7.3.1A-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement in presence of an interfering signal specified in Table A-1 being on either side of the aggregated signal. The throughput of each carrier shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table A-1. For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, the narrow band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC being in accordance with Table 7.3.1A-3. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active.

119 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-1: Narrow-band blocking CA Bandwidth Class Parameter Unit B C D E F Power per CC in Aggregated REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below dbm Transmission Bandwidth Configuration 16 P uw (CW) dbm F F uw (offset for offset 0.2 MHz / Δf = 15 khz) + F offset F uw (offset for MHz Δf = 7.5 khz) NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A NOTE 3: The F interferer (offset) is relative to the center frequency of the adjacent CC being tested and shall be further adjusted to F interferer MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster. 7.6A Void <Reserved for future use> 7.6B Blocking characteristics for UL-MIMO For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements in subclause 7.6 shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For UL-MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors. 7.7 Spurious response Spurious response is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in subclause is not met Minimum requirements The throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables and Table : Spurious response parameters Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below Transmission dbm Bandwidth Configuration NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table N OTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A

120 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) P Interferer Table : Spurious response Parameter Unit Level (CW) dbm -44 F Interferer MHz Spurious response frequencies For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table A, P interferer power defined in Table is increased by the amount given by ΔR IB,c in Table A A Minimum requirements for CA For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the spurious response requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested. The throughput measured in each downlink with F interferer in Table A-0 at spurious response frequencies shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables and The UE shall meet these requirements for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink band (as noted in Table 5.5-1), the requirements for both downlinks shall be met with the uplink active in the band capable of UL operation. For E-UTRA CA configurations listed in Table 7.3.1A-0a under conditions for which reference sensitivity for the operating band being tested is, the spurious response requirements of subclause 7.7.1A do not apply. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the downlink SCC shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to the PCC with the PCC configured closest to the uplink band. Downlink PCC and SCC are both activated. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table 7.7.1A-1 with the uplink configuration set according to Table 7.3.1A-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table The throughput of each carrier shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.7.1A-1 and 7.7.1A-2. For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, the spurious response requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC being in accordance with Table 7.3.1A-3. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in clause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. Table 7.7.1A-1: Spurious response parameters Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class B C D E F Power per CC in Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth dbm Configuration REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below 9 NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A P Interferer Table 7.7.1A-2: Spurious response Parameter Unit Level (CW) dbm -44 F Interferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

121 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 7.7.1B Minimum requirements for UL-MIMO For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements in Clause shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For UL-MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors. 7.8 Intermodulation characteristics Intermodulation response rejection is a measure of the capability of the receiver to receiver a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal Wide band intermodulation The wide band intermodulation requirement is defined following the same principles using modulated E-UTRA carrier and CW signal as interferer Minimum requirements The throughput shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence of two interfering signals Table : Wide band intermodulation Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below Transmission dbm Bandwidth Configuration P Interferer 1 dbm (CW) -46 P Interferer 2 dbm (Modulated) -46 BW Interferer F Interferer 1 (Offset) MHz -BW/2 2.1 / -BW/2 4.5 / +BW/ BW/2 7.5 / +BW/ BW/ F Interferer 2 MHz 2*F (Offset) Interferer 1 NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A with set-up according to Annex C.3.1The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E- UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table A, P interferer1 and P interferer2 powers defined in Table are increased by the amount given by ΔR IB,c in Table A A Minimum requirements for CA For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the wide band intermodulation requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink band (as noted in Table 5.5-1), the requirements for both downlinks shall be met with the uplink active in the band capable of UL operation. For E-UTRA

122 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) CA configurations listed in Table 7.3.1A-0a under conditions for which reference sensitivity for the operating band being tested is, the wideband intermodulation requirements of subclause 7.8.1A do not apply. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggegation the downlink SCC shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to the PCC with the PCC configured closest to the uplink band. Downlink PCC and SCC are both activated. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table 7.8.1A-1 with the uplink configuration set according to Table 7.3.1A-1 for the applicable carrier aggreagation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement in presence of an interfering signal specified in Table 7.8.1A-1 being on either side of the aggregated signal. The throughput of each carrier shall be 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1A-1 Table 7.8.1A-1: Wide band intermodulation Rx parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class B C D E F Power per CC in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below Aggregated Transmission dbm Bandwidth 12 Configuration P Interferer 1 dbm (CW) -46 P Interferer 2 dbm (Modulated) -46 BW Interferer 2 MHz 5 F Interferer 1 (Offset) MHz F offset-7.5 / + F offset+7.5 F Interferer 2 MHz (Offset) 2*F Interferer 1 NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A. NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A with set-up according to Annex C.3.1. NOTE 4: The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, the wide band intermodulation requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC in accordance with Table 7.3.1A-3. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. The wide band intermodulation requirements shall be supported for out-of-gap test only B Minimum requirements for UL-MIMO For UE(s) with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements in subclause shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For UL- MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors Void 7.9 Spurious emissions The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE antenna connector.

123 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirements The power of any narrow band CW spurious emission shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table Table : General receiver spurious emission requirements Frequency band Measurement Maximum Note bandwidth level 30MHz f < 1GHz 100 khz -57 dbm 1GHz f GHz 1 MHz -47 dbm GHz f 5 th harmonic 1 MHz -47 dbm 1 of the upper frequency edge of the DL operating band in GHz NOTE 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42 and Band 43 NOTE 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C Receiver image Void A Minimum requirements for CA Receiver image rejection is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive the E-UTRA signal on one component carrier while it is also configured to receive an adjacent aggregated carrier. Receiver image rejection ratio is the ratio of the wanted received power on a sub-carrier being measured to the unwanted image power received on the same sub-carrier when both sub-carriers are received with equal power at the UE antenna connector. For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table A-1 for all values of aggregated input signal up to 22 dbm.. Table A-1: Receiver image rejection CA bandwidth class Rx parameter Units A B C D E F Receiver image rejection db 25

124 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 8 Performance requirement This clause contains performance requirements for the physical channels specified in TS [4]. The performance requirements for the UE in this clause are specified for the measurement channels specified in Annex A.3, the propagation conditions in Annex B and the downlink channels in Annex C.3.2. Note: For the requirements in the following sections, similar Release 8 and 9 requirements apply for time domain measurements restriction under colliding CRS. 8.1 General Dual-antenna receiver capability The performance requirements are based on UE(s) that utilize a dual-antenna receiver. For all test cases, the SNR is defined as SNR = ˆ ( E + Eˆ N + N 1) s (1) oc (2) s (2) oc where the superscript indicates the receiver antenna connector. The above SNR definition assumes that the REs are not precoded. The SNR definition does not account for any gain which can be associated to the precoding operation. The relative power of physical channels transmitted is defined in Table C The SNR requirement applies for the UE categories and CA capabilities given for each test. For enhanced performance requirements type A, the SINR is defined as SINR = Eˆ N (1) s (1) oc + Eˆ + N (2) s (2) oc where the superscript indicates the receiver antenna connector. The above SINR definition assumes that the REs are not precoded. The SINR definition does not account for any gain which can be associated to the precoding operation. The relative power of physical channels transmitted is defined in Table C The SINR requirement applies for the UE categories given for each test. The applicability of the requirements with respect to CA capabilities is given as in Table In case the CA capability is omitted, the requirement is applicable to a UE regardless of its CA capability. Table : Applicability of the requirement with respect to the CA capability CA CA Capability Description Capability CL_X The requirement is applicable to a UE that indicates a CA bandwidth class X on at least one E-UTRA band. CL_X-Y The requirement is applicable to a UE that indicates CA bandwidth classes X and Y on at least one E-UTRA band combination. Note: The CA bandwidth classes are defined in Table 5.6A-1 For test cases with more than one component carrier, "Fraction of Maximum Throughput" in the performance requirement refers to the ratio of the sum of throughput values of all component carriers to the sum of the nominal maximum throughput values of all component carriers, unless otherwise stated.

125 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Simultaneous unicast and MBMS operations Dual-antenna receiver capability in idle mode 8.2 Demodulation of PDSCH (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD (Fixed Reference Channel) The parameters specified in Table are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated. Table : Common Test Parameters (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Inter-TTI Distance 1 Number of HARQ processes per Processes 8 component carrier Maximum number of HARQ transmission 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM 4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and Number of OFDM 5 MHz bandwidths, symbols for PDCCH per OFDM symbols 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz component carrier bandwidths Cyclic Prefix Normal Cell_ID 0 Cross carrier scheduling Not configured Single-antenna port performance The single-antenna performance in a given multi-path fading environments is determined by the SNR for which a certain relative information bit throughput of the reference measurement channels in Annex A.3.3 is achieved. The purpose of these tests is to verify the single-antenna performance with different channel models and MCS. The QPSK and 64QAM cases are also used to verify the performance for all bandwidths specified in Table Minimum Requirement The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

126 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters Parameter Unit Test 1-5 Test 6-8 Test 9-15 Test Test ρ A db Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) σ db Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) Modulation QPSK 16QAM 64QAM 16QAM QPSK PDSCH transmission mode Note 1: P B = 0. Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: For CA test cases, PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. Note 4: For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. Test num. Reference channel Table : Minimum performance (FRC) OCNG pattern Bandwidth Propagation condition Correlation matrix and antenna config. Reference value Fraction of maximum SNR throughput (db) (%) UE cat e gor y CA capability - (Note 3) CL_A-A (Note 2) 1 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low A 2x10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD (Note 1) EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU300 1x2 Low MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD HST 1x MHz R.4 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU300 1x2 High MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU300 1x2 High MHz R.5 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.6 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.6-1 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.7 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.7-1 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.7 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low MHz R.7-1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low MHz R.7 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 High MHz R.7-1 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 High MHz R.8 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.8-1 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.9 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.9-2 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.9-1 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low MHz R.0 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low MHz R.1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low MHz R.1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low MHz R.41 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low x20 MHz R.42 FDD OP.1 FDD (Note 1) EVA5 1x2 Low CL_C Note 1: For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between two CCs is applied in inter-band CA case. Note 3: Test 1 may not be executed for UE-s for which Test 1A is applicable.

127 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Void Void Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation in presence of MBSFN The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the single-antenna performance with a single PRB allocated at the lower band edge in presence of MBSFN. Table : Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation Downlink power allocation Parameter Unit Test 1 ρ A db 0 ρ B db 0 (Note 1) σ db 0 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 Symbols for MBSFN portion of MBSFN subframes (Note 2) OCNG (Note 3) PDSCH transmission mode 1 Note 1: P B = 0 Note 2: The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the whole MBSFN subframe except the first two symbols in the first slot. Note 3: The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain QPSK modulated data. Cell-specific reference signals are not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes, QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance 1PRB (FRC) Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category 1 10 MHz R.29 FDD OP.3 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmitter antennas.

128 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) Downlink power allocation Parameter Unit Test 1-2 ρ A db -3 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 1: P = 1. B Test number Table : Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction SNR of (db) Maximum Throughp ut (%) UE Category 1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Medium MHz R.11-2 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Medium MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD HST 2x Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC-FSTD) with 4 transmitter antennas. Table : Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) Downlink power allocation Parameter Unit Test 1-2 ρ A db -3 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 1: P = 1. B Test number Bandwidth Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category MHz R.12 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Medium MHz R.13 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 4x2 Low

129 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell. In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.

130 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 E ) s N oc2 ρ A db -3-3 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 σ db 0 N oc1 dbm/15khz -102 (Note 2) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 4) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) Cell Id 0 1 ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6) CSI Subframe Sets (Note7) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 PDSCH transmission mode 2 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: P = 1. B Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

131 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Reference Channel Table : Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configurati on Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 2) UE Category 1 R.11-4 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA 5 2x2 Medium FDD FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell A Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) The requirements are specified in Table A-2, with the addition of parameters in Table A-1. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cells with CRS assistance information. In Table A-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

132 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 ρ A db Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc1 N oc2 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) N oc3 dbm/15khz -93 (Note 4) Reference db Value in Table A BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6) CSI Subframe Sets (Note7) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 8 Note 8 PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 9 Note 9 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal

133 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test. Test Number Reference Channel Table A-2: Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) OCNG Pattern Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Propagation Conditions (Note1) Correlation Matrix and Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Fraction of Maximum Throughput SNR (db) (Note (%) 3) 1 R.11-4 FDD OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Medium FDD FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. UE Cate gory Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A - 2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM3 interference model The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 3 interference model defined in clause B.5.2. In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

134 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM3 interference model Downlink power allocation Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 ρ A db Cell-specific reference signals ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3-3 σ db Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 DIP (Note 2) db BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Normal Cell Id Number of control OFDM symbols PDSCH transmission mode 2 Interference model As specified in As specified in clause B.5.2 clause B.5.2 Probability of occurrence of Rank 1 % transmission rank in interfering cells Rank 2 % Reporting interval ms 5 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to N oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: Cell 2 transmission is delayed with respect to Cell 1 by 0.33 ms and Cell 3 transmission is delayed with respect to Cell 1 by 0.67 ms. Table : Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM3 interference model Test Number Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Cell 1 1 R.46 FDD OP. 1 FD D Note 1: Cell 2 Cell 3 Propagation Conditions Cell 2 Cell 1 EV A70 EV A70 Cell 3 EV A70 Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configurati on (Note 3) Reference Value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SINR (db) (Note 2) UE Cate gory 2x2 Low The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to E ) s N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.

135 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1-3 ρ A db -3 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 oc PDSCH transmission mode 3 Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: For CA test cases, PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. Note 3: For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. Test num Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) Referenc e channel OCNG pattern Propagation condition Correlation matrix and antenna config. Reference value Fraction of maximum SNR Throughput (db) (%) UE cate gory CA capability 1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low A OP.1 FDD 2x10 MHz R.11 FDD (Note 2) (Note 1) EVA70 2x2 Low CL_A-A 2 OP.1 FDD 2x20 MHz R.30 FDD (Note 2) (Note 1) EVA70 2x2 Low CL_C 3 10 MHz R.35 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA200 2x2 Low Note 1: For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: For CA UE, if CA configuration under test is CL_C, Test 2 is applied. Otherwise, Test 1A is applied. Test 1 may not be executed for UE-s for which Test 1A or 2 is applicable A Soft buffer management test The requirements are specified in Table A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table A-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the UE performance with proper instantaneous buffer implementation. The test points are applied to UE category and bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified intable A-3. Table A-1: Test Parameters for soft buffer management test (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1-7 ρ A db -3 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 oc PDSCH transmission mode 3 Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: For CA test cases, PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. Note 3: For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

136 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-2: Minimum performance soft buffer management test (FRC) Test num Note 1: Note 2: Bandwi dth Reference channel OCNG pattern Propagation condition Correlation matrix and antenna config. Reference value Fraction of maximum SNR Throughput (db) (%) 2x20 OP.1 FDD R.30 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low MHz (Note 1) R.35-2 FDD for OP.1 FDD MHz + 15MHz CC (Note 1) EVA5 2x2 Low 10MHz R.35-3 FDD for OP.1 FDD MHz CC (Note 1) R.30 FDD for OP.1 FDD MHz + 20MHz CC (Note 1) EVA70 2x2 Low 10MHz OP.1 FDD TBD (Note 1) R.30 FDD for OP.1 FDD MHz + 20MHz CC (Note 1) EVA70 2x2 Low 15MHz R.30-1 FDD for OP.1 FDD MHz CC (Note 1) 2x20 OP.1 FDD R.35-1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low MHz (Note 1) R.35-1 FDD for OP.1 FDD MHz + 20MHz CC (Note 1) EVA5 2x2 Low 10MHz R.35-3 FDD for OP.1 FDD MHz CC (Note 1) R.35-1 FDD for OP.1 FDD MHz + 20MHz CC (Note 1) EVA5 2x2 Low 15MHz R.35-2 FDD for OP.1 FDD MHz CC (Note 1) For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC. For Test 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 the Fraction of maximum Throughput applies to each CC. CA capability CL_A-A CL_C CL_A-A CL_A-A CL_A-A CL_A-A CL_C CL_A-A CL_A-A Table A-3: Test points for soft buffer management tests UE category Bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth (Note 1) 2x20MHz 15MHz+10MHz 20MHz+10MHz 20MHz+15MHz Note 1: Maximum over all supported CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets according to Table 5.6A.1-1and Table 5.6A Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 4 transmitter antennas. Table : Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1 ρ A db -6 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -6 (Note 1) σ db 3 N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 oc PDSCH transmission mode 3 Note 1: P = 1 B

137 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category 1 10 MHz R.14 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 4x2 Low Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) The requirements for non-mbsfn ABS are specified in Table , with the addition of parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. The requirements for MBSFN ABS are specified in Table , with the addition of parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell. In Tables and , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.

138 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 E ) s N oc2 ρ A db -3-3 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 σ db 0 N oc1 dbm/15khz -102 (Note 2) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 4) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Cell Id 0 1 Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern(Note 6) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7) C CSI,0 C CSI, , , , , Number of control OFDM symbols 2 PDSCH transmission mode 3 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: P = 1. B Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

139 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Table : Minimum Performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 2) UE Category 1 R.11 FDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA 5 EVA 5 2x2 Low FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2.

140 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) MBSFN ABS Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 E ) s N oc2 ρ A db -3-3 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 σ db 0 N oc1 dbm/15khz -102 (Note 2) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 4) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN MBSFN Cell Id Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7) C CSI,0 C CSI, MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 10) Number of control OFDM symbols 2 PDSCH transmission mode 3 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbol #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. The 4 th, 12 th, 19 th and 27 th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are MBSFN ABS subframes. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test. Note 10: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [7], four frames with 24 bits is chosen for MBSFN subframe allocation. Note 11: The maximum number of uplink HARQ transmission is limited to 2 so that each PHICH channel transmission is in a subframe protected by MBSFN ABS in this test.

141 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Table : Minimum Performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) MBSFN ABS Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 2) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 2) UE Category 1 R.11 FDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA 5 EVA 5 2x2 Low FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) The requirements for non-mbsfn ABS are specified in Table , with the addition of parameters in Table The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cells with CRS assistance information. In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 ad Cell3.

142 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 ρ A db Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N oc1 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) oc2 N dbm/15khz -93 (Note 4) oc3 db Reference Value in Table Reference Value in Table Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6) CSI Subframe Sets (Note7) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 8 Note 8 PDSCH transmission mode 3 Note 9 Note 9 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal

143 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test. Test Numb er Refer ence Chan nel Table : Minimum Performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS ) E s N oc2 Cell 2 Cell 3 OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note1) Correlatio n Matrix Reference Value UE Cate Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 and Antenna Configurat ion (Note 2) Fraction of Maximu m Through SNR (db) (Note 3) gory put (%) OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low FDD FDD FDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low FDD FDD FDD 1 R.11 FDD 9 7 OP.1 2 R OP.1 FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: ) SNR corresponds to E s N oc of cell Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rankone performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

144 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 ρ A db -3-3 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 0 N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Precoding granularity PRB 6 50 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 8 Reporting interval ms 1 1 Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetRestricti on bitmap PDSCH transmission 4 4 mode Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Test number Table : Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category 1 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 High A Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table A-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rankone performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

145 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1 ρ A db -6 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -6 (Note 1) σ db 3 N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 oc Precoding granularity PRB 6 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 Reporting interval ms 1 Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 CodeBookSubsetRestricti on bitmap PDSCH transmission mode Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). 4 Test number Table A-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category 1 10 MHz R.13 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low B Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A - Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port with TM4 interference model The requirements are specified in Table B-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table B-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rankone performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause B.5.3. In Table B-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

146 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table B-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model Downlink power allocation Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 ρ A db Cell-specific reference signals Noc at antenna port ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3-3 σ db Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 dbm/15khz -98 DIP (Note 2) db BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Normal Cell Id Number of control OFDM symbols PDSCH transmission mode 6 Interference model As specified in As specified in clause B.5.3 clause B.5.3 Probability of occurrence of Rank 1 % transmission rank in interfering cells Rank 2 % Precoding granularity PRB PMI delay (Note 4) ms 8 Reporting interval ms 5 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to N oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous. Table B-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model Test Number Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Cell 1 1 R.47 FDD OP. 1 FD D Note 1: Cell 2 Cell 3 Propagation Conditions Cell 2 Cell 1 EV A5 EV A5 Cell 3 EV A5 Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configurati on (Note 3) Reference Value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SINR (db) (Note 2) UE Cate gory 2x2 Low The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to E ) s N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

147 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) C Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) The requirements are specified in Table C-2, with the addition of parameters in Table C-1. The purpose is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell with CRS assistance information. In Table C-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

148 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table C-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 ρ A db Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N oc1 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) oc2 N dbm/15khz -93 (Note 4) oc3 db Reference Value in Table C BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6) CSI Subframe Sets (Note7) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 8 Note 8 PDSCH transmission mode 6 Note 9 Note 9 Precoding granularity PRB 50 PMI delay (Note 10) ms 8 Reporting interval ms 1 Peporting mode PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 1111 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal

149 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5. Note 10: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 11: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 12: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test. Table C-2: Minimum Performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS Test Number Reference Channel 1 R.11 FDD OP.1 OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note1) Correlation Matrix and Reference Value UE Cate Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Antenna Configurati on (Note 2) Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) gory OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 High FDD FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: ) SNR corresponds to E s N oc of cell Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table ,with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop ranktwo performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

150 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1-2 ρ A db -3 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 oc Precoding granularity PRB 50 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 Reporting interval ms 1 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap PDSCH transmission mode 4 Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Test number Table : Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category 1 10 MHz R.35 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 Low MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 2x2 Low Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop ranktwo performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

151 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1-2 Test 3 ρ A db -6-6 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -6 (Note 1) -6 (Note 1) σ db 3 3 N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Precoding granularity PRB 6 8 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 8 Reporting interval ms 1 1 Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 1-2 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap CSI request field (Note 3) 10 PDSCH transmission mode 4 Note 1: P = 1. Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: B If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). CSI request field applies for CA demodulation requirement only. Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1 st set of serving cells by higher layers. For CA test cases, ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured. For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. Test num. Table : Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Bandwidth Reference channel OCNG pattern Correlation matrix and antenna config. Reference value Fraction of maximum SNR throughput (db) (%) UE category CA capability Propagation condition 1 10 MHz R.36 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Low OP.1 FDD CL_A- 2 2x10 MHz R.14 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low (Note 1) A R.14-3 OP.1 FDD 3 2x20 MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 [10.9] 5-8 CL_C FDD (Note 1) Note 1: For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC MU-MIMO [Control channel performance: D-BCH and PCH] Carrier aggregation with power imbalance The requirements in this section verify the ability of an intraband adjancent carrier aggregation UE to demodulate the signal transmitted by the PCell in the presence of a stronger SCell signal on an adjacent frequency. Throughput is measured on the PCell only Minimum Requirement The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

152 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters Parameter Unit Test 1 ρ A db 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) σ db 0 E ˆ s _ PCell at antenna port of dbm/15khz -85 PCell E ˆ s _ SCell at antenna port of dbm/15khz -79 Scell Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz Off (Note 2) Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 3,4) Modulation 64 QAM Maximum number of HARQ 1 transmission Redundancy version coding {0} sequence PDSCH transmission mode 1 of PCell PDSCH tramsmission mode 3 of SCell Note 1: P B = 0. Note 2: No external noise sources are applied Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated. pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 4: The OCNG pattern is used to fill the SCell control channel and PDSCH. Table : Minimum performance (FRC) Test Number Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions PCell Correlation Matrix and Antenna SCell PCell SCell PCell SCell Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) UE Category CA capabi lity 1 2x20M Hz R.49 FDD OP.1 FDD OP.5 FDD AWGN Clause B.1 1x2 2x2 85% 5-8 CL-C TDD (Fixed Reference Channel) The parameters specified in Table are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.

153 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Common Test Parameters (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1) 1 Special subframe configuration (Note 2) 4 Cyclic prefix Normal Cell ID 0 Inter-TTI Distance 1 Number of HARQ processes per component carrier Maximum number of HARQ transmission Redundancy version coding sequence Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH per component carrier Cross carrier scheduling Processes 7 OFDM symbols Note 1: as specified in Table in TS [4]. Note 2: as specified in Table in TS [4] Single-antenna port performance 4 {0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM 4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and 5 MHz bandwidths, 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz bandwidths Not configured The single-antenna performance in a given multi-path fading environments is determined by the SNR for which a certain relative information bit throughput of the reference measurement channels in Annex A.3.4 is achieved. The purpose of these tests is to verify the single-antenna performance with different channel models and MCS. The QPSK and 64QAM cases are also used to verify the performance for all bandwidths specified in Table Minimum Requirement The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

154 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters Parameter Unit Test 1-5 Test 6-8 Test 9-15 Test 16- Test 19 Test Downlink ρ A db power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) Geometry = 20 db Geometry = 10 db Geometry = 0 db Throughput in Mbps σ db N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Pilot Accuracy in db Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2) Modulation QPSK 16QAM 64QAM 16QAM QPSK QPSK ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexin g Multiplexin g Multiplexin g Multiplexin g Multiplexin g - (Note 3) PDSCH transmission mode Note 1: P B = 0 Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. Note 4: For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

155 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance (FRC) Test number Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern 1 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 TDD 2 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 TDD 3 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 TDD 4 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 TDD MHz R.4 TDD OP.1 TDD 6 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 TDD 5 MHz R.3-1 TDD OP.1 TDD 7 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 TDD 5 MHz R.3-1 TDD OP.1 TDD 8 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 TDD 5 MHz R.3-1 TDD OP.1 TDD 9 3 MHz R.5 TDD OP.1 TDD 10 5 MHz R.6 TDD OP.1 TDD 5 MHz R.6-1 TDD OP.1 TDD MHz R.7 TDD OP.1 TDD 10 MHz R.7-1 TDD OP.1 TDD MHz R.7 TDD OP.1 TDD 10 MHz R.7-1 TDD OP.1 TDD MHz R.7 TDD OP.1 TDD 10 MHz R.7-1 TDD OP.1 TDD MHz R.8 TDD OP.1 TDD 15 MHz R.8-1 TDD OP.1 TDD MHz R.9 TDD OP.1 TDD 20 MHz R.9-2 TDD OP.1 TDD 20 MHz R.9-1 TDD OP.1 TDD 16 3 MHz R.0 TDD OP.1 TDD MHz R.1 TDD OP.1 TDD MHz R.1 TDD OP.1 TDD MHz R.41 TDD OP.1 TDD 20 2x20MHz R.42 TDD OP.1 TDD Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category CA capability EVA5 1x2 Low ETU70 1x2 Low ETU300 1x2 Low HST 1x EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low ETU70 1x2 Low ETU70 1x2 Low ETU300 1x2 High ETU300 1x2 High EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low ETU70 1x2 Low ETU70 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 High EVA5 1x2 High EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low ETU70 1x2 Low ETU70 1x2 Low ETU70 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low EVA5 1x2 Low CL_C, CL_A-A

156 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: (Note 1) For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC Void Void Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation in presence of MBSFN The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the single-antenna performance with a single PRB allocated at the lower band edge in presence of MBSFN. Table : Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation Downlink power allocation Parameter Unit Test 1 ρ A db 0 ρ B db 0 (Note 1) σ db 0 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 Symbols for MBSFN portion of MBSFN subframes (Note 2) OCNG (Note 3) ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing PDSCH transmission mode 1 Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: P B = 0. The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the whole MBSFN subframe except the first two symbols in the first slot. The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain QPSK modulated data. Cell-specific reference signals are not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes, QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance 1PRB (FRC) Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category 1 10 MHz R.29 TDD OP.3 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmitter antennas.

157 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) Downlink power allocation Parameter Unit Test 1-2 ρ A db -3 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 1: P B = 1 Test number Bandw idth Table : Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) UE Category 10 MHz R.11 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Medium MHz R.11-2 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Medium MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 TDD HST 2x Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC-FSTD) with 4 transmitter antennas. Table : Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) Downlink power allocation Parameter Unit Test 1-2 ρ A db -3 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 1: P B = 1 Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) UE Category MHz R.12 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x2 Medium MHz R.13 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 4x2 Low SNR (db)

158 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell. In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.

159 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Uplink downlink configuration 1 1 Special subframe configuration 4 4 ρ A db -3-3 Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port E ) s N oc2 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N oc1 dbm/15khz -102 (Note 2) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) oc2 N oc3 dbm/15khz db (Note 4) Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz 10 Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) Cell Id 0 1 ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6) C CSI Subframe Sets CSI, (Note 7) C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing PDSCH transmission mode 2 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test. 6 10

160 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Reference Channel Table : Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 2) UE Category 1 R.11-4 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Medium TDD TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell A Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) The requirements are specified in Table A-2, with the addition of parameters in Table A-1. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell with CRS assistance information. In Table A-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

161 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Uplink downlink configuration Special subframe configuration Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 ρ A ρ B db db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc1 Noc2 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) Noc3 dbm/15khz -93 (Note 4) Reference db Value in Table A-2 BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6) CSI Subframe Sets (Note7) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 8 Note 8 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 9 Note 9 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Note 1: P = 1. Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Note 8: Note 9: B This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

162 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Reference Channel Table A-2: Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Correlation Matrix and Reference Value UE Cate Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) gory OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Medium TDD TDD TDD The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. 1 R.11-4 TDD Note 1: Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.. ) Note 3: SNR corresponds to E s N oc of cell Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A 2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM3 interference model The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 3 interference model defined in clause B.5.2. In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. Table : Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM3 interference model Downlink power allocation Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 ρ A db Cell-specific reference signals ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3-3 σ db Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 DIP (Note 2) db BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Normal Cell Id Number of control OFDM symbols PDSCH transmission mode 2 Interference model As specified in As specified in clause B.5.2 clause B.5.2 Probability of occurrence of Rank 1 % transmission rank in interfering cells Rank 2 % Reporting interval ms 5 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to N oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: All cells are time-synchronous.

163 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM3 interference model Test Number Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Cell 1 1 R.46 TDD OP. 1 TD D Note 1: Cell 2 Cell 3 Propagation Conditions Cell 2 Cell 1 EV A70 EV A70 Cell 3 EV A70 Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configurati on (Note 3) Reference Value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SINR (db) (Note 2) UE Cate gory 2x2 Low The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to E ) s N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas. Table : Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1, 3 Test 2 ρ A db -3-3 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 0 N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling - (Note 2) PDSCH transmission mode 3 3 Note 1: P = 1 Note 2: Note 3: B PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. Test num ber Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Cate gory CA capabil ity 1 10 MHz R.11-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low TDD TDD 2 2x20 MHz R.30-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low CL_C TDD TDD (Note 1) 3 10 MHz R.35 TDD OP.1 EVA200 2x2 Low TDD Note 1: For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC.

164 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A Soft buffer management test The requirements are specified in Table A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table A-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according toannex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify UE performance with proper instantaneous buffer implementation. Table A-1: Test Parameters for soft buffer management test (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1-2 ρ A db -3 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 oc ACK/NACK feedback mode - (Note 2) PDSCH transmission mode 3 Note 1: P = 1 Note 2: Note 3: B PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. Test num ber Bandwidth Table A-2: Minimum performance soft buffer management test (FRC) Reference Channel 1 2x20 MHz R.30-2 TDD 2 2x20 MHz R.35-1 TDD Note 1: OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD (Note 1) OP.1 TDD (Note 1) Propagation Condition For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Cate gory CA capabil ity EVA70 2x2 Low CL_C EVA5 2x2 Low CL_C Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 4 transmitter antennas. Table : Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1 ρ A db -6 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -6 (Note 1) σ db 3 N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 oc ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling PDSCH transmission mode 3 Note 1: P = 1. B

165 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) Test number Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern 1 10 MHz R.14 TDD OP.1 TDD Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category EVA70 4x2 Low Minimum Requirement 2Tx antenna port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) The requirements for non-mbsfn ABS are specified in Table , with the addition of parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. The requirements for MBSFN ABS are specified in Table , with the addition of parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell. In Tables and , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.

166 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Uplink downlink configuration 1 1 Special subframe configuration 4 4 ρ A db -3-3 Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port E ) s N oc2 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N oc1 dbm/15khz -102 (Note 2) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 4) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Cell Id 0 1 Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) ABS pattern (Note 5) , RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe , Pattern (Note 6) , C CSI Subframe Sets CSI, (Note 7) C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing PDSCH transmission mode 3 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non- ABS. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test. 6

167 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Table : Minimum Performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 2) UE Category 1 R.11 TDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA 5 EVA 5 2x2 Low TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2.

168 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Uplink downlink configuration 1 1 Special subframe configuration 4 4 ρ A db -3-3 Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port E ) s N oc2 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N oc1 dbm/15khz -102 (Note 2) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 4) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN MBSFN Cell Id Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6) C CSI Subframe Sets CSI, (Note 7) C CSI, MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 10) Number of control OFDM symbols 2 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing PDSCH transmission mode 3 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10,#11, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbol #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non- ABS. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. The 10 th and 20 th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are MBSFN ABS subframes. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test. Note 10: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [7], one frame with 6 bits is chosen for MBSFN subframe allocation. 6

169 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Table : Minimum Performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) MBSFN ABS Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 2) UE Category 1 R.11 TDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA 5 EVA 5 2x2 Low TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) The requirements for non-mbsfn ABS are specified in Table , with the addition of parameters in Table The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell with CRS assistance information. In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

170 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Uplink downlink configuration Special subframe configuration ρ A db Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N oc1 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) oc2 N dbm/15khz -93 (Note 4) oc3 db Reference Value in Table Reference Value in Table Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6) CSI Subframe Sets (Note7) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 8 Note 8 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing PDSCH transmission mode 3 Note 9 Note 9 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Note 1: P = 1. Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Note 8: Note 9: B This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in this test.

171 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Num ber Refer ence Chan nel Table : Minimum Performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS ) E s N oc2 Cell 2 Cell 3 OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note1) Correlation Matrix and Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Antenna Configurati on (Note 2) Fraction of Maximum Throughp ut (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) 1 R OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low TDD TDD TDD TDD 2 R OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low TDD TDD TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: ) SNR corresponds to E s N oc of cell 1. 2 UE Cate gory Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rankone performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding. Table : Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 ρ A db -3-3 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 0 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz Precoding granularity PRB 6 50 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 or or 11 Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 3) 1 or 4 (Note 3) Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing PDSCH transmission mode 4 4 Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. Table : Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Test number Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern 1 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 TDD 2 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 TDD Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category EVA5 2x2 Low EPA5 2x2 High

172 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table A-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rankone performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding. Table A-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1 ρ A db -6 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -6 (Note 1) σ db 3 N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 oc Precoding granularity PRB 6 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 or 11 Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 3) Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 CodeBookSubsetRestricti on bitmap ACK/NACK feedback mode PDSCH transmission mode Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: Note 3: Multiplexing If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. 4 Table A-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Test number Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern 1 10 MHz R.13 TDD OP.1 TDD Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category EVA5 4x2 Low B Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port with TM4 interference model The requirements are specified in Table B-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table B-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rankone performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause B.5.3. In Table B-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

173 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table B-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model Downlink power allocation Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 ρ A db Cell-specific reference signals Noc at antenna port ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3-3 σ db Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 dbm/15khz -98 DIP (Note 2) db BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Normal Cell Id Number of control OFDM symbols PDSCH transmission mode 6 Interference model As specified in As specified in clause B.5.3 clause B.5.3 Probability of occurrence of Rank 1 % transmission rank in interfering cells Rank 2 % Precoding granularity PRB PMI delay (Note 4) ms 10 or 11 Reporting interval ms 5 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to N oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous. Table B-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model Test Number Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Cell 1 1 R.47 TDD OP. 1 TD D Note 1: Cell 2 Cell 3 Propagation Conditions Cell 2 Cell 1 EV A5 EV A5 Cell 3 EV A5 Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configurati on (Note 3) Reference Value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SINR (db) (Note 2) UE Cate gory 2x2 Low The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to E ) s N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

174 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) C Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) The requirements are specified in Table C-2, with the addition of parameters in Table C-1. The purpose is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell with CRS assistance information. In Table C-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

175 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table C-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Uplink downlink configuration Special subframe configuration ρ A db Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 ρ B db -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 N oc1 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 3) oc2 N dbm/15khz -93 (Note 4) oc3 db Reference Value in Table C BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 5) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6) CSI Subframe Sets (Note7) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 8 Note 8 ACK/NACK feeback mode Multiplexing PDSCH transmission mode 6 Note 9 Note 9 Precoding granularity PRB 50 PMI delay (Note 10) ms 10 or 11 Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 11) Peporting mode PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 1111 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal

176 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5. Note 10: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 11: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. Note 12: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 13: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test. Table C-2: Minimum Performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Non-MBSFN ABS Test Number Reference Channel 1 R.11 TDD OP.1 OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note1) Correlation Matrix and Reference Value UE Cate Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) gory OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 High TDD FDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: ) SNR corresponds to E s N oc of cell Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop ranktwo performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

177 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1-2 ρ A db -3 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -3 (Note 1) σ db 0 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 Precoding granularity PRB 50 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 or 11 Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 3) Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap PDSCH transmission mode 4 Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. Test number Table : Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) UE Category 1 10 MHz R.35 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low MHz R.11-1 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 2x2 Low SNR (db) Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop ranktwo performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

178 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 ρ A db -6-6 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -6 (Note 1) -6 (Note 1) σ db 3 3 N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Precoding granularity PRB 6 8 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 or or 11 Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 3) 1 or 4 (Note 3) Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 1-2 ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling - (Note 5) CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap CSI request field (Note 4) PDSCH transmission mode 4 4 Note 1: P = 1. Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: B If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms. CSI request field applies for CA demodulation requirement only. Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1 st set of serving cells by high layers. ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured. For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. Test number Table : Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagatio n Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category 1 10 MHz R.36 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x2 Low x20 MHz R.43 TDD OP.1 TDD (Note 1) EVA5 4x2 Low CL CL Note 1: For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC. cap MU-MIMO [Control channel performance: D-BCH and PCH] Carrier aggregation with power imbalance The requirements in this section verify the ability of an intraband adjancent carrier aggregation UE to demodulate the signal transmitted by the PCell in the presence of a stronger SCell signal on an adjacent frequency. Throughput is measured on the PCell only Minimum Requirement The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

179 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters Parameter Unit Test 1 ρ A db 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) σ db 0 E ˆ s _ PCell at antenna port of dbm/15khz -85 PCell E ˆ s _ SCell at antenna port of dbm/15khz -79 Scell Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz Off (Note 2) Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 3,4) Modulation 64 QAM Maximum number of HARQ transmission 1 Redundancy version coding sequence {0} PDSCH transmission mode of PCell 1 PDSCH transmission mode of SCell 3 Note 1: P B = 0. Note 2: No external noise sources are applied. Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data. Note 4: The OCNG pattern is used to fill the SCell control channel and PDSCH. Test Number Bandwidth 1 2x20M Hz Reference Channel PCell R.49 TDD OP.1 TDD Table : Minimum performance (FRC) OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions Correlation Matrix and Antenna Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) UE Category CA capab ility SCell PCell SCell PCell SCell OP.5 AWG Claus 1x2 2x2 85% 5-8 CL-C TDD N e B Demodulation of PDSCH (User-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for FDD unless otherwise stated.

180 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Common Test Parameters for User-specific Reference Symbols Parameter Unit Value Cyclic prefix Normal Cell ID 0 Inter-TTI Distance 1 Number of HARQ processes Maximum number of HARQ transmission Redundancy version coding sequence Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH Precoder update granularity Processes 8 4 {0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM OFDM symbols 2 Note 1: as specified in Table in TS [4]. Note 2: as specified in Table in TS [4]. Frequency domain: 1 PRG for Transmission mode 9 Time domain: 1 ms Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing For single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C, the requirements are specified in Table and , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank-1 performance on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8 with and without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port, and to verify rate matching with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power.

181 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with multiple CSI- RS configurations parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 ρ A db 0 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) σ db -3-3 Beamforming model Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1 Cell-specific reference signals CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,,18 Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 15,,18 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset Subframes 5 / 2 5 / 2 T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration 0 3 Zero-power CSI-RS configuration Subframes 3 / I CSI-RS / / bitmap ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc 3 / Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) Number of allocated resource blocks (Note 2) PRB Simultaneous transmission No Yes (Note 3, 5) PDSCH transmission mode 9 9 Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: The modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8. Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal is mapped onto the antenna port (7 or 8) not used for the input signal under test. Note 4: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 5: The two UEs scrambling identities n SCID are set to 0 for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous transmission test cases. Table : Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS without simultaneous transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations Test number Bandwidt h and MCS 1 10 MHz QPSK 1/3 Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughpu t (%) SNR (db) UE Category R.43 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low

182 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test number Table : Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations Bandwidth and MCS Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) UE Category 2 10 MHz R.50 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 Low QAM 1/2 Note 1: The reference channel applies to both the input signal under test and the interfering signal A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing with TM9 interference model The requirements are specified in Table A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table A-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify closed loop rank one performance on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.5.4. In A-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.

183 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9 interference model parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 ρ A db 0 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 σ db -3-3 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 CSI reference signals CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration N oc at antenna port Antenna ports 15,,18 Subframes 5 / 2 dbm/15kh z 0-98 DIP (Note 2) db BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell Id Number of control OFDM symbols 2 2 PDSCH transmission mode 9 Beamforming model Interference model Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells As specified in clause B.4.3 (Note 4, 5) As specified in clause B.5.4 Rank 1 70 Rank 2 30 Precoder update granularity PRB 50 6 PMI delay (Note 5) Ms 8 Reporting interval Reporting mode CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap Ms 5 PUCCH Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 6) Simultaneous transmission No simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in (7 or 8) not used for the input signal under test Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to N oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8. Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI. Note 5: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI

184 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 6: Note 7: cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. All cells are time-synchronous. Table A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS with TM9 interference model Test Number Referenc e Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions Correlatio n Matrix Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 and Antenna Configurat ion (Note 3) Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SINR (db) (Note 2) UE Categor y 1 R.48 FDD OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 4x2 Low FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to E ) s N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing For dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C, the requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table where Cell 1 is the serving cell and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is set according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the rank-2 performance for full RB allocation, to verify rate matching with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power, and to verify that the UE correctly estimate SNR. Table : Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) with multiple CSI- RS configurations parameter Downlink power allocation Test 1 Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 ρ db 4 0 A ρ B db 4 (Note 1) 0 σ db -3-3

185 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0 and 1 Antenna ports 0 and 1 Cell ID CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,16 NA Beamforming model Annex B.4.2 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset Subframes 5 / 2 NA T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration 8 NA Zero-power CSI-RS configuration Subframes 3 / I CSI-RS / / bitmap ZeroPowerCSI-RS NA bitmap N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc ) E s N oc Symbols for unused PRBs Number of allocated resource blocks (Note 2) Simultaneous transmission PDSCH transmission mode Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: Reference Value in Table OCNG (Note 2) NA 7.25dB NA PRB 50 NA No NA 9 Blanked These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Table : Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations Test number Bandwidth and MCS 1 10 MHz 16QAM 1/2 Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category R.51 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU5 2x2 Low 70 [14.2] Performance requirements for DCI format 2D and non Quasi Co-located Antenna Ports Minimum requirement with Same Cell ID (with single NZP CSI-RS resource) The requirements are specified in Table , with the additional parameters in Table and Table The purpose of this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna ports when the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission point share the same Cell ID. In particular the test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and compensation of the timing difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation and rate matching according to the PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator (PQI) signalling defined in [6], configured according to Table In table and , transmission point 1 (TP1) is the serving cell and transmission point 2 (TP2) transmits PDSCH. The downlink physical channel setup for TP1 is according to Table C and for TP2 according to Table C

186 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for quasi co-location type B: same Cell ID Parameter Unit TP 1 TP 2 ρ A db 0 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 σ db -3-3 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 (Note 2) CSI-RS 0 antenna ports NA Port {15,16} qcl-csi-rs-confignzpid-r11, CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS qcl-csi-rs-confignzpid-r11, CSI-RS 0 configuration csi-rs-configzpid-r11, Zeropower CSI-RS 0 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmap N oc at antenna port SNR Subframes NA 5/2 dbm/15kh z db NA 8 NA 2/ Reference point in Table Reference point in Table BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell Id 0 0 Number of control OFDM symbols 2 2 PDSCH transmission mode Blanked 10 Number of allocated PRB PRB NA 50 qcl-operation, PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co- Location Indicator Time offset between TPs μs NA Type B, 00 Reference point in Table Frequency error between TPs Hz NA 0 Beamforming model NA As specified in clause B.4.1 Symbols for unused PRBs NA OCNG (Note 3) Note 1: P B = 1 Noet 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 have zero transmission power. Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Table Configurations of PQI and DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI set PQI set index Parameters in each PQI set DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI Set NZP CSI-RS Index (For quasi co-location) ZP CSI-RS configuration TP 1 TP 2 PQI set 0 CSI-RS 0 ZP CSI-RS 0 Blanked PDSCH

187 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Table : Minimum performance for quasi co-location type B: same Cell ID Reference Channel OGCN pattern Time offset between TPs (μs) Propagation Conditions (Note1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Reference Value TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) UE Category 1 R.52 FDD NA OP.1 2 EPA EPA 2x2 Low 70 [12.1] 2-8 FDD 2 R.52 FDD NA OP EPA EPA 2x2 Low 70 [12.6] 2-8 FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP1 and TP2 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for TP1 and TP2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to E ˆ s / Noc of TP Minimum requirements with Same Cell ID (with multiple NZP CSI-RS resources) The requirements are specified in Table , with the additional parameters in Table and The purpose of this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna ports when the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission point share the same Cell ID. In particular the test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and compensation of the timing difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation and rate matching according to the PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator (PQI) signalling defined in [6]. In and , transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH, and transmission point 2 (TP 2) has same Cell ID as TP 1. Multiple NZP CSI-RS resources and ZP CSI-RS resources are configured. In each sub-frame, DL PDSCH transmission is dynamically switched between 2 TPs with multiple PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator configuration (PQI). Configurations of PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi- Co-Location Indicator and downlink transmission hypothesis are defined in Table The downlink physical channel setup for TP1 is according to Table C and for TP2 according to Table C Table Test Parameters for timing offset compensation with DPS transmission parameter Unit TP 1 TP 2 ρ A db 0 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 σ db -3-3

188 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Beamforming model As specified in clause B.4.1 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 (Note 2) CSI reference signals 0 CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal 0 configuration CSI reference signals 1 CSI-RS 1 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal 1 configuration Zero-power CSI-RS 0 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmap Zero-power CSI-RS1 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmap S E ) Antenna ports {15,16} Subframes 5 / 2 0 Antenna ports {15,16} Subframes 5 / 2 Subframes /bitmap Subframes /bitmap s N oc db N dbm/15kh oc at antenna port z 8 2/ / Reference Value in Table / / Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell Id 0 0 Number of control OFDM symbols Timing offset between TPs 2 2 Reference Value in Table Frequency offset between TPs Hz 0 Number of allocated resource blocks PRB PDSCH transmission mode Probability of occurrence of PDSCH transmission(note 3) % Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 have zero transmission power. Note 3: PDSCH transmission from TPs shall be randomly determined independently for each subframe. Probabilities of occurrence of PDSCH transmission from TPs are specified. The probability of occurrence of PQI set in each TP is equal. Note 4: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

189 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Configurations of PQI and DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI set PQI set index Parameters in each PQI set DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI Set NZP CSI-RS Index (For quasi co-location) ZP CSI-RS configuration TP 1 TP 2 PQI set 0 CSI-RS 0 ZP CSI-RS 0 PDSCH Blanked PQI set 1 CSI-RS 0 ZP CSI-RS 1 PDSCH Blanked PQI set 2 CSI-RS 1 ZP CSI-RS 0 Blanked PDSCH PQI set 3 CSI-RS 1 ZP CSI-RS 1 Blanked PDSCH Table Performance Requirements for timing offset compensation with DPS transmission Test Number Timing offset(us) Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions Correlation Matrix and Reference Value UE Category TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 [12.2] 2-8 FDD FDD OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 [12.5] 2-8 FDD FDD 1 2 R.53 FDD R.53 FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP1and TP2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of TP1 and TP2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to E ) s Noc of both TP1 and TP2 as defined in clause Minimum requirement with Different Cell ID and Colliding CRS (with single NZP CSI- RS resource) The requirements are specified in Table , with the additional parameters in Table The purpose of this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna ports when the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission points have different Cell ID and colliding CRS. In particular the test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and compensation of the frequency difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation and rate matching behaviour according to the PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator signalling defined in [6]. In , transmission point 1 (TP1) is serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH, and transmission point 2 (TP2) transmits PDSCH with different Cell ID. The downlink physical channel setup for TP1 is according to Table C and for TP2 according to Table C Table Test Paremeters for quasi co-location type B with different Cell ID and Colliding CRS parameter Unit TP1 TP2 ρ A db 0 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 σ db -3-3

190 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Beamforming model As specified in clause B.4.2 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 CSI reference signals 0 CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal 0 configuration Zero-power CSI-RS 0 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmap E ) s N oc Antenna ports {15,16} Subframes 5 / 2 Subframes /bitmap db N dbm/15kh oc at antenna port z 0 Reference point in Table dB 2/ Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell Id Number of control OFDM symbols 1 2 Timing offset between TPs us 0 Frequency offset between TPs Hz 200 qcl-operation, PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co- Location Indicator Type B, 00 PDSCH transmission mode Blank 10 Number of allocated resource block 50 Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG(Note2) Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Table Performance Requirements for quasi co-location type B with different Cell ID and Colliding CRS Test Number Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Reference Value TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) UE Category 1 R.54 FDD OP.1 EPA5 ETU5 2x2 Low 70 [14.4] 2-8 FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP1 and TP2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of TP1 and TP2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to E ) s Noc of TP2 as defined in clause

191 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for TDD unless otherwise stated. Table : Common Test Parameters for User-specific Reference Symbols Parameter Unit Value Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1) 1 Special subframe configuration (Note 2) 4 Cyclic prefix Normal Cell ID 0 Inter-TTI Distance 1 Number of HARQ processes Maximum number of HARQ transmission Redundancy version coding sequence Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH Precoder update granularity Processes 7 4 {0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM OFDM symbols 2 ACK/NACK feedback mode Note 1: as specified in Table in TS [4] Note 2: as specified in Table in TS [4] Frequency domain: 1 PRB for Transmission mode 8, 1 PRG for Transmission mode 9 Time domain: 1 ms Multiplexing Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing For single-layer transmission on antenna port 5, the requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the demodulation performance using user-specific reference signals with full RB or single RB allocation. Table : Test Parameters for Testing DRS Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4 ρ A db Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) σ db Cell-specific reference signals Antenna port 0 Beamforming model Annex B.4.1 N at antenna port db/15khz oc Symbols for unused PRBs PDSCH transmission mode Note 1: P B = 0. Note 2: OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

192 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance DRS (FRC) Test number Bandwidth and MCS 1 10 MHz QPSK 1/ MHz 16QAM 1/2 5MHz 16QAM 1/ MHz 64QAM 3/4 10 MHz 64QAM 3/ MHz 16QAM 1/2 Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) UE Category R.25 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low R.26 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low R.26-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low TDD R.27 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low R.27-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low TDD R.28 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low For single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2B, the requirements are specified in Table and , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank-1 performance on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8 with and without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port. Table : Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4 Test 5 ρ A db Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) σ db Cell-specific reference signals Antenna port 0 and antenna port 1 Beamforming model Annex B.4.1 N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) Simultaneous transmission No No No Yes Yes (Note 3, 5) (Note 3, 5) PDSCH transmission mode Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: The modulation symbols of the signal under test is mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8. Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal is mapped onto the antenna port (7 or 8) not used for the input signal under test. Note 4: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 5: The two UEs scrambling identities n SCID are set to 0 for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous transmission test cases.

193 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS without simultaneous transmission (FRC) Test number Bandwidt h and MCS 1 10 MHz QPSK 1/ MHz 16QAM 1/2 5MHz 16QAM 1/ MHz 64QAM 3/4 10 MHz 64QAM 3/4 Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughpu t (%) SNR (db) UE Category R.31 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low R.32 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Medium R.32-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Medium TDD R.33 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low R.33-1 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low Test number Table : Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous transmission (FRC) Bandwidth and MCS Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) UE Category 4 10 MHz R.32 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Medium QAM 1/2 (Note 1) 5 10 MHz R.34 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low QAM 1/2 (Note 1) Note 1: The reference channel applies to both the input signal under test and the interfering signal A Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (with multiple CSI-RS configurations) For single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C, the requirements are specified in Table A-2 and A-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table A-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank-1 performance on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8 with and without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port, and to verify rate matching with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power.

194 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with multiple CSI-RS configurations Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 ρ A db 0 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) σ db -3-3 Cell-specific reference Antenna ports 0,1 signals CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,,22 Antenna ports 15,,18 Beamforming model Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset Subframes 5 / 4 5 / 4 T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration 1 3 Zero-power CSI-RS configuration Subframes 4 / 4 / I CSI-RS / / bitmap ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) Number of allocated resource blocks (Note 2) PRB Simultaneous transmission No Yes (Note 3, 5) PDSCH transmission mode 9 9 Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: The modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8. Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal is mapped onto the antenna port (7 or 8) not used for the input signal under test. Note 4: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 5: The two UEs scrambling identities n SCID are set to 0 for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous transmission test cases. Table A-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS without simultaneous transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations Test number Bandwidt h and MCS 1 10 MHz QPSK 1/3 Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughpu t (%) SNR (db) UE Category R.50 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low

195 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test number Table A-3: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations Bandwidth and MCS Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) UE Category 2 10 MHz R.44 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low QAM 1/2 Note 1: The reference channel applies to both the input signal under test and the interfering signal B Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing with TM9 interference model The requirements are specified in Table B-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table B-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify closed-loop rank one performance on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.5.4. In B-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1and Cell 2, respectively.

196 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table B-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9 interference model parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 ρ A db 0 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 σ db -3-3 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 CSI reference signals CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration N oc at antenna port Antenna ports 15,,18 Subframes 5 / 4 dbm/15kh z 0-98 DIP (Note 2) db BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell Id Number of control OFDM symbols 2 2 PDSCH transmission mode 9 Beamforming model Interference model Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells As specified in clause B.4.3 (Note 4, 5) As specified in clause B.5.4 Rank 1 70 Rank 2 30 Precoder update granularity PRB 50 6 PMI delay (Note 5) ms 10 or 11 Reporting interval Reporting mode CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap ms 5 PUCCH Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 6) Simultaneous transmission No simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in (7 or 8) not used for the input signal under test Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to N oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8. Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI. Note 5: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI

197 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 6: Note 7: cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. All cells are time-synchronous. Table B-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS with TM9 interference model Test Number Referenc e Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions Correlatio n Matrix Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 and Antenna Configurat ion (Note 3) Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SINR (db) (Note 2) UE Categor y 1 R.48 TDD OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 4x2 Low TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to E ) s N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing For dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2B, the requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the rank-2 performance for full RB allocation. Table : Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Downlink ρ A db 0 0 power ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) allocation σ db -3-3 Cell-specific Antenna port 0 and antenna port reference 1 symbols Beamforming model Noc at antenna port Symbols for unused PRBs Number of allocated resource blocks PDSCH transmission mode Annex B.4.2 dbm/15khz OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2) PRB Note 1: P B = 1. Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

198 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) Test number Bandwidth and MCS 1 10 MHz QPSK 1/ MHz 16QAM 1/2 Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category R.31 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low R.32 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Medium Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (with multiple CSI-RS configurations) For dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C, the requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table where Cell 1 is the serving cell and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is set according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the rank-2 performance for full RB allocation, to verify rate matching with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power, and to verify that the UE correctly estimate SNR. Table : Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) with multiple CSI- RS configurations parameter Downlink power allocation Test 1 Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 ρ db 4 0 A ρ B db 4 (Note 1) 0 σ db -3-3

199 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0 and 1 Antenna ports 0 and 1 Cell ID CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,16 Beamforming model Annex B.4.2 NA CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset Subframes 5 / 4 NA T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration 8 NA Zero-power CSI-RS configuration Subframes 4 / I CSI-RS / / bitmap ZeroPowerCSI-RS NA bitmap N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc ) E s N oc Symbols for unused PRBs Number of allocated resource blocks (Note 2) Simultaneous transmission PDSCH transmission mode Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: Reference Value in Table OCNG (Note 2) NA Test specific, 7.25dB NA PRB 50 NA No NA 9 Blanked These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Table : Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations Test number Bandwidth and MCS 1 10 MHz 16QAM 1/2 Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Reference value Fraction of SNR Maximum (db) Throughput (%) UE Category R.51 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU5 2x2 Low 70 [14.8] Performance requirements for DCI format 2D and non Quasi Co-located Antenna Ports Minimum requirement with Same Cell ID (with single NZP CSI-RS resource) The requirements are specified in Table , with the additional parameters in Table and Table The purpose of this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna ports when the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission point share the same Cell ID. In particular the test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and compensation of the timing difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation and rate matching according to the PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator (PQI) signalling defined in [6], configured according to Table In table and , transmission point 1 (TP1) is the serving cell and transmission point 2 (TP2) transmits PDSCH. The downlink physical channel setup for TP1 is according to Table C and for TP2 according to Table C

200 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for quasi co-location type B: same Cell ID Parameter Unit TP 1 TP 2 ρ A db 0 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 σ db -3-3 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 (Note 2) CSI-RS 0 antenna ports NA Port {15,16} qcl-csi-rs-confignzpid-r11, CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS qcl-csi-rs-confignzpid-r11, CSI-RS 0 configuration csi-rs-configzpid-r11, Zeropower CSI-RS 0 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmap N oc at antenna port SNR Subframes NA 5/4 dbm/15kh z db NA 8 NA 4/ Reference point in Table Reference point in Table BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell Id 0 0 Number of control OFDM symbols 2 2 PDSCH transmission mode Blanked 10 Number of allocated PRB PRB NA 50 qcl-operation, PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co- Location Indicator Time offset between TPs μs NA Type B, 00 Reference point in Table Frequency error between TPs Hz NA 0 Beamforming model NA As specified in clause B.4.1 Symbols for unused PRBs NA OCNG (Note 3) Note 1: P B = 1 Noet 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 have zero transmission power. Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Table Configurations of PQI and DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI set PQI set index Parameters in each PQI set DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI Set NZP CSI-RS Index (For quasi co-location) ZP CSI-RS configuration TP 1 TP 2 PQI set 0 CSI-RS 0 ZP CSI-RS 0 Blanked PDSCH

201 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Table : Minimum performance for quasi co-location type B: same Cell ID Reference Channel OGCN pattern Time offset between TPs (μs) Propagation Conditions (Note1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Reference Value TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) UE Category 1 R.52 TDD NA OP.1 2 EPA EPA 2x2 Low 70 [12] 2-8 TDD 2 R.52 TDD NA OP EPA EPA 2x2 Low 70 [12.4] 2-8 TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP1 and TP2 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for TP1 and TP2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to E ˆ s / Noc of TP Minimum requirements with Same Cell ID (with multiple NZP CSI-RS resources) The requirements are specified in Table , with the additional parameters in Table and The purpose of this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna ports when the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission point share the same Cell ID. In particular the test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and compensation of the timing difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation and rate matching according to the PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator (PQI) signalling defined in [6]. In and , transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH, and transmission point 2 (TP 2) has same Cell ID as TP 1. Multiple NZP CSI-RS resources and ZP CSI-RS resources are configured. In each sub-frame, DL PDSCH transmission is dynamically switched between 2 TPs with multiple PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator configuration (PQI). Configurations of PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi- Co-Location Indicator and downlink transmission hypothesis are defined in Table The downlink physical channel setup for TP1 is according to Table C and for TP2 according to Table C

202 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Test Paremeters for timing offset compensation with DPS transmission parameter Unit TP 1 TP 2 ρ A db 0 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 σ db -3-3 As specified in Beamforming model clause B.4.1 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 (Note 2) CSI reference signals 0 CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal 0 configuration CSI reference signals 1 CSI-RS 1 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal 1 configuration Zero-power CSI-RS 0 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmap Zero-power CSI-RS1 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmap S E ) Antenna ports {15,16} Subframes 5 / 4 0 Antenna ports {15,16} Subframes 5 / 4 Subframes /bitmap Subframes /bitmap s N oc db N dbm/15kh oc at antenna port z 8 4/ / Reference Value in Table / / Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell Id 0 0 Number of control OFDM symbols Timing offset between TPs 2 2 Reference Value in Table Frequency offset between TPs Hz 0 Number of allocated resource blocks PRB PDSCH transmission mode Probability of occurrence of PDSCH transmission(note 3) % Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 have zero transmission power. Note 3: PDSCH transmission from TPs shall be randomly determined independently for each subframe. Probabilities of occurrence of PDSCH transmission from TPs are specified. The probability of occurrence of PQI set in each TP is equal. Note 4: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

203 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Configurations of PQI and DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI set PQI set index Parameters in each PQI set DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI Set NZP CSI-RS Index (For quasi co-location) ZP CSI-RS configuration TP 1 TP 2 PQI set 0 CSI-RS 0 ZP CSI-RS 0 PDSCH Blanked PQI set 1 CSI-RS 0 ZP CSI-RS 1 PDSCH Blanked PQI set 2 CSI-RS 1 ZP CSI-RS 0 Blanked PDSCH PQI set 3 CSI-RS 1 ZP CSI-RS 1 Blanked PDSCH Table PerforamcnePerformance Requirements for timing offset compensation with DPS transmission Test Number Timing offset(us) Reference Channel 1 2 R.53 TDD OP R.53 TDD OP.1 OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions Correlation Matrix and Reference Value UE Category TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 [12.3] 2-8 TDD TDD OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 [12.5] 2-8 TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP1and TP2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of TP1 and TP2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to E ) s Noc of both TP1 and TP2 as defined in clause Minimum requirement with Different Cell ID and Colliding CRS (with single NZP CSI-RS resource) The requirements are specified in Table , with the additional parameters in Table The purpose of this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna ports when the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission points have different Cell ID and colliding CRS. In particular the test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and compensation of the frequency difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation and rate matching behaviour according to the PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator signalling defined in [6]. In , transmission point 1 (TP1) is serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH, and transmission point 2 (TP2) transmits PDSCH with different Cell ID. The downlink physical channel setup for TP1 is according to Table C and for TP2 according to Table C Table Test Paremeters for quasi co-location type B with different Cell ID and Colliding CRS parameter Unit TP1 TP2 ρ A db 0 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 (Note 1) 0 σ db -3-3

204 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Beamforming model As specified in clause B.4.2 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 CSI reference signals 0 CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal 0 configuration Zero-power CSI-RS 0 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmap E ) s N oc Antenna ports {15,16} Subframes 5 / 4 Subframes /bitmap db N dbm/15kh oc at antenna port z 0 Reference point in Table dB 4/ Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell Id Number of control OFDM symbols 1 2 Timing offset between TPs us 0 Frequency offset between TPs Hz 200 qcl-operation, PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co- Location Indicator Type B, 00 PDSCH transmission mode Blank 10 Number of allocated resource block 50 Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG(Note2) Note 1: P B = 1 Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Table Performanceamcne Requirements for quasi co-location type B with different Cell ID and Colliding CRS Test Number Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Reference Value TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) UE Category 1 R.54 TDD OP.1 EPA5 ETU5 2x2 Low 70 [14.7] 2-8 TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP1 and TP2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of TP1 and TP2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to E ) s Noc of TP2 as defined in clause

205 Test number 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 8.4 Demodulation of PDCCH/PCFICH The receiver characteristics of the PDCCH/PCFICH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the Downlink Scheduling Grant (Pm-dsg). PDCCH and PCFICH are tested jointly, i.e. a miss detection of PCFICH implies a miss detection of PDCCH FDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated. Table : Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH Parameter Unit Single antenna Transmit port diversity Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2 2 Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 1 PHICH duration Normal Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG Cell ID 0 0 PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db 0-3 OCNG_RA PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB OCNG_RB N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 Downlink power allocation oc db 0-3 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Single-antenna port performance For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Bandwidth Aggregation level Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition -98 Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg (%) SNR (db) 1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low Test number Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH Aggregation level Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg (%) SNR (db) 1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 1-0.6

206 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH Aggregation level Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg SNR (%) (db) 1 5 MHz 2 CCE R.17 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) For the parameters for non-mbsfn ABS specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. For the parameters for MBSFN ABS specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.

207 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH Non-MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db -3-3 OCNG_RA Downlink power PCFICH_RB allocation PDCCH_RB db -3-3 PHICH_RB OCNG_RB N dbm/15khz (Note 1) Noc at antenna port E ) s N oc2 oc1 N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) Cell Id 0 1 ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 5) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 6) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 3 Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration Extended Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDCCH/PCFICH other than that associated with SIB1/Paging are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell. Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Note 8: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]; As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]; Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in the test.

208 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Numb er Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH Non-MBSFN ABS Aggregati on Level Referen ce Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Pmdsg (%) Reference Value SNR (db) (Note 2) 1 8 CCE R15-1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low FDD FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2.

209 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port Table : Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 PCFICH_RA PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db -3-3 OCNG_RA E ) s N oc2 PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB OCNG_RB oc1 db -3-3 N dbm/15khz (Note 1) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 5) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 6) C CSI,0 C CSI, MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 9) Number of control OFDM symbols 3 Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration extended Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal

210 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. The 4 th, 12 th, 19 th and 27 th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are MBSFN ABS subframes. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the MBSFN ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. Note 6: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 7: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 8: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test. Note 9: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [7], four frames with 24 bits is chosen for MBSFN subframe allocation. Note 10: The maximum number of uplink HARQ transmission is limited to 2 so that each PHICH channel transmission is in a subframe protected by MBSFN ABS in this test. Test Numb er Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCHICH MBSFN ABS Aggregati on Level Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configurati on Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Pmdsg (%) SNR (db) (Note 2) 1 8 CCE R15-1 FDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) For the parameters for non-mbsfn ABS specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table For the parameters for MBSFN ABS specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table In Tables and , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell3are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.

211 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH Non-MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db OCNG_RA Downlink power PCFICH_RB allocation PDCCH_RB db PHICH_RB OCNG_RB Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 N dbm/15khz -98(Note 1) oc1 N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz -93 (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 5) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 6) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 7 Note 7 Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Note 8: Note 9: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDCCH/PCFICH other than that associated with SIB1/Paging are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell. Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]; As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]; The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3is the same. SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in the test.

212 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH Non-MBSFN ABS Test Aggregati Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value Number on Level Channel Conditions (Note 1) Matrix and Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell3 Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Pmdsg (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) 1 8 CCE R.15-2 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low FDD FDD FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: ) SNR corresponds to E s N oc of cell 1. 2

213 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db OCNG_RA Downlink power PCFICH_RB allocation PDCCH_RB db PHICH_RB OCNG_RB Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 N dbm/15khz -98(Note 1) oc1 N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz -93 (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN MBSFN MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 5) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 6) C CSI,0 C CSI,1 MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 7) Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 8 Note 8 Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal

214 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Note 8: Note 9: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs ABS pattern as defined in [9]. The 4 th, 12 th, 19 th and 27 th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are MBSFN ABS subframes. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the MBSFN ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [7], four frames with 24 bits are chosen for MBSFN subframe allocation. The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. The maximum number of uplink HARQ transmission is limited to 2 so that each PHICH channel transmission is in a subframe protected by MBSFN ABS in this test. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test. Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH MBSFN ABS Test Aggregati Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value Number on Level Channel Conditions (Note 1) Matrix and Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell3 Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Pmdsg (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) 1 8 CCE R.15-2 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low FDD FDD FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: ) SNR corresponds to E s N oc of cell TDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.

215 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test number Table : Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH Parameter Unit Single antenna port Transmit diversity Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1) 0 0 Special subframe configuration 4 4 (Note 2) Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2 2 Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 1 PHICH duration Normal Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG Cell ID 0 0 PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db 0-3 OCNG_RA Downlink power PCFICH_RB allocation PDCCH_RB db 0-3 PHICH_RB OCNG_RB N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Cyclic prefix Normal Normal ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing Note 1: as specified in Table in TS [4]. Note 2: as specified in Table in TS [4] Single-antenna port performance For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Bandwidth Aggregation level Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg (%) SNR (db) 1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low Test number Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Bandwidth Aggregation level Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg (%) SNR (db) 1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.

216 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH Test number Bandwidth Aggregation level Reference Channel OCNG Pattern 1 5 MHz 2 CCE R.17 TDD OP.1 TDD Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg SNR (%) (db) EPA5 4 x 2 Medium Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) For the parameters for non-mbsfn ABS specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2 and Annex C In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. For the parameters for MBSFN ABS specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.

217 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH Non-MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Uplink downlink configuration 1 1 Special subframe configuration 4 4 PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db -3-3 Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port E ) s N oc2 OCNG_RA PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB OCNG_RB oc1 db -3-3 N dbm/15khz (Note 1) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz 10 Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) Cell Id 0 1 ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern(Note 5) C CSI,0 CSI Subframe Sets(Note 6) C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 3 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration extended Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDCCH/PCFICH other than that associated with SIB1/Paging are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell. Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. Note 6: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 7: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 8: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in the test

218 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Numbe r Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH Non-MBSFN ABS Aggregatio n Level Referenc e Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Pmdsg (%) Reference Value SNR (db) (Note 2) 1 8 CCE R15-1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low TDD TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2.

219 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Uplink downlink configuration 1 1 Special subframe configuration 4 4 Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port E ) s N oc2 PCFICH_RA PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA OCNG_RA PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB OCNG_RB oc1 db -3-3 db -3-3 N dbm/15khz (Note 1) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz 10 Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern(Note 5) C CSI Subframe CSI, Sets(Note 6) C CSI, MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 9) Number of control OFDM symbols 3 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration extended Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. The 10 th and 20 th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are MBSFN ABS subframes.pdsch other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the MBSFN ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. Note 6: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 7: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 8: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test. Note 9: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [7], one frame with 6 bits is chosen for MBSFN subframe allocation

220 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH MBSFN ABS Test Aggregati Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value Number on Level Channel Conditions(Note 1) Matrix and Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Configurati on Pm-dsg (%) SNR (db) (Note 2) 1 8 CCE R15-1 TDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to E ) s N oc 2 of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) For the parameters for non-mbsfn ABS specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table For the parameters for MBSFN ABS specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table In Tables and , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.

221 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH Non-MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Uplink downlink configuration Special subframe configuration PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 OCNG_RA PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB OCNG_RB oc1 db N dbm/15khz -98(Note 1) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz -93 (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 5) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 6) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 7 Note 7 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Note 8: Note 9: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDCCH/PCFICH other than that associated with SIB1/Paging are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell. Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]; As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]; The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3is the same. SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in the test.

222 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH Non-MBSFN ABS Test Aggregati Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value Number on Level Channel Conditions (Note 1) Matrix and Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell3 Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Pmdsg (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) 1 8 CCE R.15-2 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low TDD TDD TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: ) SNR corresponds to E s N oc of cell 1. 2

223 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH MBSFN ABS Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Uplink downlink configuration Special subframe configuration PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 OCNG_RA PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB OCNG_RB oc1 db N dbm/15khz -98(Note 1) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz -93 (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN MBSFN MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 5) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 6) C CSI,0 C CSI, MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 7) Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 8 Note 8 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs ABS pattern as defined in [9]. The 10 th and 20 th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are MBSFN ABS subframes. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the MBSFN ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. Note 6: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 7: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [7], one frame with 6 bits is chosen for MBSFN subframe allocation. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. Note 9: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 10: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

224 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH MBSFN ABS Test Aggregati Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value Number on Level Channel Conditions (Note 1) Matrix and Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell3 Antenna Configuration (Note 2) Pmdsg (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) 1 8 CCE R.15-2 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low TDD TDD TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: ) SNR corresponds to E s N oc of cell Demodulation of PHICH The receiver characteristics of the PHICH are determined by the probability of miss-detecting an ACK for a NACK (Pm-an). It is assumed that there is no bias applied to the detection of ACK and NACK (zero-threshold delection) FDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated. Table : Test Parameters for PHICH Parameter Unit Single antenna port Transmit diversity Downlink power allocation PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA OCNG_RA PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB OCNG_RB db 0-3 db 0 PHICH duration Normal Normal Number of PHICH groups (Note 1) Ng = 1 Ng = 1 PDCCH Content UL Grant should be included with the proper information aligned with A.3.6. Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG Cell ID 0 0 N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: according to Clause 6.9 in TS [4] Single-antenna port performance For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Reference Channel Table : Minimum performance PHICH OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-an (%) SNR (db) 1 10 MHz R.18 OP.1 FDD ETU70 1 x 2 Low MHz R.24 OP.1 FDD ETU70 1 x 2 Low

225 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PHICH Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-an (%) SNR (db) 1 10 MHz R.19 OP.1 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PHICH Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-an (%) SNR (db) 1 5 MHz R.20 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) For the parameters specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.

226 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PHICH Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 PDCCH_RA Downlink power PHICH_RA allocation OCNG_RA db -3-3 PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB db -3-3 OCNG_RB Noc at antenna port N oc1 dbm/15khz (Note 1) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) E ) s N oc2 oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz 10 Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) Cell Id 0 1 ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 5) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 6) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 3 Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration extended Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PHICH is transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell but not in the 26 th subframe indicated by the ABS pattern. Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Note 8: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7] Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in the test.

227 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Reference Channel Table : Minimum performance PHICH OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Antenna Configuration and Correlation Matrix Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Pm-an (%) SNR (db) (Note 2) 1 R.19 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) For the parameters specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.

228 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PHICH Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db OCNG_RA Downlink power PCFICH_RB allocation PDCCH_RB db PHICH_RB OCNG_RB Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 1) oc1 N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz -93 (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id PDCCH Content ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 5) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 6) C CSI,0 C CSI,1 UL Grant should be included with the proper information aligned with A Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 7 Note 7 Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal

229 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Note 8: Note 9: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS This noise is applied in OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PHICH is transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell but not in the 26 th subframe indicated by the ABS pattern. Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7] The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in the test. Table : Minimum performance PHICH Test Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Antenna Reference Value Number Channel Conditions (Note 1) Configuration Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 and Correlation Matrix (Note 2) Pm-an (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) 1 R.19 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low FDD FDD FDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: ) SNR corresponds to E s N oc of Cell TDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.

230 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PHICH Parameter Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1) Special subframe configuration (Note 2) Unit Single antenna port Transmit diversity Downlink power allocation PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA OCNG_RA PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB OCNG_RB db 0-3 db 0-3 PHICH duration Normal Normal Number of PHICH groups (Note 3) Ng = 1 Ng = 1 PDCCH Content UL Grant should be included with the proper information aligned with A.3.6. Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG Cell ID 0 0 N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Cyclic prefix Normal Normal ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing Note 1: as specified in Table in TS [4] Note 2: as specified in Table in TS [4] Note 3: according to Clause 6.9 in TS [4] Single-antenna port performance For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Reference Channel Table : Minimum performance PHICH OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-an (%) SNR (db) 1 10 MHz R.18 OP.1 TDD ETU70 1 x 2 Low MHz R.24 OP.1 TDD ETU70 1 x 2 Low Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.

231 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PHICH Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-an (%) SNR (db) 1 10 MHz R.19 OP.1 TDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PHICH Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-an (%) SNR (db) 1 5 MHz R.20 OP.1 TDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS) For the parameters specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3, In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.

232 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PHICH Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Uplink downlink configuration 1 1 Special subframe configuration 4 4 PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db -3-3 Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port E ) s N oc2 OCNG_RA PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB OCNG_RB oc1 db -3-3 N dbm/15khz (Note 1) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz 10 Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) Cell Id 0 1 ABS pattern (Note 4) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 5) C CSI Subframe Sets CSI, (Note 6) C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 3 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration extended Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PHICH is transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell but not in subframe 5 Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 6: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7] Note 7: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 8: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in the test

233 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Number Reference Channel Table : Minimum performance PHICH OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Antenna Configuration and Correlation Matrix Reference Value Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Pm-an (%) SNR (db) (Note 2) 1 R.19 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. E ) of cell 1. Note 2: SNR corresponds to s N oc 2 Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured) For the parameters specified in Table and Table , the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.

234 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PHICH Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Uplink downlink configuration Special subframe configuration PDCCH_RA PHICH_RA db Downlink power allocation Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 OCNG_RA PCFICH_RB PDCCH_RB PHICH_RB OCNG_RB oc1 db N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 1) N dbm/15khz -98 (Note 2) oc2 N dbm/15khz -93 (Note 3) oc3 db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non- MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id PDCCH Content ABS pattern (Note 4) UL Grant should be included with the proper information aligned with A RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 5) C CSI Subframe CSI, Sets (Note 6) C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 7 Note 7 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Number of PHICH groups (N g) 1 PHICH duration Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PHICH is transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell but not in subframe 5 Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 6: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7] Note 7: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. Note 8: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in the test.

235 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum performance PHICH Test Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Antenna Reference Value Number Channel Conditions (Note 1) Configuration Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 and Correlation Matrix (Note 2) Pm-an (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) 1 R.19 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low TDD TDD TDD Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: ) SNR corresponds to E s N oc of Cell Demodulation of PBCH The receiver characteristics of the PBCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the PBCH (Pm-bch) FDD Table : Test Parameters for PBCH Parameter Unit Single antenna port Transmit diversity Downlink power PBCH_RA db 0-3 allocation PBCH_RB db 0-3 N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Cell ID 0 0 Note 1: as specified in Table in TS [4] Note 2: as specified in Table in TS [4] Single-antenna port performance For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detecting PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PBCH Reference Channel Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-bch (%) SNR (db) MHz R.21 ETU70 1 x 2 Low Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.

236 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PBCH Reference Channel Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-bch (%) SNR (db) MHz R.22 EPA5 2 x 2 Low Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PBCH Reference Channel Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-bch (%) SNR (db) MHz R.23 EVA5 4 x 2 Medium Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port under Time Domain Measurement Resource Restriction with CRS Assistance Information For the parameters specified in Table and Table , the averaged probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below the specified value in Table Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, repectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.

237 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for PBCH Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 PBCH_RA Downlink power OCNG_RA db allocation PBCH_RB OCNG_RB db N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 oc db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS Pattern (Note 4) Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Note 1: The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 2: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in the test. Note 3: The PBCH transmission from Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 overlap. The same PBCH transmission redundancy version is used for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Table : Minimum performance PBCH Test Reference Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Antenna Configuration Reference Value Number Channel Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 and Correlation Matrix (Note 2) Pm-bch (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) 1 R.22 ETU30 ETU30 ETU30 2x2 Low 1 [-1.5] Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: SNR corresponds to Ês N oc of cell 1.

238 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD Table : Test Parameters for PBCH Parameter Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1) Special subframe configuration (Note 2) Unit Single antenna port 1 4 Transmit diversity 1 4 Downlink power PBCH_RA db 0-3 allocation PBCH_RB db 0-3 N at antenna port dbm/15khz oc Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Cell ID 0 0 Note 1: as specified in Table in TS [4]. Note 2: as specified in Table in TS [4] Single-antenna port performance For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PBCH Reference Channel Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-bch (%) SNR (db) MHz R.21 ETU70 1 x 2 Low Transmit diversity performance Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PBCH Reference Channel Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-bch (%) SNR (db) MHz R.22 EPA5 2 x 2 Low Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.

239 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance PBCH Reference Channel Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-bch (%) SNR (db) MHz R.23 EVA5 4 x 2 Medium Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port under Time Domain Measurement Resource Restriction with CRS Assistance Information For the parameters specified in Table and Table , the averaged probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below the specified value in Table Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided. Table : Test Parameters for PBCH Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 PBCH_RA Downlink power OCNG_RA db allocation PBCH_RB OCNG_RB db N at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 oc db Reference Value in Table BW Channel MHz Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS Pattern (Note 4) Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Note 1: The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3is the same. Note 2: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in the test. Note 3: The PBCH transmission from Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 overlap. The same PBCH transmission redundancy version is used for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Table : Minimum performance PBCH Test Reference Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Antenna Configuration Reference Value Number Channel Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 and Correlation Matrix (Note 2) Pm-bch (%) SNR (db) (Note 3) 1 R.22 ETU30 ETU30 ETU30 2x2 Low 1 [-1.5] Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: SNR corresponds to Ês N oc of cell 1.

240 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 8.7 Sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers The purpose of the test is to verify that the Layer 1 and Layer 2 correctly process in a sustained manner the received packets corresponding to the maximum number of DL-SCH transport block bits received within a TTI for the UE category indicated. The sustained downlink data rate shall be verified in terms of the success rate of delivered PDCP SDU(s) by Layer 2. The test case below specifies the RF conditions and the required success rate of delivered TB by Layer 1 to meet the sustained data rate requirement. The size of the TB per TTI corresponds to the largest possible DL- SCH transport block for each UE category using the maximum number of layers for spatial multiplexing. Transmission modes 1 and 3 are used with radio conditions resembling a scenario where sustained maximum data rates are available. Test case is selected according to table depending on UE capapability for CA and EPDCCH. Single carrier UE not supporting EPDCCH Table 8.7-1: SDR test applicability CA UE not supporting EPDCCH Single carrier UE supporting EPDCCH CA UE supporting EPDCCH FDD , TDD , FDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated. Table : Common Test Parameters (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Cyclic prefix Normal Cell ID 0 Inter-TTI Distance 1 Number of HARQ processes per Processes 8 component carrier Maximum number of HARQ transmission 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH per component carrier OFDM symbols 1 Cross carrier scheduling Propagation condition Not configured Static propagation condition No external noise sources are applied The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE category, CA capability and bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified intable The TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.

241 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Test Bandwidth (MHz) Table : test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (FDD) Transmission mode Antenna configuration Codebook subset restriction Downlink power allocation (db) ρ A ρ B σ Ês at antenna port (dbm/15khz) Symbols for unused PRBs x OP.6 FDD x OP.1 FDD 3,4, x OP.1 FDD 3A x OP.1 FDD 3B, 4A 2x x OP.1 FDD 3C, 4B x OP.1 FDD 6A 2x x OP.1 FDD 6B x OP.1 FDD 6C x OP.1 FDD 6D x OP.1 FDD Note 1: For CA test cases, PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. Table : Minimum requirement (FDD) Test Number of bits of a DL-SCH transport block received within a TTI Measurement channel Reference value TB success rate [%] R.31-1 FDD R.31-2 FDD R.31-3 FDD 95 3A (Note 2) R.31-3A FDD 85 3B R.31-2 FDD 95 3C R.31-3C [85] (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85 4A (Note 2) R.31-3A FDD 85 4B (Note 5) R.31-4B FDD [85] (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85 6A (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85 6B (Note 2) for 10MHz CC for 15MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz carrier CC R.31-5 FDD for 15MHz CC 6C (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC (Note 3) for 20MHz CC R.31-4 FDD for 20MHz CC 6D for 15MHz CC R.31-5 FDD for 15MHz CC (Note 3) for 20MHz CC R.31-4 FDD for 20MHz CC Note 1: For 2 layer transmissions, 2 transport blocks are received within a TTI. Note 2: bits for sub-frame 5. Note 3: bits for sub-frame 5. Note 4: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate = 100%*N DL_correct_rx/ (N DL_newtx + N DL_retx), where N DL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, N DL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and N DL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport blocks. Note 5: 52752bits for sub-frame 5. 85

242 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) CA config Single carrier CL_A_ A Maximum supported Bandwidth/ Bandwidth combination (MHz) Table : Test points for sustained data rate (FRC) Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 4 Category 6 Category A 3A C 4B B 4A 4A 4A B 4A 6B 6B B 4A 6C 6C B 4A 6D 6D B 4A 6A 6A CL_C (Note 4) 4 (Note 4) 6A 6A Note 1: If UE can be tested for CA configuration, single carrier test is skipped. Note 2: For non-ca UE, test is selected for maximum supported bandwidth. Note 3: For CA UE, test is selected for bandwidth combination corresponding to maximum aggregated bandwidth among all CA configuration supported by UE. Note 4: If CL_C is the only CA configuration supported by category 3 or 4 UE, single carrier test is selected TDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated. Table : Common Test Parameters (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Special subframe configuration (Note 1) 4 Cyclic prefix Normal Cell ID 0 Inter-TTI Distance 1 Maximum number of HARQ transmission Redundancy version coding sequence Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH per component carrier Cross carrier scheduling 4 {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM OFDM symbols 1 Not configured Static propagation condition Propagation condition No external noise sources are applied Note 1: as specified in Table in TS [4]. The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE category, CA capability and bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified intable The TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.

243 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (TDD) Test Bandwidth (MHz) Transmission mode Antenna configuration Codebook subset restriction Downlink power allocation (db) ρ A ρ B σ Ês at antenna port (dbm/15khz) x x ,4, x A x A 2x x Note 1: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. Symbols for unused PRBs OP.6 TDD OP.1 TDD OP.1 TDD OP.2 TDD OP.1 TDD Test Table : Minimum requirement (TDD) Number of bits of a DL-SCH transport block received within a TTI for normal/special subframe Measurement channel Reference value TB success rate [%] /0 R31-1 TDD /0 R31-2 TDD /0 R31-3 TDD 95 3A 51024/0 R31-3A TDD /0 (Note 2) R31-4 TDD /0 (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD 85 6A 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD 85 Note 1: For 2 layer transmissions, 2 transport blocks are received within a TTI. Note 2: bits for sub-frame 5. Note 3: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate = 100%*N DL_correct_rx/ (N DL_newtx + N DL_retx), where N DL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, N DL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and N DL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport blocks. CA config Single carrier Table : Test points for sustained data rate (FRC) Bandwidth/ Bandwidth combination (MHz) Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 4 Category 6 Category A 3A CL_C (Note 4) 4 (Note 4) 6A 6A Note 1: If UE can be tested for CA configuration, single carrier test is skipped. Note 2: For non-ca UE, test is selected for maximum supported bandwidth. Note 3: For CA UE, test is selected for bandwidth combination corresponding to maximum aggregated bandwidth among all CA configuration supported by UE. Note 4: If CL_C is the only CA configuration supported by category 3 or 4 UE, single carrier test is selected FDD (EPDCCH scheduling) The parameters specified in Table are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated. Table : Common test parameters (FDD)

244 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Parameter Unit Value Cyclic prefix Normal Cell ID 0 Inter-TTI Distance 1 Number of HARQ processes per Processes 8 component carrier Maximum number of HARQ transmission 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH per OFDM symbols 1 component carrier Cross carrier scheduling Not configured Number of EPDCCH sets 1 EPDCCH transmission Localized type Number of PRB per EPDCCH set and EPDCCH PRB pair allocation EPDCCH Starting Symbol ECCE Aggregation Level Number of EREGs per ECCE EPDCCH scheduling 2 PRB pairs 10MHz BW: Resource blocks n PRB = 48, 49 15MHz BW: Resource blocks n PRB = 70, 71 20MHz BW: Resource blocks n PRB = 98, 99 Derived from CFI (i.e. default behaviour) 2 ECCEs 4 EPDCCH candidate is randomly assigned in each subframe EPDCCH precoder (Note 1) Fixed PMI 0 EPDCCH monitoring SF pattern Timing advance μs 100 Propagation condition Static propagation condition No external noise sources are applied Note 1: EPDCCH precoder parameters are defined for tests with 2 x 2 antenna configuration The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE category, CA capability and bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified in Table The TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames. Table : Test parameters for SDR test for PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH (FDD) Test Bandwidth (MHz) Transmission mode Antenna configuration Codebook subset restriction ρ A Downlink power allocation (db) ρ B σ δ Ês at antenna port (dbm/15khz) x x ,4, x A x C, 4B x Symbols for unused PRBs OP.6 FDD OP.1 FDD OP.1 FDD OP.1 FDD OP.1 FDD

245 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Minimum requirement (FDD) Test Number of bits of a DL-SCH transport block received within a TTI Measurement channel Reference value TB success rate [%] R.31E-1 FDD R.31E-2 FDD R.31E-3 FDD 95 3A (Note 2) R.31E-3A FDD 85 3C R.31E-3C FDD [85] (Note 3) R.31E-4 FDD 85 4B (Note 5) R.31E-4B FDD [85] (Note 3) R.31E-4 FDD 85 Note 1: For 2 layer transmissions, 2 transport blocks are received within a TTI. Note 2: bits for sub-frame 5. Note 3: bits for sub-frame 5. Note 4: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate = 100%*N DL_correct_rx/ (N DL_newtx + N DL_retx), where N DL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, N DL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and N DL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport blocks. Note 5: bits for sub-frame 5. Table : Test points for sustained data rate (FRC) CA config Single carrier Note 1: Category Category Bandwidth (MHz) Category 3 Category 4 Category 6 Category A 3A C 4B The test is selected for maximum supported bandwidth TDD (EPDCCH scheduling) The parameters specified in Table are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated. Table : Common test parameters (TDD)

246 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Parameter Unit Value Special subframe configuration (Note 1) 4 Cyclic prefix Normal Cell ID 0 Inter-TTI Distance 1 Maximum number of HARQ transmission Redundancy version coding sequence Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH per component carrier Cross carrier scheduling Number of EPDCCH sets EPDCCH transmission type Number of PRB per EPDCCH set and EPDCCH PRB pair allocation EPDCCH Starting Symbol ECCE Aggregation Level Number of EREGs per ECCE EPDCCH scheduling EPDCCH precoder (Note 2) EPDCCH monitoring SF pattern 4 {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM OFDM symbols 1 Not configured 1 Localized 2 PRB pairs 10MHz BW: Resource blocks n PRB = 48, 49 15MHz BW: Resource blocks n PRB = 70, 71 20MHz BW: Resource blocks n PRB = 98, 99 Derived from CFI (i.e. default behaviour) 2 ECCEs 4 for normal subframe and 8 for special subframe EPDCCH candidate is randomly assigned in each subframe Fixed PMI 0 UL-DL configuration 1: UL-DL configuration 5: Timing advance μs 100 Propagation condition Static propagation condition No external noise sources are applied Note 1: As specified in Table in TS [4]. Note 2: EPDCCH precoder parameters are defined for tests with 2 x 2 antenna configuration The requirements are specified in Table , with the addition of the parameters in Table and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE category, CA capability and bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified intable The TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.

247 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test parameters for SDR test for PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH (TDD) Test Bandwidth (MHz) Transmission mode Antenna configuration Codebook subset restriction ρ A Downlink power allocation (db) ρ B σ δ Ês at antenna port (dbm/15khz) x x ,4, x A x Note 1: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. Symbols for unused PRBs OP.6 TDD OP.1 TDD OP.1 TDD OP.2 TDD Test Table : Minimum requirement (TDD) Number of bits of a DL-SCH transport block received within a TTI for normal/special subframe Measurement channel Reference value TB success rate [%] /0 R.31E-1 TDD /0 R.31E-2 TDD /0 R.31E-3 TDD 95 3A 51024/0 R.31E-3A TDD /0 (Note 2) R.31E-4 TDD /0 (Note 2) R.31E-4 TDD 85 Note 1: For 2 layer transmissions, 2 transport blocks are received within a TTI. Note 2: bits for sub-frame 5. Note 3: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate = 100%*N DL_correct_rx/ (N DL_newtx + N DL_retx), where N DL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, N DL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and N DL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport blocks. Table : Test points for sustained data rate (FRC) CA config Single carrier Note 1: Bandwidth/ Bandwidth combination (MHz) Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 4 Category 6 Category A 3A The test is selected for maximum supported bandwidth. 8.8 Demodulation of EPDCCH The receiver characteristics of the EPDCCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the Downlink Scheduling Grant (Pm-dsg). EPDCCH and PCFICH are tested jointly, i.e. a miss detection of PCFICH implies a miss detection of EPDCCH Distributed Transmission FDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for all FDD t distributed EPDCCH ests unless otherwise stated.

248 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Distributed EPDCCH Parameter Unit Value Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2 (Note 1) PHICH duration Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG Cell ID 0 ρ db -3 Downlink power allocation A ρ db -3 B σ db 0 δ db 3 dbm/15-98 Noc at antenna port khz Cyclic prefix Normal Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Precoder Update Granularity PRB 1 ms 1 Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B. 4.4 Cell Specific Reference Signal Port 0 and 1 Number of EPDCCH Sets Configured 2 (Note 2) Number of PRB per EPDCCH Set EPDCCH Subframe Monitoring PDSCH TM DCI Format Note 1: Note 2: 4 (1 st Set) 8 (2 nd Set) NA TM3 2A The starting symbol for EPDCCH is derived from the PCFICH. RRC signalling epdcch-startsymbol-r11 is not configured. The two sets are distributed EPDCCH sets and nonoverlapping with PRB = {3, 17, 31, 45} for the first set and PRB = {0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49} for the second set. EPDCCH is scheduled in the first set for Test 1 and second set for Test 2, respectively. Both sets are always configured. For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance Distributed EPDCCH Aggregatio n level Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg SNR (%) (db) 1 10 MHz 4 ECCE R.55 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low MHZ 16 ECCE R.56 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low Void Table : Void TDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for all TDD distributed EPDCCH tests unless otherwise stated.

249 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Distributed EPDCCH Parameter Unit Value Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2 (Note 1) PHICH duration Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG Cell ID 0 ρ db -3 Downlink power allocation A ρ db -3 B σ db 0 δ db 3 dbm/15-98 Noc at antenna port khz Cyclic prefix Normal Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Precoder Update Granularity PRB 1 ms 1 Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B. 4.4 Cell Specific Reference Signal Port 0 and 1 Number of EPDCCH Sets Configured 2 (Note 2) Number of PRB per EPDCCH Set 4 (1 st Set) 8 (2 nd Set) EPDCCH Subframe Monitoring NA PDSCH TM TM3 DCI Format 2A TDD UL/DL Configuration 0 TDD Special Subframe 1 (Note 3) Note 1: The starting symbol for EPDCCH is derived from the PCFICH. RRC signalling epdcch-startsymbol-r11 is not configured. Note 2: Note 3: The two sets are distributed EPDCCH sets and nonoverlapping with PRB = {3, 17, 31, 45} for the first set and PRB = {0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49} for the second set. EPDCCH is scheduled in the first set for Test 1 and second set for Test 2, respectively. Both sets are always configured. Demodulation performance is averaged over normal and special subframe. For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance Distributed EPDCCH Aggregation level Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg SNR (%) (db) 1 10 MHz 4 ECCE R.55 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low MHZ 16 ECCE R.56 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low Void Table : Void Localized Transmission with TM FDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for all FDD TM9 localized epdcch tests unless otherwise stated.

250 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Localized EPDCCH with TM9 Parameter Unit Value Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 1 (Note 1) EPDCCH starting symbol symbols 2 (Note 1) PHICH duration Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG Cell ID 0 ρ A db 0 Downlink power ρ B db 0 allocation σ db -3 δ db 0 dbm/15 Noc at antenna port khz -98 Cyclic prefix Normal Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Precoder Update Granularity PRB 1 ms 1 Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B.4.5 Cell Specific Reference Signal Port 0 and 1 CSI-RS Reference Signal Port 15 and 16 CSI-RS reference signal resource configuration 0 CSI reference signal subframe configuration I CSI-RS 2 ZP-CSI-RS configuration bitmap ZP-CSI-RS subframe configuration I ZP- 2 CSI-RS Number of EPDCCH Sets 2 (Note 2) EPDCCH Subframe Monitoring pattern subframepatternconfig-r (Note 3) PDSCH TM TM9 Note 1: The starting symbol for EPDCCH is signalled with epdcch-startsymbol-r11. However, CFI is set to 1. Note 2: The first set is distributed transmission with PRB = {0, 49} and the second set is localized transmission with PRB = {0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49}. epdcch is scheduled in the second set for all tests. Note 3: EPDCCH is scheduled in every SF. UE is required to monitor epdcch for UE-specific search space only in SFs configured by subframepatternconfig-r11. Legacy PDCCH is not scheduled. For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table EPDCCH subframe monitoring is configured and the subframe monitoring requirement in EPDCCH restricted subframes is statdtx of [99.9%]. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidt h Table : Minimum performance Localized EPDCCH with TM9 Aggregatio n level Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagatio n Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg SNR (%) (db) 1 10 MHz 2 ECCE R.57 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 [12.2] 2 10 MHZ 8 ECCE R.58 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 [2.5] Void Table : Void

251 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Void Table : Void Table : Void Table : Void TDD The parameters specified in Table are valid for all TDD TM9 localized epdcch tests unless otherwise stated. Table : Test Parameters for Localized EPDCCH with TM9 Parameter Unit Value Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 1 (Note 1) EPDCCH starting symbol symbols 2 (Note 1) PHICH duration Normal Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG Cell ID 0 ρ db 0 A Downlink power ρ B db 0 allocation σ db -3 δ db 0 dbm/15-98 Noc at antenna port khz Cyclic prefix Normal Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Precoder Update Granularity PRB 1 ms 1 Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B.4.5 Cell Specific Reference Signal Port 0 and 1 CSI-RS Reference Signal Port 15 and 16 CSI-RS reference signal resource configuration 0 CSI reference signal subframe configuration I CSI-RS 0 ZP-CSI-RS configuration bitmap ZP-CSI-RS subframe configuration I ZP- 0 CSI-RS Number of EPDCCH Sets 2 (Note 2) EPDCCH Subframe Monitoring pattern subframepatternconfig-r (Note 3) TM9 PDSCH TM TDD UL/DL Configuration 0 TDD Special Subframe 1 (Note 4) Note 1: The starting symbol for EPDCCH is signalled with epdcch-startsymbol-r11. However, CFI is set to 1. Note 2: The first set is distributed transmission with PRB = {0, 49} and the second set is localized transmission with PRB = {0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49}. epdcch is scheduled in the second set for all tests. Note 3: Note 4: EPDCCH is scheduled in every SF. UE is required to monitor epdcch for UE-specific search space only in SFs configured by subframepatternconfig-r11. Legacy PDCCH is not scheduled. Demodulation performance is averaged over normal and special subframe.

252 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table EPDCCH subframe monitoring is configured and the subframe monitoring requirement in EPDCCH restricted subframes is statdtx of [99.9%]. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2. Test number Bandwidth Table : Minimum performance Localized EPDCCH with TM9 Aggregation level Reference Channel OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg SNR (%) (db) 1 10 MHz 2 ECCE R.57 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 [12.8] 2 10 MHZ 8 ECCE R.58 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 [2.0] Void Table : Void Void Table : Void Table : Void Table : Void Localized transmission with TM10 Type B quasi co-location type FDD For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified values in Table In Table , transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.

253 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Localized Transmission TM10 Type B quasi co-location type Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2 PHICH duration Normal ρ A db 0 Downlink ρ power B db 0 allocation σ db -3 δ db 0 0dB power imbalance is Reference value Reference value ) E s N oc db considered in Table in Table between TP and TP 2, Noc at antenna port dbm/ 15kH z -98 Reference value in Table Bandwidth MHz Number of configured EPDCCH Sets 2 (Note 1) 2 (Note1) EPDCCH-PRB-Set ID (setconfigid) Transmission type of EPDCCH- PRB-set Localized Localized Localized Localized Number of PRB pair per EPDCCH-PRB-set PRB EPDCCH beamforming model Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5 PDSCH transmission mode TM10 TM10 TM10 TM10 Probability of Probability of occurrence of occurrence of PDSCH transmission Blanked in all Transmit in all PDSCH PDSCH scheduling the subframes the subframes transmission is transmission is 30% (Note 3) 70% (Note 3) Non-zero power CSI reference signal (NZPId=1) Non-zero power CSI reference signal (NZPId=2) Zero power CSI reference signal (ZPId=1) Zero power CSI reference signal (ZPId=2) PQI set 0 (Note 4) CSI reference signal configuration CSI reference signal subframe configuration I CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration CSI reference signal subframe configuration I CSI-RS CSI-RS Configuration list (ZeroPowerCSI- RS bitmap) CSI-RS subframe configuration I CSI-RS CSI-RS Configuration list (ZeroPowerCSI- RS bitmap) CSI-RS subframe configuration I CSI-RS Non-Zero power CSI RS Identity (NZPId) Bitma p Bitma p [0] [0] [2] [2] [5] [2] [ ] [ ] [2] [2] [ ] [2] 1 1

254 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) PQI set 1 (Note 4) Zero power CSI RS Identity (ZPId) Non-Zero power CSI RS Identity (NZPId) Zero power CSI RS Identity (ZPId) Number of PDCCH symbols Symb ols (Note 2) EPDCCH starting position pdsch-startr11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2) pdsch-start- pdsch-start- pdsch-start- Subframe configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time offset between TPs μs 2 2 Frequency shift between TPs Hz Cell ID Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Resource blocks n PRB =0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49 are allocated for both the first set and the second set. The starting OFDM symbol for EPDCCH is determined from the higher layer signalling pdsch-start-r11. And CFI is set to 1. The TP from which PDSCH is transmitted shall be randomly determined independently for each subframe. Probabilities of occurrence of PDSCH transmission from TP 1 and TP 2 are specified. For PQI set 0, PDSCH and EPDCCH are transmitted from TP 2. For PQI set 1, PDSCH and EPDCCH are transmitted from TP1. EPDCCH and PDSCH are transmitted from same TP. Test number Aggregation level Reference Channel Table : Minimum Performance OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg (%) SNR (db) 1 2 ECCE R.59 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 TBD 2 2 ECCE R.59 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 TBD TDD For the parameters specified in Table the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified values in Table In Table , transmission point 1 (TP1) is the serving cell. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.

255 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Test Parameters for Localized Transmission TM10 Type B quasi co-location type Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2 PHICH duration Normal ρ A db 0 Downlink ρ power B db 0 allocation σ db -3 δ db 0 0dB power imbalance is Reference value Reference value ) E s N oc db considered in Table in Table between TP and TP 2, Noc at antenna port dbm/ 15kH z -98 Reference value in Table Bandwidth MHz Number of EPDCCH Sets 2 (Note 1) 2 (Note1) EPDCCH-PRB-Set ID (setconfigid) Transmission type of EPDCCH- PRB-set Localized Localized Localized Localized Number of PRB pair per EPDCCH-PRB-set PRB EPDCCH beamforming model Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5 PDSCH transmission mode TM10 TM10 TM10 TM10 Probability of Probability of occurrence of occurrence of PDSCH transmission Blanked in all Transmit in all PDSCH PDSCH scheduling the subframes the subframes transmission is transmission is 30% (Note 3) 70% (Note 3) CSI reference signal configurations Non-zero power CSI reference signal (NZPId=1) Non-zero power CSI reference signal (NZPId=2) Zero power CSI reference signal (ZPId=1) Zero power CSI reference signal (ZPId=2) CSI reference signal configuration CSI reference signal subframe configuration I CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration CSI reference signal subframe configuration I CSI-RS CSI-RS Configuration list (ZeroPowerCSI- RS bitmap) CSI-RS subframe configuration I CSI-RS CSI-RS Configuration list (ZeroPowerCSI- RS bitmap) CSI-RS subframe configuration I CSI-RS Bitma p Bitma p Antenna ports 15,16 Antenna ports 15,16 Antenna ports 15,16 Antenna ports 15,16 [0] [0] [0] [0] [5] [0] [ ] [ ] [0] [0] [ ] [0]

256 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) PQI set 0 (Note 4) PQI set 1 (Note 4) Non-Zero power CSI RS Identity (NZPId) Zero power CSI RS Identity (ZPId) Non-Zero power CSI RS Identity (NZPId) Zero power CSI RS Identity (ZPId) Number of PDCCH symbols Symb ols (Note 2) EPDCCH starting position pdsch-startr11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2) pdsch-start- pdsch-start- pdsch-start- Subframe configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time offset between TPs μs 2 2 Frequency shift between TPs Hz Cell ID TDD UL/DL configuration 0 TDD special subframe 1 Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Resource blocks n PRB = 0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49 are allocated for both the first set and the second set. The starting OFDM symbol for EPDCCH is determined from the higher layer signalling pdsch-start-r11. And CFI is set to 1. The TP from which PDSCH is transmitted shall be randomly determined independently for each subframe. Probabilities of occurrence of PDSCH transmission from TP 1 and TP 2 are specified. For PQI set 0, PDSCH and EPDCCH are transmitted from TP 2. For PQI set 1, PDSCH and EPDCCH are transmitted from TP1. EPDCCH and PDSCH are transmitted from same TP. Test number Aggregation level Reference Channel Table : Minimum Performance OCNG Pattern Propagation Condition Antenna configuration and correlation Matrix Reference value Pm-dsg (%) SNR (db) 1 2 ECCE R.59 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 TBD 2 2 ECCE R.59 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 TBD 9 Reporting of Channel State Information 9.1 General This section includes requirements for the reporting of channel state information (CSI). For all test cases in this section, the definition of SNR is in accordance with the one given in clause 8.1.1, where I SNR. ˆ( j) or = ( j) N oc 9.2 CQI reporting definition under AWGN conditions The reporting accuracy of the channel quality indicator (CQI) under frequency non-selective conditions is determined by the reporting variance and the BLER performance using the transport format indicated by the reported CQI median. The purpose is to verify that the reported CQI values are in accordance with the CQI definition given in TS [6]. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the reporting definition is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 db.

257 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD The following requirements apply to UE Category 1-8. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format indicated by (median CQI 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Table : PUCCH 1-0 static test (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 1 ρ A db 0 Downlink power allocation ρ B db 0 σ db 0 Propagation condition and antenna configuration AWGN (1 x 2) SNR (Note 2) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Physical channel for CQI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Report Type 4 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 6 Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level TDD The following requirements apply to UE Category 1-8. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to Table A.4-2 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format indicated by (median CQI 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.

258 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 1 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 Downlink power allocation ρ A db 0 ρ db 0 B σ db 0 Propagation condition and antenna configuration AWGN (1 x 2) SNR (Note 2) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Physical channel for CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 3) PUCCH Report Type 4 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 3 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and # FDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured) The following requirements apply to UE Category 1-8. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C for Cell 1, C for Cell 2 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to Table A.4-1 in subframes overlapping with aggressor cell ABS and non-abs subframes shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,1 is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in non-abs subframes using transport format indicated by (median CQI 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1. The value of the median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 minus the median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,1 shall be larger than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to 5 in Test 1 and shall be larger than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1 in Test 2.

259 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-0 static test (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Bandwidth MHz PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 10 2 Note 10 Downlink power allocation Propagation condition and antenna configuration ρ db -3-3 A ρ db -3-3 B σ db 0 0 Clause B.1 (2x2) Clause B.1 (2x2) E ) (Note 1) db s N oc2 ( j ) Noc 1 dbm/15khz -102 (Note 7) -98(Note 7) ( j ) Noc at antenna ( j ) Noc 2 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 8) -98(Note 8) port ( j ) Noc 3 dbm/15khz (Note 9) -98(Note 9) ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Cell Id Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) 2.5 (synchronous cells) ABS pattern (Note 2) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 4) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 3) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 3 3 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 Physical channel for C CSI,0 CQI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2 Physical channel for C CSI,1 CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 12) PUSCH (Note 12) PUCCH Report Type 4 4 Reporting periodicity Ms N pd = 5 N pd = 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex C CSI,0 (Note 13) cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 C CSI,1 (Note 14)

260 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 2: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. Note 3: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 4: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7] Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 6: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 7: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 8: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 9: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs. Note 10: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 according to Table A.4-1 for UE Cateogry 2-8 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1, and Table A.4-7 for Category 1 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP. 1/2 FDD as described in Annex A and A Note 12: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3. Note 13: cqi-pmi-configurationindex is applied for C CSI,0. Note 14: cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 is applied for C CSI, TDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured) The following requirements apply to UE Category 1-8. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C for Cell 1, C3.3-1 for Cell 2 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to Table A.4-2 in subframes overlapping with aggressor cell ABS and non-abs subframes shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,1 is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in non-abs subframes using transport format indicated by (median CQI 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1. The value of the median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 minus the median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,1 shall be larger than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to 5 in Test 1 and shall be larger than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1 in Test 2.

261 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Bandwidth MHz PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 10 2 Note 10 Uplink downlink configuration 1 1 Special subframe configuration 4 4 Downlink power allocation ρ A db -3-3 ρ db -3-3 B σ db 0 0 Propagation condition and Clause B.1 (2x2) Clause B.1 (2x2) antenna configuration E ) s N oc2 (Note 1) db ( j ) Noc 1 dbm/15khz -102 (Note 7) -98 (Note 7) ( j ) Noc at antenna ( j ) Noc 2 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 8) -98 (Note 8) port ( j ) Noc 3 dbm/15khz (Note 9) -98 (Note 9) ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Cell Id Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) 2.5 (synchronous cells) ABS pattern (Note 2) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 4) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 3) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 3 3 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 Physical channel for C CSI,0 CQI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2 Physical channel for C CSI,1 CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 12) PUSCH PUCCH Report Type 4 4 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 N pd = 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex C CSI,0 (Note 13) 3 3 cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 C CSI,1 (Note 14) 4 4 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing N.A

262 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 2: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. Note 3: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 4: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 6: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 7: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 8: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 9: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs. Note 10: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 according to Table A.4-2 for UE Category 2-8 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1, and Table A.4-8 for Category 1 with one/two sided dynami OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A and Annex A Note 12: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3. Note 13: cqi-pmi-configurationindex is applied for C CSI,0. Note 14: cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 is applied for C CSI, FDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and with CRS assistance information) The following requirements apply to UE Category 2-8. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C for Cell 1, C for Cell 2 and Cell 3, and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to Table A.4-1 in subframes overlapping with aggressor cell ABS and non-abs subframes shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. For test 1 and test 2, if the PDSCH BLER in ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in ABS subframes using transport format indicated by (median CQI 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1. For test 2, if the PDSCH BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,1 is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 2) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in non-abs subframes using transport format indicated by (median CQI 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.

263 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-0 static test (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 and 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 and 3 Bandwidth MHz PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 10 2 Note 10 Downlink power allocation Propagation condition and antenna configuration s N oc2 ρ db -3-3 A ρ db -3-3 B σ db 0 0 E ) (Note 1) db 4 5 ( j ) Noc at antenna port ( j ) Noc 1 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 7) ( j ) Noc 2 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 8) ( j ) N 3 dbm/15khz -93 (Note 9) oc Clause B.1 (2x2) Clause B.1 (2x2) Cell 2: 12 Cell 2: Cell 3: 10 Cell 3: (Note 7) -98 (Note 8) -93 (Note 9) Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Cell Id 0 Cell 2: 6 0 Cell 2: 6 Cell 3: 1 Cell 3: 1 Time Offset between Cells μs Cell 2: 3 usec Cell 2: 3 usec Cell 3: -1usec Cell 3: -1usec Frequency Shift between Cells Hz Cell 2: 300Hz Cell 2: 300Hz Cell 3: -100Hz Cell 3: -100Hz ABS pattern (Note 2) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 4) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 3) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 3 3 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 Physical channel for C CSI,0 CQI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2 Physical channel for C CSI,1 CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 12) PUSCH (Note 12) PUCCH Report Type 4 4 Reporting periodicity Ms N pd = 5 N pd = 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex C CSI,0 (Note 13) cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 C CSI,1 (Note 14)

264 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 2: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. Note 3: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 4: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7] Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 6: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2, and Cell3 are the same. Note 7: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 8: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 9: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs. Note 10: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A Note 12: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3. Note 13: cqi-pmi-configurationindex is applied for C CSI,0. Note 14: cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 is applied for C CSI, TDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and with CRS assistance information) The following requirements apply to UE Category 2-8. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C for Cell 1, C3.3-2 for Cell 2 and Cell 3, and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to Table A.4-2 in subframes overlapping with aggressor cell ABS and non-abs subframes shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. For test 1 and test 2, if the PDSCH BLER in ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,0 is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in ABS subframes using transport format indicated by (median CQI 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1. For test 2, if the PDSCH BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,1 is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 2) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in non-abs subframes using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in non-abs subframes using transport format indicated by (median CQI 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.

265 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 and 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 and 3 Bandwidth MHz PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 10 2 Note 10 Uplink downlink configuration 1 1 Special subframe configuration 4 4 Downlink power allocation Propagation condition and antenna configuration s N oc2 ρ A db -3-3 ρ db -3-3 B σ db 0 0 E ) (Note 1) db 4 5 ( j ) Noc at antenna port ( j ) Noc 1 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 7) ( j ) Noc 2 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 8) ( j ) N 3 dbm/15khz -93 (Note 9) oc Clause B.1 (2x2) Clause B.1 (2x2) Cell 2: 12 Cell 3: Cell 2: 12 Cell 3: (Note 7) -98 (Note 8) -93 (Note 9) Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Cell Id 0 Cell 2: 6 Cell 2: 6 0 Cell 3: 1 Cell 3: 1 Time Offset between Cells μs Cell 2: 3 usec Cell 2: 3 usec Cell 3: -1usec Cell 3: -1usec Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell 2: 300Hz Cell 2: 300Hz Cell 3: -100Hz Cell 3: -100Hz ABS pattern (Note 2) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 4) C CSI Subframe Sets CSI, (Note 3) C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols Max number of HARQ transmissions Physical channel for C CSI,0 CQI reporting Physical channel for C CSI,1 CQI PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2 PUSCH (Note 12) PUSCH (Note 12) reporting PUCCH Report Type 4 4 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 N pd = 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex C CSI,0 (Note 13) 3 3 cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 C CSI,1 (Note 14) 4 4 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing N.A

266 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 2: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. Note 3: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 4: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 6: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2, and Cell3 is the same. Note 7: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 8: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 9: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs. Note 10: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 according to Table A.4-2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A Note 12: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3. Note 13: cqi-pmi-configurationindex is applied for C CSI,0. Note 14: cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 is applied for C CSI, Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) The minimum requirements for dual codeword transmission are defined in terms of a reporting spread of the wideband CQI value for codeword #1, and their BLER performance using the transport format indicated by the reported CQI median of codeword #0 and codeword #1. The precoding used at the transmitter is a fixed precoding matrix specified by the bitmap parameter codebooksubsetrestriction. The propagation condition assumed for the minimum performance requirement is defined in subclause B FDD The following requirements apply to UE Category 2-8. For the parameters specified in table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C and C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table in TS [6]) shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as wideband CQI 1 = wideband CQI 0 Codeword 1 offset level The wideband CQI 1 shall be within the set {median CQI 1-1, median CQI 1 +1} for more than 90% of the time, where the resulting wideband values CQI 1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI 0 1 and median CQI 1 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI and median CQI shall be greater than or equal to 0.1.

267 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-1 static test (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 4 ρ A db -3 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -3 σ db 0 Propagation condition and antenna configuration Clause B.1 (2 x 2) CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap SNR (Note 2) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2 PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 6 ri-configindex 1 (Note 3) Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 3: It is intended to have UL collisions between RI reports and HARQ-ACK, since the RI reports shall not be used by the enb in this test TDD The following requirements apply to UE Category 2-8. For the parameters specified in table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C and C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table in TS [6]) shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as wideband CQI 1 = wideband CQI 0 Codeword 1 offset level The wideband CQI 1 shall be within the set {median CQI 1-1, median CQI 1 +1} for more than 90% of the time, where the resulting wideband values CQI 1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI 0 1 and median CQI 1 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI and median CQI shall be greater than or equal to 0.1.

268 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-1 static test (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 4 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 Downlink power allocation ρ A db -3 ρ db -3 B σ db 0 Propagation condition and antenna configuration Clause B.1 (2 x 2) CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap SNR (Note 2) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting PUSCH (Note 3) PUCCH Report Type 2 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 3 ri-configindex 805 (Note 4) ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2. Note 4: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At enb, CQI report collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (CSI Reference Symbols) The minimum requirements for dual codeword transmission are defined in terms of a reporting spread of the wideband CQI value for codeword #1, and their BLER performance using the transport format indicated by the reported CQI median of codeword #0 and codeword #1. The precoding used at the transmitter is a fixed precoding matrix specified by the bitmap parameter codebooksubsetrestriction. The propagation condition assumed for the minimum performance requirement is defined in subclause B FDD The following requirements apply to UE Category 2-8. For the parameters specified in table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C and C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table in TS [6]) shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as wideband CQI 1 = wideband CQI 0 Codeword 1 offset level The wideband CQI 1 shall be within the set {median CQI 1-1, median CQI 1 +1} for more than 90% of the time, where the resulting wideband values CQI 1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI 0 1 and median CQI 1 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER

269 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI and median CQI shall be greater than or equal to 0.1. Table : PUCCH 1-1 static test (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 9 ρ A db 0 Downlink power ρ B db 0 allocation P c db -3 σ db -3 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0, 1 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,,18 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset 5/1 T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration 0 Propagation condition and antenna configuration Clause B.1 (4 x 2) Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x SNR (Note 2) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting PUSCH (Note3) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2 Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 CQI delay ms 8 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 2 ri-configindex 1 Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1a with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and # TDD The following requirements apply to UE Category 2-8. For the parameters specified in table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C and C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table in TS [6]) shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as wideband CQI 1 = wideband CQI 0 Codeword 1 offset level The wideband CQI 1 shall be within the set {median CQI 1-1, median CQI 1 +1} for more than 90% of the time, where the resulting wideband values CQI 1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI 0 1 and median CQI 1 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI and median CQI shall be greater than or equal to 0.1.

270 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-1 submode 1 static test (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 9 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 ρ A db 0 Downlink power ρ B db 0 allocation P c db -6 σ db -3 CRS reference signals Antenna ports 0, 1 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,,22 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset 5/ 3 T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration 0 Propagation condition and antenna configuration Clause B.1 (8 x 2) Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x SNR (Note 2) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting PUSCH (Note 3) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/second PMI 2b Physical channel for RI reporting PUSCH PUCCH Report Type for RI/ first PMI 5 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 CQI delay ms 10 or 11 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 3 ri-configindex 805 (Note 4) ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2a with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#7 and #2. Note 4: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At enb, CQI report collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (With Single CSI Process) The minimum requirements for dual codeword transmission are defined in terms of a reporting spread of the wideband CQI value for codeword #1, and their BLER performance using the transport format indicated by the reported CQI median of codeword #0 and codeword #1. The precoding used at the transmitter is a fixed precoding matrix specified by the bitmap parameter codebooksubsetrestriction. The propagation condition assumed for the minimum performance requirement is defined in subclause B FDD The following requirements apply to UE Category 2-8. For the parameters specified in table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C and C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial

271 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table in TS [6]) shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as wideband CQI 1 = wideband CQI 0 Codeword 1 offset level The wideband CQI 1 shall be within the set {median CQI 1-1, median CQI 1 +1} for more than 90% of the time, where the resulting wideband values CQI 1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI 0 1 and median CQI 1 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI and median CQI shall be greater than or equal to 0.1.

272 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-1 static test (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 10 ρ db [0] [0] [0] [0] Downlink power allocation (Note 1) A ρ B db [0] [0] [0] [0] P c db [-3] [-3] [-3] [-3] σ db [-3] [-3] Cell ID 0 0 Cell-specific reference signals CSI reference signals CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS Antenna ports 0, 1 Antenna ports 15,,18 (Note 2) Antenna ports 0, 1 Antenna ports 15,,18 (Note 2) 5/1 5/1 CSI-RS configuration 0 0 Zero-Power CSI-RS configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap CSI-IM configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap CSI process configuration Signal/Interference/Reporting mode Propagation condition and 1 / / / / / / CSI-RS/CSI-IM/PUCCH 1-1 CSI-RS/CSI-IM/PUCCH 1-1 antenna configuration Clause B.1 (4 x 2) Clause B.1 (2 x 2) Clause B.1 (4 x 2) Clause B.1 (2 x 2) CodeBookSubsetRestriction 0x x bitmap SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Modulation / Information bit payload (Note4) QPSK / 4392 (Note4) QPSK / 4392 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 Physical channel for CQI/PMI PUSCH PUSCH reporting (Note5) (Note5) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2 2 PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 3 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 N pd = 5 CQI Delay ms 8 8 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 2 2 ri-configindex 1 1 PDSCH scheduled sub-frames [1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9] [1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9] Timing offset between TPs us 0 0 Frequency offset between TPs Hz 0 0 Note1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1d with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A Note 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 CRS have zero transmission power. Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 4: Note 5: Table A.4-3b is used for non CSI-RS subframes. Table A.4-3i is used for CSI-RS subframes. To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and #5.

273 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD The following requirements apply to UE Category 2-8. For the parameters specified in table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C and C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table in TS [6]) shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as wideband CQI 1 = wideband CQI 0 Codeword 1 offset level The wideband CQI 1 shall be within the set {median CQI 1-1, median CQI 1 +1} for more than 90% of the time, where the resulting wideband values CQI 1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI 0 1 and median CQI 1 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI and median CQI shall be greater than or equal to 0.1.

274 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-1 static test (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 10 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 ρ db [0] [0] [0] [0] Downlink power allocation (Note 1) A ρ B db [0] [0] [0] [0] P c db [-6] [-6] [-6] [-6] σ db [-3] [-3] Cell ID 0 0 Cell-specific reference signals CSI reference signals CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS Antenna ports 0, 1 Antenna ports 15,,22 (Note 2) Antenna ports 0, 1 Antenna ports 15,,22 (Note 2) 5/3 5/3 CSI-RS configuration 0 0 Zero-Power CSI-RS configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap CSI-IM configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap CSI process configuration Signal/Interference/Reporting mode Propagation condition and antenna configuration 3 / / / / / / CSI-RS/CSI-IM/PUCCH 1-1 CSI-RS/CSI-IM/PUCCH 1-1 Clause B.1 (8 x 2) Clause B.1 (2 x 2) Clause B.1 (8 x 2) Clause B.1 (2 x 2) 0x x CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap SNR (Note 3) db 17 [6] [7] 17 [14] [15] ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] -81 [-92] [-91] -81 [-84] [-83] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Modulation / Information bit payload (Note4) QPSK / 4392 (Note4) QPSK / 4392 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 Physical channel for CQI/PMI PUSCH PUSCH reporting (Note5) (Note5) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/second PMI 2b 2b Physical channel for RI reporting PUSCH PUSCH PUCCH Report Type for RI/ first PMI 5 5 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 N pd = 5 CQI Delay ms 10 or or 11 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 3 3 ri-configindex 805 (Note 6) 805 (Note 6) ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing PDSCH scheduled sub-frames [3,4,8,9] [3,4,8,9] Timing offset between TPs us 0 0 Frequency offset between TPs Hz 0 0

275 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2d with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 CRS have zero transmission power. For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Table A.4-3b is used for non CSI-RS subframes. Table A.4-3j is used for CSI-RS subframes. To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#7 and #2. RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At enb, CQI report collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification. 9.3 CQI reporting under fading conditions Frequency-selective scheduling mode The accuracy of sub-band channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency selective fading conditions is determined by a double-sided percentile of the reported differential CQI offset level 0 per sub-band, and the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest reported differential CQI offset level the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed format is transmitted on any sub-band in set S of TS [6]. The purpose is to verify that preferred sub-bands can be used for frequently-selective scheduling. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the sub-band CQI reporting under frequency selective fading conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 db Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least α % of the time but less than β % for each subband; b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be γ; c) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and subband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-6.

276 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) ρ db 0 Downlink power allocation A ρ db 0 B σ db 0 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel Clause B.2.4 with τ d = μs, a = 1, f D = 5 Hz Antenna configuration 1 x 2 Reporting interval ms 5 CQI delay ms 8 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-0 Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) Max number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-4 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2. For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. 1 Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] 2 2 β [%] γ UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least α % of the time but less than β % for each subband; b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be γ; c) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and subband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-6.

277 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) Downlink ρ A db 0 power ρ B db 0 allocation σ db 0 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Clause B.2.4 with Propagation channel τ d = 0.45 μs, a = 1, f D = 5 Hz Antenna configuration 1 x 2 Reporting interval ms 5 CQI delay ms 10 or 11 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-0 Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 ACK/NACK feedback mode Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Multiplexing If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-5 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2. For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] 2 2 β [%] γ UE Category FDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and with CRS assistance information) For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least α % of the time but less than β % for each sub-band; b) the ratio of the throughput in ABS subframes obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be γ;

278 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) c) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER in ABS subframes for the indicated transport formats shall be greater than or equal to ε. The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and subband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-6.

279 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 and 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 and 3 Bandwidth MHz PDSCH transmission mode 1 Note 10 1 Note 10 Downlink power allocation Propagation condition ρ db 0 0 A ρ db 0 0 B σ db 0 0 Clause B.2.4 Clause B.2.4 EVA5 with Td = 0.45 with Td = Low antenna us, a = 1, fd = 0.45 us, a = correlation 5 Hz 1, fd = 5 Hz Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2 E ) Cell 2: 12 s N oc2 (Note 1) db Cell 3: 10 ( j ) Noc 1 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 7) -98 (Note 7) ( j ) Noc at antenna ( j ) Noc 2 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 8) -98 (Note 8) port ( j ) N 3 dbm/15khz -93 (Note 9) -93 (Note 9) oc EVA5 Low antenna correlation Cell 2: 12 Cell 3: 10 Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Cell Id 0 Cell 2: 6 0 Cell 2: 6 Cell 3: 1 Cell 3: 1 Time Offset between Cells μs Cell 2: 3 usec Cell 2: 3 usec Cell 3: -1usec Cell 3: -1usec Frequency Shift between Cells Hz Cell 2: 300Hz Cell 2: 300Hz Cell 3: -100Hz Cell 3: -100Hz ABS pattern (Note 2) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 4) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 3) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols Max number of HARQ transmissions CQI delay ms 8 Reporting interval (Note 13) ms 10 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-0 Sub-band size RB 6 (full size)

280 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 2: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. Note 3: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 4: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7] Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 6: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2, and Cell3 are the same. Note 7: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 8: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 9: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs. Note 10: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 according to Table A.4-4 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2. Note 12: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 13: The CSI reporting is such that reference subframes belong to C csi,0. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] 2 2 β [%] γ ε UE Category TDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and with CRS assistance information) For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least α % of the time but less than β % for each sub-band; b) the ratio of the throughput in ABS subframes obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be γ; c) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER in ABS subframes for the indicated transport formats shall be greater than or equal to ε. The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and subband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-6.

281 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 and 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 and 3 Bandwidth MHz PDSCH transmission mode 1 Note 10 1 Note 10 Uplink downlink configuration 1 1 Special subframe configuration 4 4 Downlink power allocation Propagation condition ρ A db 0 0 ρ db 0 0 B σ db 0 0 Clause B.2.4 Clause B.2.4 EVA5 with Td = 0.45 with Td = 0.45 Low antenna us, a = 1, fd = us, a = 1, fd = correlation 5 Hz 5 Hz Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2 E ) Cell 2: 12 s N oc2 (Note 1) db Cell 3: 10 ( j ) Noc 1 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 7) -98 (Note 7) ( j ) Noc at antenna ( j ) Noc 2 dbm/15khz -98 (Note 8) -98 (Note 8) port ( j ) N 3 dbm/15khz -93 (Note 9) -93 (Note 9) oc EVA5 Low antenna correlation Cell 2: 12 Cell 3: 10 Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Cell Id 0 Cell 2: 6 Cell 2: 6 0 Cell 3: 1 Cell 3: 1 Time Offset between Cells μs Cell 2: 3 usec Cell 2: 3 usec Cell 3: -1usec Cell 3: -1usec Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell 2: 300Hz Cell 2: 300Hz Cell 3: -100Hz Cell 3: -100Hz ABS pattern (Note 2) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 4) C CSI Subframe Sets CSI, (Note 3) C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols Max number of HARQ transmissions CQI delay ms [14] Reporting interval (Note 13) ms 10 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-0 Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing N.A

282 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 2: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. Note 3: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 4: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 5: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] Note 6: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2, and Cell3 is the same. Note 7: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 8: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 9: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs. Note 10: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 according to Table A.4-5 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2. Note 12: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 13: The CSI reporting is such that reference subframes belong to C csi,0. Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] 2 2 β [%] γ ε UE Category Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-1 (CSI Reference Symbol) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least α % of the time but less than β % for each sub-band; b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be γ; c) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. Sub-bands of a size smaller than full size are excluded from the test. The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and subband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-6a or Table A.4-6b.

283 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Sub-band test for FDD Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 9 ρ db 0 A Downlink power ρ B db 0 allocation P c db 0 σ db 0 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel Clause B.2.4 with τ d = μs, a = 1, f D = 5 Hz Antenna configuration 2x2 Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 CRS reference signals Antenna ports 0 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15, 16 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/ 1 CSI-RS reference signal configuration 4 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap Reporting interval (Note 4) ms 5 CQI delay ms 8 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-4a with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2. Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 4: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted in uplink SF#0 and #5. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] 2 2 β [%] γ UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least α % of the time but less than β % for each sub-band; b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be γ;

284 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) c) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. Sub-bands of a size smaller than full size are excluded from the test. The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and subband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-6a or Table A.4-6b. Table Sub-band test for TDD Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 9 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 ρ A db 0 Downlink power ρ B db 0 allocation P c db 0 σ db 0 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel Clause B.2.4 with τ d = μs, a = 1, f D = 5 Hz Antenna configuration 2x2 Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 CRS reference signals Antenna port 0 CSI reference signals Antenna port 15,16 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/ 3 CSI-RS reference signal configuration 4 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap Reporting interval (Note 4) ms 5 CQI delay ms 10 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-5a with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2. Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 4: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted on uplink SF#2 and #7. Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] 2 2 β [%] γ UE Category

285 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Frequency non-selective scheduling mode The reporting accuracy of the channel quality indicator (CQI) under frequency non-selective fading conditions is determined by the reporting variance, and the relative increase of the throughput obtained when the transport format transmitted is that indicated by the reported CQI compared to the case for which a fixed transport format configured according to the reported median CQI is transmitted. In addition, the reporting accuracy is determined by a minimum BLER using the transport formats indicated by the reported CQI. The purpose is to verify that the UE is tracking the channel variations and selecting the largest transport format possible according to the prevailing channel state for frequently non-selective scheduling. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the CQI reporting under frequency non-selective fading conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 db Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbol) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least α % of the time; b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the wideband CQI median shall be γ ; c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.02 The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and reported wideband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-3 (for Category 2-8) or Table A.4-9 (for Category 1).

286 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Fading test for single antenna (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) ρ db 0 Downlink power allocation A ρ db 0 B σ db 0 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel EPA5 Correlation and antenna configuration High (1 x 2) Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 2 CQI delay ms 8 Physical channel for CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 4) PUCCH Report Type 4 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 1 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1 for Category 2-8 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A and Table A.4-7 for Category 1 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2. For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1, #3, #7 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5, #7, #1 and #3. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] γ UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least α % of the time; b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the wideband CQI median shall be γ ;

287 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and reported wideband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-3 (for Category 2-8) or Table A.4-9 (for Category 1). Table Fading test for single antenna (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) Downlink ρ A db 0 power ρ B db 0 allocation σ db 0 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel EPA5 Correlation and antenna configuration High (1 x 2) Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 CQI delay ms 10 or 11 Physical channel for CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 4) PUCCH Report Type 4 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 3 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 ACK/NACK feedback Multiplexing Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: mode If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2 for Category 2-8 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A and Table A.4-8 for Category 1 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2. For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2. Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] γ UE Category

288 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (CSI Reference Symbol) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least α % of the time; b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the wideband CQI median shall be γ ; c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and reported wideband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-3b or Table A.4-3c.

289 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Fading test for FDD Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 9 ρ A db 0 Downlink power ρ B db 0 allocation P c db -3 σ db -3 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel EPA5 Correlation and antenna configuration ULA High (4 x 2) Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,,18 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/1 CSI-RS reference signal configuration 2 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 CQI delay ms 8 Physical channel for CQI/ PMI reporting PUSCH (Note 4) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2 PUCCH channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH report type for RI 3 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 2 ri-configindex 1 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1a with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 4: To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#0 and #5. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] γ UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least α % of the time;

290 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the wideband CQI median shall be γ ; c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and reported wideband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-3b or Table A.4-3d.

291 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Fading test for TDD Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 9 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 ρ db 0 A Downlink power ρ B db 0 allocation P c db -6 σ db -3 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel EPA5 Correlation and antenna configuration XP High (8 x 2) Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 CRS reference signals Antenna ports 0, 1 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,,22 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/ 3 CSI-RS reference signal configuration 2 CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 (Sub-mode: 2) Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 CQI delay ms 10 Physical channel for CQI/ PMI reporting PUSCH (Note 4) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/ PMI 2c Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH report type for RI 3 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 3 ri-configindex 805 (Note 5) Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2a with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 4: To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#2 and #7. Note 5: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At enb, CQI report collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification and the reported CQI in subframe SF#7 of the previous frame is applied in downlink subframes until a new CQI (after CQI/PMI dropping) is available. Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] γ UE Category

292 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Frequency-selective interference The accuracy of sub-band channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency selective interference conditions is determined by a percentile of the reported differential CQI offset level +2 for a preferred sub-band, and the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest reported differential CQI offset level the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed format is transmitted on any sub-band in set S of TS [6]. The purpose is to verify that preferred sub-bands are used for frequently-selective scheduling under frequency-selective interference conditions Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbol) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of +2 shall be reported at least α % for at least one of the sub-bands of full size at the channel edges; b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be γ; The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. Sub-bands of a size smaller than full size are excluded from the test. The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and subband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-6. Table Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) 1 (port 0) Downlink ρ A db 0 0 power ρ B db 0 0 allocation σ db 0 0 ( j) Iot for RB 0 5 db[mw/15khz] ( j) Iot for RB 6 41 db[mw/15khz] ( j) Iot for RB db[mw/15khz] ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Propagation channel Clause B.2.4 with τ d = μs, a = 1, f D = 5 Hz Reporting interval ms 5 Antenna configuration 1 x 2 CQI delay ms 8 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-0 Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-4 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2.

293 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] γ UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of +2 shall be reported at least α % for at least one of the sub-bands of full size at the channel edges; b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be γ; The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. Sub-bands of a size smaller than full size are excluded from the test. The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and subband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-6. Table Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) 1 (port 0) Downlink ρ A db 0 0 power ρ B db 0 0 allocation σ db 0 0 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 ( j) Iot for RB 0 5 db[mw/15khz] ( j) Iot for RB 6 41 db[mw/15khz] ( j) Iot for RB db[mw/15khz] ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Propagation channel Clause B.2.4 with τ d = μs, a = 1, f D = 5 Hz Antenna configuration 1 x 2 Reporting interval ms 5 CQI delay ms 10 or 11 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-0 Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to table A.4-5 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2.

294 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 α [%] γ UE Category Void Void Void UE-selected subband CQI The accuracy of UE-selected subband channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency-selective fading conditions is determined by the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on the UE-selected subbands with the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed format is transmitted on any subband in set S of TS [6]. The purpose is to verify that correct subbands are accurately reported for frequencyselective scheduling. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the subband CQI reporting under frequency-selective fading conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 db Minimum requirement PUSCH 2-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected subband among the best M subbands reported by the UE the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected subband in set S shall be γ; The requirements only apply for subbands of full size and the random scheduling across the subbands is done by selecting a new subband in each TTI for FDD. The transport block size TBS (wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table of TS [6] that corresponds to the subband size.

295 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Subband test for single antenna transmission (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) ρ db 0 Downlink power allocation A ρ db 0 B σ db 0 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel Clause B.2.4 with τ d = μs, a = 1, f D = 5 Hz Reporting interval ms 5 CQI delay ms 8 Reporting mode PUSCH 2-0 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Subband size (k) RBs 3 (full size) Number of preferred subbands (M) 5 Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Note 3: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-10 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2. For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 γ UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected subband among the best M subbands reported by the UE the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected subband in set S shall be γ; The requirements only apply for subbands of full size and the random scheduling across the subbands is done by selecting a new subband in each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block size TBS (wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N entry in Table of TS [6] that corresponds to the subband size. PRB

296 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) Downlink ρ A db 0 power ρ B db 0 allocation σ db 0 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel Clause B.2.4 with τ d = μs, a = 1, f D = 5 Hz Reporting interval ms 5 CQI delay ms 10 or 11 Reporting mode PUSCH 2-0 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Subband size (k) RBs 3 (full size) Number of preferred subbands (M) 5 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-11 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2. Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 γ UE Category Minimum requirement PUCCH 2-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on subbands reported by the UE the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected subband in set S shall be γ; The requirements only apply for subbands of full size and the random scheduling across the subbands is done by selecting a new subband in each TTI for FDD. The transport block size TBS (wideband CQI median) is that resulting

297 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table of TS [6] that corresponds to the subband size. Table Subband test for single antenna transmission (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) ρ db 0 Downlink power allocation A ρ db 0 B σ db 0 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel Clause B.2.4 with τ d = μs, a = 1, f D = 5 Hz Reporting periodicity ms N P = 2 CQI delay ms 8 Physical channel for CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 4) PUCCH Report Type for wideband CQI 4 PUCCH Report Type for subband CQI 1 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Subband size (k) RBs 6 (full size) Number of bandwidth parts (J) 3 K 1 cqi-pmi-configindex 1 Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-4 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2. For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1, #3, #7 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5, #7, #1 and #3. CQI reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last bandwidth part) are to be disregarded and data scheduling according to the most recent subband CQI report for bandwidth part with j=1. In the case where wideband CQI is reported, data is to be scheduled according to the most recently used subband CQI report. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 γ UE Category

298 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on subbands reported by the UE the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected subband in set S shall be γ; The requirements only apply for subbands of full size and the random scheduling across the subbands is done by selecting a new subband in each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block size TBS (wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N entry in Table of TS [6] that corresponds to the subband size. PRB

299 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) Downlink ρ A db 0 power ρ B db 0 allocation σ db 0 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 SNR (Note 3) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel Clause B.2.4 with τ d = μs, a = 1, f D = 5 Hz Reporting periodicity ms N P = 5 CQI delay ms 10 or 11 Physical channel for CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 4) PUCCH Report Type for wideband CQI 4 PUCCH Report Type for subband CQI 1 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Subband size (k) RBs 6 (full size) Number of bandwidth parts (J) 3 K 1 cqi-pmi-configindex 3 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-5 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2. Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 4: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2. Note 5: CQI reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last bandwidth part) are to be disregarded and data scheduling according to the most recent subband CQI report for bandwidth part with j=1. Note 6: In the case where wideband CQI is reported, data is to be scheduled according to the most recently used subband CQI report.

300 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 γ UE Category Additional requirements for enhanced receiver Type A The purpose of the test is to verify that the reporting of the channel quality is based on the receiver of the enhanced Type A. Performance requirements are specified in terms of the relative increase of the throughput obtained when the transport format is that indicated by the reported CQI subject to an interference model compared to the case with a white Gaussian noise model, and a requirement on the minimum BLER of the transmitted transport formats indicated by the reported CQI subject to an interference model Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbol) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to an interference source with specified DIP and that obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to a white Gaussian noise source shall be γ ; b) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to an interference source with specified DIP, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater than or equal to 2%. The transport block sizes indicated by the reported wideband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-3 (for Category 2-8) or Table A.4-9 (for Category 1).

301 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Fading test for single antenna (FDD) Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell ID 0 1 SINR (Note 8) db -2 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 Propagation channel EPA5 Static (Note 7) Correlation and antenna configuration Low (1 x 2) (1 x 2) DIP (Note 4) db Reference measurement channel Note 2 R.2 FDD Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 2 CQI delay ms 8 Physical channel for PUSCH (Note CQI reporting 3) PUCCH Report Type 4 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 1 Max number of HARQ 1 transmissions Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1 for Category 2-8 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A and Table A.4-7 for Category 1 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2. To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1, #3, #7 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5, #7, #1 and #3. The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to N oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Two cells are considered in which Cell 1 is the serving cell and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The number of the CRS ports in both cells is the same. Intefering cell is fully loaded. Both cells are time-synchronous. Static channel is used for the interference model. In case for white Gaussian noise model Cell 2 is not present. Note 8: SINR corresponds to E ) s N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause Table Minimum requirement (FDD) TDD γ 1.8 UE Category 1-8 For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C, the minimum requirements are specified in and by the following a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to an interference source with specified DIP and that obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to a white Gaussian noise source shall be γ ;

302 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) b) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to an interference source with specified DIP, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater than or equal to 2%. The transport block sizes indicated by the reported wideband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-3 (for Category 2-8) or Table A.4-9 (for Category 1). Table Fading test for single antenna (TDD) Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 1 (port 0) Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell ID 0 1 SINR (Note 8) db -2 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel EPA5 Static (Note 7) Correlation and antenna configuration Low (1 x 2) (1 x 2) DIP (Note 4) db Reference measurement channel Note 2 R.2 TDD Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 CQI delay ms 10 or 11 Physical channel for PUSCH (Note CQI reporting 3) PUCCH Report Type 4 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 3 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2 for Category 2-8 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A and Table A.4-8 for Category 1 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2. Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2. Note 4: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to N oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 5: Two cells are considered in which Cell 1 is the serving cell and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The number of the CRS ports in both cells is the same. Intefering cell is fully loaded. Note 6: Both cells are time-synchronous. Note 7: Static channel is used for the interference model. In case for white Gaussian noise model Cell 2 is not present. Note 8: SINR corresponds to E ) s N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause

303 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Minimum requirement (TDD) γ 1.8 UE Category Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (CSI Reference Symbol) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to an interference source with specified DIP and that obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to a white Gaussian noise source shall be γ ; b) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to an interference source with specified DIP, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater than or equal to 2%. The transport block sizes indicated by the reported wideband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-3b or Table A.4-3h.

304 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Fading test for single antenna (FDD) Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 9 Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell ID 0 1 SINR (Note 8) db -2 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 Propagation channel EPA5 Static (Note 7) Correlation and antenna configuration Low (2 x 2) (1 x 2) DIP (Note 4) db Cell-specific reference Antenna ports Antenna port 0 signals 0,1 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,16 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset 5/1 CSI-RS reference signal configuration 2 Zero-power CSI-RS configuration Subframes / I CSI-RS / bitmap ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap CodeBookSubsetRestr iction bitmap Reference measurement channel Note 2 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 CQI delay ms 8 1 / R.2 FDD Physical channel for PUSCH (Note CQI/PMI reporting 3) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2 PUCCH channel for RI PUCCH reporting Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 2 ri-configindex 1 Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1c with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#0 and #5. The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to N oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Two cells are considered in which Cell 1 is the serving cell and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. Intefering cell is fully loaded. Both cells are time-synchronous. Static channel is used for the interference model. In case for white Gaussian noise model Cell 2 is not present.

305 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 8: SINR corresponds to E ) s N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause Table Minimum requirement (FDD) γ 1.8 UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C, the minimum requirements are specified in and by the following a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to an interference source with specified DIP and that obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to a white Gaussian noise source shall be γ ; b) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to an interference source with specified DIP, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater than or equal to 2%. The transport block sizes indicated by the reported wideband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-3b or Table A.4-3h.

306 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Fading test for single antenna (TDD) Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode 9 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Cell ID 0 1 SINR (Note 8) db -2 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel EPA5 Static (Note 7) Correlation and antenna configuration Low (2 x 2) (1 x 2) DIP (Note 4) db Cell-specific reference Antenna ports Antenna port 0 signals 0,1 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,16 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset 5/3 CSI-RS reference signal configuration 2 Zero-power CSI-RS configuration 3 / Subframes / I CSI-RS / bitmap ZeroPowerCSI-RS 0000 bitmap CodeBookSubsetRestr iction bitmap Reference measurement channel Note 2 R.2 TDD Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 (Sub-mode: 2) Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 CQI delay ms 10 Physical channel for PUSCH (Note CQI/PMI reporting 3) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2c Physical channel for RI PUCCH reporting Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 3 ri-configindex 805 (Note 9) Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2c with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#2 and #7. The respective received power spectral density of each interfering

307 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: cell relative to N oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Two cells are considered in which Cell 1 is the serving cell and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. Intefering cell is fully loaded. Both cells are time-synchronous. Static channel is used for the interference model. In case for white Gaussian noise model Cell 2 is not present. of Cell 1 as defined in clause RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At enb, CQI report collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification and the reported CQI in subframe SF#7 of the previous frame is applied in downlink subframes until a new CQI (after CQI/PMI dropping) is available. Note 8: SINR corresponds to E ) s N oc Note 9: Table Minimum requirement (TDD) γ 1.8 UE Category Minimum requirement (With multiple CSI processes) The purpose of the test is to verify the reporting accuracy of the CQI and the UE processing capability for multiple CSI processes. Each CSI process is associated with a CSI-RS resource and a CSI-IM resource as shown in Table For UE supports one CSI process, CSI process 2 is configured and the corresponding requirements shall be fulfilled. For UE supports three CSI processes, CSI processes 0, 1 and 2 are configured and the corresponding requirements shall be fulfilled. For UE supports four CSI processes, CSI processes 0, 1, 2 and 3 are configured and the corresponding requirements shall be fulfilled. Table Confiugration of CSI processes CSI process 0 CSI process 1 CSI process 2 CSI process 3 CSI-RS resource CSI-RS signal 0 CSI-RS signal 1 CSI-RS signal 0 CSI-RS signal 1 CSI-IM resource CSI-IM resource 0 CSI-IM resource 0 CSI-IM resource 1 CSI-IM resource FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least α % of the time but less than β % for each sub-band for CSI process 1, 2, or 3; b) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least δ % of the time for CSI process 0; c) the difference of the median CQIs of the reported wideband CQI for configurated CSI processes shall be greater or equal to the values as in Table ; d) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be γ; e) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to [0.02].

308 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. Sub-bands of a size smaller than full size are excluded from the test. The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and subband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-6c.

309 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Fading test for FDD Test 1 Test 2 Parameter Unit TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode ρ db 0 0 A Downlink power ρ B db 0 0 allocation P c db σ db -3-3 SNR (Note 7) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Clause B Clause B Propagation channel EPA 5 Low τ d with = 0.45 μs, a = 1, f = 5 Hz D EPA 5 Low τ d with = 0.45 μs, a = 1, f = 5 Hz Antenna configuration 4x2 2x2 4x2 2x2 Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 As specified in Section B.4.3 Timing offset between TPs us 0 0 Frequency offset between TPs Hz 0 0 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 CSI-RS signal 0 Antenna ports 15,,18 Antenna ports 15,,18 CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/1 5/1 CSI-RS 0 configuration 0 0 CSI-RS signal 1 Antenna ports 15,16 D Antenna ports 15,16 CSI-RS 1 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/1 5/1 CSI-RS 1 configuration / Zero-power CSI-RS 0 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap 0000 Zero-power CSI-RS 1 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap CSI process 0 1 / / / CSI-IM 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/1 5/1 5/1 5/1 CSI-IM 0 configuration CSI-IM 1 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/1 5/1 CSI-IM 1 configuration 6 6 CSI-IM 2 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/1 5/1 CSI-IM 2 configuration 1 1 CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 0 CSI-IM CSI-IM 0 CSI-IM 0 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 PUCCH 1-1 CodeBookSubsetR estriction bitmap 0x x Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 N pd = 5 CQI delay ms Physical channel for CQI/ PMI reporting PUSCH (Note 6) PUSCH (Note 6) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2 2 PUCCH channel PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2

310 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) for RI reporting PUCCH report type for RI 3 3 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 2 2 ri-configindex 1 1 CSI-RS CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS 1 CSI-IM CSI-IM 0 CSI-IM 0 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetR CSI process 1 estriction bitmap Reporting interval (Note 9) ms 5 5 CQI delay ms Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) 6 (full size) CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 0 CSI-IM CSI-IM 1 CSI-IM 1 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetR CSI process 2 estriction bitmap 0x x Reporting interval (Note 9) ms 5 5 CQI delay ms Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) (Note 8) 6 (full size) (Note 8) CSI-RS CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS 1 CSI-IM CSI-IM 2 CSI-IM 2 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetR CSI process 3 estriction bitmap Reporting interval (Note 9) ms 5 5 CQI delay ms Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) 6 (full size) CSI process for PDSCH scheduling CSI process 2 CSI process 2 Cell ID Quasi-co-located CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 1 Quasi-co-located CRS Same Cell ID Same Cell ID Same Cell ID Same Cell ID as Cell 1 as Cell 2 as Cell 1 as Cell 2 PMI for subframe 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9 0x x PMI for subframe 1 and 6 0x x Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 2: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 3: PDSCH transmission is scheduled on subframe 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9 from TP1. Note 4: TM10 OCNG is transmitted on subframe 1 and 6 from TP1. Note 5: TM10 OCNG is transmitted on subframe 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and 9 from TP2 Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ- ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and #5. Note 7: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 8: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted in uplink SF#0 and #5. Note 9: For these sub-bands which are not selected for PDSCH transmission, TM10 OCNG should be transmitted.

311 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Minimum requirement (FDD) CSI process 0 CSI process 1 CSI process 2 CSI process 3 α [%] [2] [2] [2] β [%] [40] [40] [40] δ [%] [10] γ [1.02] UE Category 1-8 Table Minimum median CQI difference between configured CSI processes (FDD) CSI process 1 CSI process 2 CSI process 3 CSI process 0 [1] [3] UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table and by the following a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least α % of the time but less than β % for each sub-band for CSI process 1, 2, or 3; b) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least δ % of the time for CSI process 0; c) the difference of the median CQIs of the reported wideband CQI for configurated CSI processes shall be greater or equal to the values as in Table ; d) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be γ; e) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to [0.02]. The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. Sub-bands of a size smaller than full size are excluded from the test. The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI median and subband CQI are selected according to Table A.4-6c.

312 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Fading test for TDD Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode Uplink downlink configuration Special subframe configuration ρ db 0 0 A Downlink power ρ B db 0 0 allocation P c db σ db -3-3 SNR (Note 7) db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Clause B Clause B Propagation channel EPA 5 Low τ d with = 0.45 μs, a = 1, f = 5 Hz D EPA 5 Low τ d with = 0.45 μs, a = 1, f = 5 Hz Antenna configuration 4x2 2x2 4x2 2x2 Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 As specified in Section B.4.3 Timing offset between TPs us 0 0 Frequency offset between TPs Hz 0 0 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 CSI-RS signal 0 Antenna ports 15,, 18 Antenna ports 15,, 18 CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/3 5/3 CSI-RS 0 configuration 0 0 CSI-RS signal 1 Antenna ports 15, 16 D Antenna ports 15, 16 CSI-RS 1 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/3 5/3 CSI-RS 1 configuration / Zero-power CSI-RS 0 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap Zero-power CSI-RS 1 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap CSI process 0 3 / / / CSI-IM 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/3 5/3 5/3 5/3 CSI-IM 0 configuration CSI-IM 1 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/3 5/3 CSI-IM 1 configuration 6 6 CSI-IM 2 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/3 5/3 CSI-IM 2 configuration 1 1 CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 0 CSI-IM CSI-IM 0 CSI-IM 0 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 PUCCH 1-1 CodeBookSubsetR estriction bitmap 0x x Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 N pd = 5 CQI delay ms Physical channel for CQI/ PMI reporting PUSCH (Note 6) PUSCH (Note 6) PUCCH Report 2 2

313 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Type for CQI/PMI PUCCH channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH report type for RI 3 3 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 3 3 ri-configindex 805 (Note 10) 805 (Note 10) CSI-RS CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS 1 CSI-IM CSI-IM 0 CSI-IM 0 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetR CSI process 1 estriction bitmap Reporting interval (Note 9) ms 5 5 CQI delay ms Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) 6 (full size) CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 0 CSI-IM CSI-IM 1 CSI-IM 1 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetR CSI process 2 estriction bitmap 0x x Reporting interval (Note 9) ms 5 5 CQI delay ms Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) (Note 8) 6 (full size) (Note 8) CSI-RS CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS 1 CSI-IM CSI-IM 2 CSI-IM 2 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 PUSCH 3-1 CodeBookSubsetR CSI process 3 estriction bitmap Reporting interval (Note 9) ms 5 5 CQI delay ms Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) 6 (full size) CSI process for PDSCH scheduling CSI process 2 CSI process 2 Cell ID Quasi-co-located CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 1 Quasi-co-located CRS Same Cell ID Same Cell ID Same Cell ID Same Cell ID as Cell 1 as Cell 2 as Cell 1 as Cell 2 PMI for subframe 4and 9 0x x PMI for subframe 3 and 8 0x x Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 2: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 3: PDSCH transmission is scheduled on subframe 4 and 9 from TP1. Note 4: TM10 OCNG is transmitted on subframe 1, 3, 6 and 8 from TP1. Note 5: TM10 OCNG is transmitted on subframe 1, 3, 4, 6, 8 and 9 from TP2. Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ- ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and #5. Note 7: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level. Note 8: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted in uplink SF#0 and #5. Note 9: For these sub-bands which are not selected for PDSCH transmission, TM10 OCNG should be transmitted. Note 10: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At enb, CQI report collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification and the reported CQI in subframe SF#7 of the previous frame is applied in downlink subframes until a new CQI (after CQI/PMI dropping) is available.

314 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Minimum requirement (TDD) CSI process 0 CSI process 1 CSI process 2 CSI process 3 α [%] [2] [2] [2] β [%] [40] [40] [40] δ [%] 10 γ [1.02] UE Category 1-8 Table Minimum median CQI difference between configured CSI processes (TDD) CSI process 1 CSI process 2 CSI process 3 CSI process 0 [1] [3] UE Category Reporting of Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) The minimum performance requirements of PMI reporting are defined based on the precoding gain, expressed as the relative increase in throughput when the transmitter is configured according to the UE reports compared to the case when the transmitter is using random precoding, respectively. When the transmitter uses random precoding, for each PDSCH allocation a precoder is randomly generated and applied to the PDSCH. A fixed transport format (FRC) is configured for all requirements. The requirements for transmission mode 6 with 1 TX and transmission mode 9 with 4 TX are specified in terms of the ratio t ue γ =. trnd In the definition of γ, for PUSCH 3-1 single PMI and PUSCH 1-2 multiple PMI requirements, t rnd is 60% of the maximum throughput obtained at SNR using random precoding, and rnd t ue the throughput measured at SNR with rnd precoders configured according to the UE reports; For the PUCCH 2-1 single PMI requirement, t rnd is 60% of the maximum throughput obtained at SNR using random rnd precoding on a randomly selected full-size subband in set S subbands, and t ue the throughput measured at SNR with rnd both the precoder and the preferred full-size subband applied according to the UE reports; For PUSCH 2-2 multiple PMI requirements, t rnd is 60% of the maximum throughput obtained at SNR using random rnd precoding on a randomly selected full-size subband in set S subbands, and t ue the throughput measured at SNR with rnd both the subband precoder and a randomly selected full-size subband (within the preferred subbands) applied according to the UE reports. The requirements for transmission mode 9 with 8 TX are specified in terms of the ratio γ = t ue, follow1, follow 2 t rnd1, rnd 2 In the definition of γ, for PUSCH 3-1 single PMI and PUSCH 1-2 multiple PMI requirements, t is 70% of the follow1, follow2 maximum throughput obtained at SNR using the precoders configured according to the UE reports, and follow1, follow2 trnd1, rnd 2 is the throughput measured at SNR with random precoding. follow1, follow2

315 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Single PMI Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-1 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table Table PMI test for single-layer (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 6 Propagation channel EVA5 Precoding granularity PRB 50 Correlation and antenna configuration Low 2 x 2 Downlink power allocation ρ db -3 A ρ B db -3 σ db 0 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 Reporting interval ms 1 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 Measurement channel R. 10 FDD OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity). Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n- 4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Parameter Test 1 γ 1.1 UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in

316 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table PMI test for single-layer (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 6 Uplink downlink configuration 1 Special subframe configuration 4 Propagation channel EVA5 Precoding granularity PRB 50 Correlation and antenna configuration Low 2 x 2 Downlink power allocation ρ db -3 A ρ B db -3 σ db 0 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 Reporting interval ms 1 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 or 11 Measurement channel R.10 TDD OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} ACK/NACK feedback Multiplexing Note 1: Note 2: mode For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each available downlink transmission instance. If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n- 4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Parameter Test 1 γ 1.1 UE Category Minimum requirement PUCCH 2-1 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

317 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table PMI test for single-layer (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 6 Propagation channel EVA5 Correlation and antenna configuration Low 4 x 2 Downlink ρ A db -6 power ρ B db -6 allocation σ db 3 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 PMI delay ms 8 or 9 Reporting mode PUCCH 2-1 (Note 6) Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 2 Physical channel for CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 3) PUCCH Report Type for wideband CQI/PMI 2 PUCCH Report Type for subband CQI 1 Measurement channel R.14-1 FDD OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD Precoding granularity PRB 6 (full size) Number of bandwidth parts (J) 3 K 1 cqi-pmi-configindex 1 Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated every two TTI (2 ms granularity). Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI/PMI or subband CQI, it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1, #3, #7 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5, #7, #1 and #3. Note 4: Reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last bandwidth part) are to be disregarded and instead data is to be transmitted on the most recently used subband for bandwidth part with j=1. Note 5: In the case where wideband PMI is reported, data is to be transmitted on the most recently used subband. Note 6: The bit field for PMI confirmation in DCI format 1B shall be mapped to 0 and TPMI information shall indicate the codebook index used in Table of TS [4] according to the latest PMI report on PUCCH. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 γ 1.2 UE Category 1-8

318 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table Table PMI test for single-layer (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 6 Uplink downlink configuration 1 Special subframe configuration 4 Propagation channel EVA5 Correlation and antenna configuration Low 4 x 2 Downlink ρ A db -6 power ρ B db -6 allocation σ db 3 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 PMI delay ms 10 Reporting mode PUCCH 2-1 (Note 6) Reporting periodicity ms N P = 5 Physical channel for CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 3) PUCCH Report Type for wideband CQI/PMI 2 PUCCH Report Type for subband CQI 1 Measurement channel R.14-1 TDD OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD Precoding granularity PRB 6 (full size) Number of bandwidth parts (J) 3 K 1 cqi-pmi-configindex 4 Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} ACK/NACK fedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each available downlink transmission instance. Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI/PMI or subband CQI it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3. Note 4: Reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last bandwidth part) are to be disregarded and instead data is to be transmitted on the most recently used subband for bandwidth part with j=1. Note 5: In the case where wideband PMI is reported, data is to be transmitted on the most recently used subband. Note 6: The bit field for PMI confirmation in DCI format 1B shall be mapped to 0 and TPMI information shall indicate the codebook index used in Table of TS [4] according to the latest PMI report on PUCCH.

319 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 γ 1.2 UE Category Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-1 (CSI Reference Symbol) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table Table PMI test for single-layer (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 9 Propagation channel EPA5 Precoding granularity PRB 50 Correlation and antenna configuration Low ULA 4 x 2 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,,18 Beamforming model Annex B.4.3 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset 5/ 1 T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI-RS reference signal configuration 6 CodeBookSubsetRestr iction bitmap 0x FFFF ρ db 0 Downlink power allocation A ρ B db 0 Pc db -3 σ db -3 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 Reporting interval ms 5 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 Measurement channel R.44 FDD OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity). Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n- 4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: PDSCH _RA= 0 db, PDSCH_RB= 0 db in order to have the same PDSCH and OCNG power per subcarrier at the receiver.

320 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Parameter Test 1 γ 1.2 UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

321 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table PMI test for single-layer (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 9 Uplink downlink configuration 1 Special subframe configuration 4 Propagation channel EVA5 Precoding granularity PRB 50 Antenna configuration 8 x 2 Correlation modeling High, Cross Cell-specific reference signals CSI reference signals Beamforming model CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI-RS reference signal configuration CodeBookSubsetRestr iction bitmap Downlink power allocation polarized Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 15,,22 Annex B.4.3 5/ 4 0 0x F FFE FFFF ρ A db 0 ρ B db 0 Pc db -6 σ db -3 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 Reporting interval ms 5 PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 Measurement channel R.45-1 TDD for UE Category 1, R.45 TDD for UE Category 2-8 OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity). Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n- 4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted on uplink SF#3 and #8. Note 4: Randomization of the principle beam direction shall be used as specified in B.2.3A.4

322 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Parameter Test 1 γ 3 UE Category a 9.4.1a a.1.1 Void Void Void 9.4.1a.1.2 Void Multiple PMI Minimum requirement PUSCH 1-2 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in

323 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table PMI test for single-layer (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 6 Propagation channel EPA5 Precoding granularity (only for reporting and PRB 6 following PMI) Correlation and antenna configuration Low 2 x 2 Downlink power allocation ρ db -3 A ρ B db -3 σ db 0 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 Reporting interval ms 1 PMI delay ms 8 Measurement channel R.11-3 FDD for UE Category 1, R.11 FDD for UE Category 2-8 OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoders shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity). Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n- 4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: One/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2 shall be used. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Parameter Test 1 γ 1.2 UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in

324 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table PMI test for single-layer (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 6 Uplink downlink configuration 1 Special subframe configuration 4 Propagation channel EPA5 Precoding granularity (only for reporting and PRB 6 following PMI) Correlation and antenna configuration Low 2 x 2 Downlink power allocation ρ db -3 A ρ B db -3 σ db 0 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 Reporting interval ms 1 PMI delay ms 10 or 11 Measurement channel R.11-3 TDD for UE Category 1 R.11 TDD for UE Category 2-8 OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} ACK/NACK feedback Multiplexing Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: mode For random precoder selection, the precoders shall be updated in each available downlink transmission instance. If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n- 4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). One/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2 shall be used. Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Parameter Test 1 γ 1.2 UE Category Minimum requirement PUSCH 2-2 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

325 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table PMI test for single-layer (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 6 Propagation channel EVA5 Correlation and antenna configuration Low 4 x 2 Downlink ρ A db -6 power ρ B db -6 allocation σ db 3 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 PMI delay ms 8 Reporting mode PUSCH 2-2 Reporting interval ms 1 Measurement channel R.14-2 FDD OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD Subband size (k) RBs 3 (full size) Number of preferred subbands (M) 5 Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity) Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 γ 1.2 UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

326 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table PMI test for single-layer (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 6 Uplink downlink configuration 1 Special subframe configuration 4 Propagation channel EVA5 Correlation and antenna configuration Low 4 x 2 Downlink ρ A db -6 power ρ B db -6 allocation σ db 3 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 PMI delay ms 10 Reporting mode PUSCH 2-2 Reporting interval ms 1 Measurement channel R.14-2 TDD OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD Subband size (k) RBs 3 (full size) Number of preferred subbands (M) 5 Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoders shall be updated in each available downlink transmission instance. Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 γ 1.15 UE Category Minimum requirement PUSCH 1-2 (CSI Reference Symbol) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in

327 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table PMI test for single-layer (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 9 Propagation channel EVA5 Precoding granularity (only for reporting and PRB 6 following PMI) Correlation and antenna configuration Low ULA 4 x 2 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,,18 Beamforming model Annex B.4.3 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset 5/ 1 T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI-RS reference signal configuration 8 CodeBookSubsetRestr iction bitmap 0x FFFF ρ db 0 Downlink power allocation A ρ B db 0 Pc db -3 σ db -3 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 Reporting interval ms 5 PMI delay ms 8 Measurement channel R.45-1 FDD for UE Category 1, R.45 FDD for UE Category 2-8 OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoders shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity). Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n- 4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: One/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2 shall be used. Note 4: PDSCH _RA= 0 db, PDSCH_RB= 0 db in order to have the same PDSCH and OCNG power per subcarrier at the receiver. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Parameter Test 1 γ 1.3 UE Category 1-8

328 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in

329 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table PMI test for single-layer (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Bandwidth MHz 10 Transmission mode 9 Uplink downlink configuration 1 Special subframe configuration 4 Propagation channel EVA5 Precoding granularity (only for reporting and PRB 6 following PMI) Antenna configuration 8 x 2 Correlation modeling High, Cross Cell-specific reference signals CSI reference signals Beamforming model CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI-RS reference signal configuration CodeBookSubsetRestr iction bitmap Downlink power allocation polarized Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 15,,22 Annex B.4.3 5/ 4 4 0x F FFE FFFF ρ A db 0 ρ B db 0 Pc db -6 σ db -3 ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] -98 Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 Reporting interval ms 5 (Note 4) PMI delay ms 8 Measurement channel R.45-1 TDD for UE Category 1, R.45 TDD for UE Category 2-8 OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoders shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity). Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n- 4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: One/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2 shall be used. Note 4: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted

330 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 5: on uplink SF#3 and #8. Randomization of the principle beam direction shall be used as specified in B.2.3A.4. Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Parameter Test 1 γ 3.5 UE Category Void Void Void Void 9.5 Reporting of Rank Indicator (RI) The purpose of this test is to verify that the reported rank indicator accurately represents the channel rank. The accuracy of RI (CQI) reporting is determined by the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on the reported rank compared to the case for which a fixed rank is used for transmission. Transmission mode 4 is used with the specified CodebookSubSetRestriction in section 9.5.1, transmission mode 9 is used with the specified CodebookSubSetRestriction in section and transmission mode 3 is used with the specified CodebookSubSetRestriction in section 9.5.3, and transmission mode 10 is used with the specified CodebookSubSetRestriction in section For fixed rank 1 transmission in sections 9.5.1, and 9.5.5, the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to two singlelayer precoders, For fixed rank 2 transmission in sections 9.5.1, and 9.5.5, the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to one two-layer precoder, For follow RI transmission in sections 9.5.1, 9.5.2, the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to select the union of these precoders. Channels with low and high correlation are used to ensure that RI reporting reflects the channel condition. For fixed rank 1 transmission in section 9.5.3, the RI reporting is restricted to single-layer, for fixed rank 2 transmission in section 9.5.3, the RI reporting is restricted to two-layers. For follow RI transmission in section 9.5.3, the RI reporting is either one or two layers Minimum requirement (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD The minimum performance requirement in Table is defined as a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be γ 1 ; b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be γ 2 ; TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband CQI is selected according to Table A.4-3a. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

331 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table RI Test (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 4 ρ A db -3 Downlink power allocation ρ B db -3 Propagation condition and antenna configuration σ db 0 2 x 2 EPA for fixed RI = 1 CodeBookSubsetRestriction for fixed RI = 2 bitmap for UE reported RI Antenna correlation Low Low High RI configuration Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI=1 follow RI and follow RI SNR db ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 (Note 4) Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2 Physical channel for RI reporting PUSCH (Note 3) PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 Reporting periodicity ms N pd= 5 PMI and CQI delay ms 8 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 6 ri-configurationind 1 (Note 5) Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI and CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI and wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Fixed RI=1 and follow RI To avoid collisions between RI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic RI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3. The bit field for precoding information in DCI format 2 shall be mapped as: For reported RI = 1 and PMI = 0 >> precoding information bit field index = 1 For reported RI = 1 and PMI = 1 >> precoding information bit field index = 2 For reported RI = 2 and PMI = 0 >> precoding information bit field index = 0 To avoid the ambiguity of TE behaviour when applying CQI and PMI during rank switching, RI reports are to be applied at the TE with one subframe delay in addition to Note 1 to align with CQI and PMI reports. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 γ γ 2 1 UE Category TDD The minimum performance requirement in Table is defined as

332 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be γ 1 ; b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be γ 2 ; TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband CQI is selected according to Table A.4-3a. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table Table RI Test (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 4 ρ db -3 Downlink power allocation A ρ db -3 B σ db 0 Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration Propagation condition and antenna configuration 4 2 x 2 EPA for fixed RI = 1 CodeBookSubsetRestriction for fixed RI = 2 bitmap for UE reported RI Antenna correlation Low Low High RI configuration Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI=1 follow RI and follow RI SNR db ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 (Note 3) Reporting interval ms 5 PMI and CQI delay ms 10 or 11 ACK/NACK feedback mode Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Fixed RI=1 and follow RI Bundling If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI and CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI and wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A Reported wideband CQI and PMI are used and sub-band CQI is discarded. Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 γ γ 2 1 UE Category Minimum requirement (CSI Reference Symbols) FDD The minimum performance requirement in Table is defined as

333 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be γ 1 ; b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be γ 2 ; TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband CQI is selected according to Table A.4-3e or Table A.4-3f. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

334 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table RI Test (FDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 9 ρ db 0 A Downlink power ρ B db 0 allocation Pc db 0 σ db 0 Propagation condition and antenna configuration 2 x 2 EPA5 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0 Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15, 16 CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset 5/1 T CSI-RS / CSI-RS CSI reference signal configuration for fixed RI = 1 CodeBookSubsetRestriction for fixed RI = 2 bitmap for UE reported RI Antenna correlation Low Low High RI configuration Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI=1 follow RI and follow RI SNR db ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting PUSCH (Note 3) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2 Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 PMI and CQI delay ms 8 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 6 ri-configurationind 1 (Note 4) Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Fixed RI=1 and follow RI If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI and CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI and wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1b with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and #5. To avoid the ambiguity of TE behaviour when applying CQI and PMI during rank switching, RI reports are to be applied at the TE with one subframe delay in addition to Note 1 to align with CQI and PMI reports. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 γ γ 2 1 UE Category

335 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD The minimum performance requirement in Table is defined as a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be γ 1 ; b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be γ 2 ; TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband CQI is selected according to Table A.4-3e or Table A.4-3f. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

336 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table RI Test (TDD) Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Bandwidth MHz 10 PDSCH transmission mode 9 ρ db 0 A Downlink power ρ B db 0 allocation Pc db 0 σ db 0 Uplink downlink configuration 1 Special subframe configuration 4 Propagation condition and antenna configuration 2 x 2 EPA5 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0 CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15, 16 Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 CSI reference signal 4 configuration CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS for fixed RI = 1 CodeBookSubsetRestriction for fixed RI = 2 bitmap for UE reported RI Antenna correlation Low Low High RI configuration Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI=1 Fixed RI=1 follow RI and follow RI and follow RI SNR db ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 Physical channel for CQI/ PMI reporting PUSCH (Note 3) PUCCH report type for CQI/ PMI 2 Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5 PMI and CQI delay ms 10 ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling cqi-pmi-configurationindex 4 ri-configurationind 1 Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI and CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI and wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 2: Note 3: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2b with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#3 and #8. 5/4 Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 γ γ 2 1 UE Category

337 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirement (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured) FDD The minimum performance requirement in Table is defined as a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be γ 1 TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband is selected according to Table A.4-3a. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

338 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table RI Test (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Bandwidth MHz PDSCH transmission mode 3 Note 10 3 Note 10 Downlink power allocation Propagation condition and antenna configuration CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap ρ db -3-3 A ρ db -3-3 B σ db for fixed RI = 1 10 for fixed RI = 2 11 for UE reported RI 2 x 2 EPA5 2 x 2 EPA5 01 for fixed RI = 1 10 for fixed RI = 2 11 for UE reported RI Antenna correlation Low Low Fixed Fixed RI=1 RI configuration RI=1 and and follow RI follow RI E ) db s N oc2 ( j ) -98 (Note Noc 1 3) -102 (Note 3) ( j) ( j ) dbmw/15kh -98 (Note N oc Noc 2 z 4) -98 (Note 4) ( j ) -98 (Note Noc 3 5) (Note 5) ˆ( j ) db[mw/15k I or Hz] Subframe Configuration Non- MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Cell Id Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) 2.5 (synchronous cells) ABS Pattern (Note 6) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 7) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 8) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM Symbols Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 PUCCH 1-0 Physical channel for CQI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for CQI 4 4

339 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 3 Reporting periodicity ms N pd= 10 N pd= 10 cqi-pmi-configurationindex ri-configurationind 5 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex ri-configurationind2 2 2 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Normal Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 2: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 5: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 6: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. Note 7: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. Note 8: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 9: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1 and Cell 2 is the same. Note 10: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 γ UE Category TDD The minimum performance requirement in Table is defined as a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be γ 1. TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband is selected according to Table A.4-3a. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

340 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table RI Test (TDD) Parameter Unit Test1 Test2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Bandwidth MHz PDSCH transmission mode 3 Note 11 3 Note 11 Uplink downlink configuration 1 Special subframe configuration [4] 4 Downlink power allocation Propagation condition and antenna configuration CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap ρ A db [-3] -3 ρ db [-3] -3 B σ db 0 0 [2 x 2 EPA5] 2 x 2 EPA5 01 for fixed RI = 1 10 for fixed RI = 2 11 for UE reported RI 01 for fixed RI = 1 10 for fixed RI = 2 11 for UE reported RI Antenna correlation Low Low Fixed Fixed RI=1 RI configuration RI=1 and and follow RI follow RI E ) db s N oc2 ( j ) -98 (Note Noc 1 4) -102 (Note 4) ( j) ( j ) db[mw/15k -98 (Note N oc Noc 2 Hz] 5) -98 (Note 5) ( j ) -98 (Note Noc 3 6) (Note 6) ˆ( j ) db[mw/15k I or Hz] Subframe Configuration Non- Non- MBSFN MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Cell Id Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells) 2.5 (synchronous cells) ABS Pattern (Note 7) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 8) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 9) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM Symbols Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 PUCCH 1-0 Physical channel for C CSI,0 CQI and RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for CQI 4 4

341 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Physical channel for C CSI,1 CQI and RI reporting PUSCH (Note 3) PUSCH (Note 3) PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 3 Reporting periodicity ms N pd= 10 N pd= 10 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing cqi-pmi-configurationindex 8 8 ri-configurationind 5 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 9 9 ri-configurationind2 0 0 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Normal Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 2: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 according to Table A.4-2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A Note 3: To avoid collisions between RI/CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report them on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic RI/CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3. Note 4: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 5: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 6: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs Note 7: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. Note 8: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]. Note 9: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. Note 10: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1 and Cell 2 is the same. Note 11: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 γ UE Category Minimum requirement (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and CRS assistance information are configured) FDD For the parameters specified in Table , the minimum performance requirement in Table is defined as a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be γ 1; b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be γ 2 ; TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband is selected according to Table A.4-3a. In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggresso cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.

342 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : RI Test (FDD) Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Bandwidth MHz PDSCH transmission mode 3 As defined in Note 1 As defined in Note 1 ρ A db Downlink power allocation Propagation condition and antenna configuration CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 ˆ( j) I or ρ B db σ db 0 N oc1 N oc2 N oc3 db[mw/15k Hz] db[mw/15k Hz] db[mw/15k Hz] db db[mw/15k Hz] 2 2 EPA5 (Note 2) 01 for fixed RI = 1 10 for fixed RI = 2 11 for UE reported RI 2 2 EPA5 (Note 2) As defined in Note EPA5 (Note 2) As defined in Note 1-98 (Note 3) -98 (Note 4) -93 (Note 5) Reference Value in Table for each test Reference Value in Table for each test Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 6) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 7) CSI Subframe Sets (Note 8) C CSI,0 C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 3 Note 9 Note 9 Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 Physical channel for CQI reporting PUCCH format 2 PUCCH Report Type for CQI 4 Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 Reporting periodicity ms N pd= 10

343 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) cqi-pmi-configurationindex 11 ri-configurationind 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 10 ri-configurationind2 2 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Note 1: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern OP.5 FDD as defined in Annex A Note 2: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Note 8: Note 9: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 3 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. Note 10: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A Note 12: The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 13: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in this test. ) E s N oc2 Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 for Cell 1 (db) ˆ( j) Ior for Cell 1 (db[mw/15khz]) Antenna correlation Low for Cell 1, Cell 2 Low for Cell 1, Cell 2 High for Cell 1, low for and Cell 3 and Cell 3 Cell 2 and Cell 3 γ γ 2 1 UE Category TDD For the parameters specified in Table , the minimum performance requirement in Table is defined as a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be γ 1; b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be γ 2 ; TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband is selected according to Table A.4-3a. In Table , Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggresso cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.

344 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : RI Test (TDD) Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Bandwidth MHz PDSCH transmission mode 3 As defined in Note 1 As defined in Note 1 Uplink downlink configuration Special subframe configuration ρ A db Downlink power allocation Propagation condition and antenna configuration CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap Noc at antenna port ) E s N oc2 ˆ( j) I or ρ B db σ db 0 N oc1 N oc2 N oc3 db[mw/15k Hz] db[mw/15k Hz] db[mw/15k Hz] db db[mw/15k Hz] 2 2 EPA5 (Note 2) 01 for fixed RI = 1 10 for fixed RI = 2 11 for UE reported RI 2 2 EPA5 (Note 2) As defined in Note EPA5 (Note 2) As defined in Note 1-98 (Note 3) -98 (Note 4) -93 (Note 5) Reference Value in Table for each test Reference Value in Table for each test Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Time Offset between Cells μs 3-1 Frequency shift between Cells Hz Cell Id ABS pattern (Note 6) RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 7) C CSI Subframe Sets CSI, (Note 8) C CSI, Number of control OFDM symbols 3 Note 9 Note 9 Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 Physical channel for C CSI,0 CQI and RI reporting PUCCH format 2 Physical channel for C CSI,1 CQI PUSCH (Note and RI reporting 14) PUCCH Report Type for CQI 4 PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 Reporting periodicity ms N pd= 10 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing cqi-pmi-configurationindex 8 ri-configurationind 5 cqi-pmi-configurationindex2 9 ri-configurationind2 0 Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal

345 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: Note 7: Note 8: Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern OP.5 TDD as defined in Annex A The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-abs ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7] As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [7]. The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 3 for the subframe indicated by 0 of ABS pattern. Note 10: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 according to Table A.4-2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A Note 12: The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 13: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in this test. Note 14: To avoid collisions between RI/CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report them on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic RI/CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3. ) E s N oc2 Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 for Cell 1 (db) ˆ( j) Ior for Cell 1 (db[mw/15khz]) Antenna correlation Low for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Low for Cell 1, Cell 2 High for Cell 1, low for Cell 3 and Cell 3 Cell 2 and Cell 3 γ γ 2 1 UE Category Minimum requirement (with CSI process) Each CSI process is associated with a CSI-RS resource and a CSI-IM resource as shown in Table For UE supports one CSI process, CSI process 0 is configured and the corresponding requirements shall be fulfilled. For UE supports multiple CSI processes, CSI processes 0 and 1 are configured for Test 2 and the corresponding requirements shall be fulfilled. Table Confiugration of CSI processes CSI process 0 CSI process 1 CSI-RS resource CSI-RS signal 0 CSI-RS signal 1 CSI-IM resource CSI-IM resource 0 CSI-IM resource FDD The minimum performance requirement in Table is defined as a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be γ 1 ;

346 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be γ 2 ; c) For Test 2, the RI reported for CSI process 1 shall be the same as the most recent RI reported for CSI process 0 if UE is configured with multiple CSI processes. TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband CQI is selected according to TBD. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

347 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table RI Test (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 Parameter Unit TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode ρ db 0 0 A Downlink power ρ B db 0 0 allocation P c db σ db 0 0 SNR db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel EPA 5 Low EPA 5 Low EPA 5 Low EPA 5 High Antenna configuration 2x2 2x2 2x2 2x2 Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 As specified in Section B.4.3 Timing offset between TPs us 0 0 Frequency offset between TPs Hz 0 0 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0 Antenna ports 0 CSI-RS signal 0 Antenna ports 15,16 Antenna ports 15,16 CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/1 5/1 CSI-RS 0 configuration 0 0 CSI-RS signal 1 Antenna ports 15,16 Antenna ports 15,16 CSI-RS 1 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/1 5/1 CSI-RS 1 configuration / Zero-power CSI-RS 0 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap Zero-power CSI-RS 1 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap CSI process 0 (Note 7) 1 / / / CSI-IM 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/1 5/1 CSI-IM 0 configuration 2 2 CSI-IM 1 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/1 5/1 CSI-IM 1 configuration 6 6 RI configuration Fixed RI=2 Fixed RI=1 and follow RI and follow RI Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting PUSCH (Note PUSCH (Note 6) 6) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH PUCCH Format 2 Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for RI CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 0 CSI-IM CSI-IM 0 CSI-IM 0 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 PUCCH 1-1 Reporting CSI process 1 (Note 7) PUSCH (Note 6) PUCCH Format 2 periodicity ms N pd = 5 N pd = 5 CQI delay ms 8 10 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 6 6 ri-configindex 1 1 CSI-RS CSI-RS 1 CSI-IM CSI-IM 1 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 5

348 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) CQI delay ms 10 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 4 ri-configindex 1 CSI process for PDSCH scheduling CSI process 0 CSI process 0 Cell ID Quasi-co-located CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 1 Quasi-co-located CRS Same Cell ID Same Cell ID Same Cell ID Same Cell ID as Cell 1 as Cell 2 as Cell 1 as Cell for for PMI for subframe 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9 fixed RI = 2 fixed RI = for UE for UE reported RI reported RI PMI for subframe 1 and Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH Note 3: PDSCH transmission is scheduled on subframe 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9 from TP1. Note 4: TM10 OCNG is transmitted on subframe 1 and 6 from TP1. Note 5: TM10 OCNG is transmitted on subframe 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and 9 from TP2 for Test 1; TP2 is blanked for Test 2. Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ- ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and #5. Note 7: If UE supports multiple CSI processes, CSI process 0 is configured as RI-reference CSI process for CSI process 1. Note 8: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted in uplink SF#0 and #5. Table Minimum requirement (FDD) Test 1 Test 2 γ 1 [1.0] γ 2 [1.0] UE Category TDD The minimum performance requirement in Table is defined as a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be γ 1 ; b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be γ 2 ; c) For Test 2, the RI reported for CSI process 1 shall be the same as the most recent RI reported for CSI process 0 if UE is configured with multiple CSI processes. TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS for wideband CQI is selected according to Table A.4-3e. For the parameters specified in Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table

349 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table RI Test (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 Parameter Unit TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2 Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz Transmission mode ρ db 0 0 A Downlink power ρ B db 0 0 allocation P c db σ db 0 0 Uplink downlink configuration Special subframe configuration SNR db ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Propagation channel EPA 5 Low EPA 5 Low EPA 5 Low EPA 5 High Antenna configuration 2x2 2x2 2x2 2x2 Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 As specified in Section B.4.3 Timing offset between TPs us 0 0 Frequency offset between TPs Hz 0 0 Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0 Antenna ports 0 CSI-RS signal 0 Antenna ports 15,16 Antenna ports 15,16 CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/3 5/3 CSI-RS 0 configuration 0 0 CSI-RS signal 1 Antenna ports 15,16 Antenna ports 15,16 CSI-RS 1 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/3 5/3 CSI-RS 1 configuration / Zero-power CSI-RS 0 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap Zero-power CSI-RS 1 configuration I CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap CSI process 0 (Note 7) 3 / / / CSI-IM 0 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/3 5/3 CSI-IM 0 configuration 2 2 CSI-IM 1 periodicity and subframe offset T CSI-RS / CSI-RS 5/3 5/3 CSI-IM 1 configuration 6 6 RI configuration Fixed RI=2 Fixed RI=1 and follow RI and follow RI Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting PUSCH (Note PUSCH (Note 6) 6) PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH PUCCH Format 2 Format 2 PUCCH Report Type for RI CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 0 CSI-IM CSI-IM 0 CSI-IM 0 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 PUCCH 1-1 Reporting CSI process 1 (Note 7) PUSCH (Note 6) PUCCH Format 2 periodicity ms N pd = 10 N pd = 10 CQI delay ms cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex [10] 10 ri-configindex [1] [1] CSI-RS CSI-RS 1 CSI-IM CSI-IM 1 Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1

350 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 10 CQI delay ms 10 cqi-pmi- ConfigurationIndex 15 ri-configindex 1 CSI process for PDSCH scheduling CSI process 0 CSI process 0 Cell ID Quasi-co-located CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 1 Quasi-co-located CRS Same Cell ID Same Cell ID Same Cell ID Same Cell ID as Cell 1 as Cell 2 as Cell 1 as Cell for for PMI for subframe 4 and 9 fixed RI = 2 fixed RI = for UE for UE reported RI reported RI PMI for subframe 3 and Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the enb downlink before SF#(n+4) Note 2: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH Note 3: PDSCH transmission is scheduled on subframe 4 and 9 from TP1. Note 4: TM10 OCNG is transmitted on subframe 1, 3, 6 and 8 from TP1. Note 5: TM10 OCNG is transmitted on subframe 1, 3, 4, 6, 8 and 9 from TP2 for Test 1; TP2 is blanked for Test 2. Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ- ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and #5. Note 7: If UE supports multiple CSI processes, CSI process 0 is configured as RI-reference CSI process for CSI process 1. Note 8: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted in uplink SF#0 and #5. Table Minimum requirement (TDD) Test 1 Test 2 γ 1 [1.0] γ 2 [1.0] UE Category Additional requirements for carrier aggregation This clause includes requirements for the reporting of channel state information (CSI) with the UE configured for carrier aggregation. The purpose is to verify that the channel state for each cell is correctly reported with multiple cells configured for periodic reporting Periodic reporting on multiple cells (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) FDD The following requirements apply to UE Category 3-8. For the parameters specified in Table and Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C and C on each cell, the difference between the wideband CQI indices of Pcell and Scell reported according to Table A.4-3 shall be such that for more than 90% of the time. wideband CQI Pcell wideband CQI Scell 2

351 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : Parameters for PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (FDD) Parameter Unit Pcell Scell PDSCH transmission mode 1 Downlink power ρ A db 0 allocation ρ B db 0 Propagation condition and antenna configuration AWGN (1 x 2) SNR db 10 4 ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Physical channel for CQI reporting PUCCH PUCCH Report Type PUCCH Format 2 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 10 cqi-pmi-configurationindex [shift of 5 ms relative to Pcell] Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A Table : PUCCH 1-0 static test (FDD) Test number Bandwidth combination CA capability 1 10MHz for both cells CL_A-A 2 20MHz for both cells CL_C TDD The following requirements apply to UE Category 3-8. For the parameters specified in Table and Table , and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C and C on each cell, the difference between the wideband CQI indices of Pcell and Scell reported according to Table A.4-3 shall be such that for more than 90% of the time. wideband CQI Pcell wideband CQI Scell 2

352 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table : PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (TDD) Parameter Unit Pcell Scell Uplink downlink configuration 2 Special subframe configuration 4 Downlink power allocation ρ A db 0 ρ db 0 B Propagation condition and antenna configuration AWGN (1 x 2) SNR db 10 4 ˆ( j ) I or db[mw/15khz] ( j) N oc db[mw/15khz] Physical channel for CQI reporting PUCCH PUCCH Report Type 4 Reporting periodicity ms N pd = 10 cqi-pmi-configurationindex 8 13 [shift of 5 ms relative to Pcell] Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A Table : PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD) Test number Bandwidth combination CA capability 1 20MHz for both cells CL_C, CL_A-A 10 Performance requirement (MBMS) 10.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel) The parameters specified in Table are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated. For the requirements defined in this section, the difference between CRS EPRE and the MBSFN RS EPRE should be set to 0 db as the UE demodulation performance might be different when this condition is not met (e.g. in scenarios where power offsets are present, such as scenarios when reserved cells are present). Table : Common Test Parameters (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Number of HARQ processes Subcarrier spacing Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (Note 1) Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH Processes khz None 15 khz 6 subframes Cyclic Prefix Extended Note1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in line with TS

353 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirement The receive characteristic of MBMS is determined by the BLER. The requirement is valid for all RRC states for which the UE has capabilities for MBMS. For the parameters specified in Table and Table and Annex A.3.8.1, the average downlink SNR shall be below the specified value for the BLER shown in Table Table : Test Parameters for Testing Parameter Unit Test 1-4 Downlink power allocation ρ A db 0 ρ B db 0 (Note 1) σ db 0 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 Note 1: P = 0. B Table : Minimum performance Test number Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern 1 10 MHz R.37 FDD OP.4 FDD 2 10 MHz R.38 FDD OP.4 FDD 3 10 MHz R.39 FDD OP.4 FDD 5.0MHz R.39-1 FDD OP.4 FDD MHz R.40 FDD OP.4 FDD Propagation condition MBSFN channel model (Table B.2.6-1) 10.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel) Correlation Matrix and antenna 1x2 low 1 Reference value MBMS BLER (%) SNR(dB) UE Category The parameters specified in Table are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated. For the requirements defined in this section, the difference between CRS EPRE and the MBSFN RS EPRE should be set to 0 db as the UE demodulation performance might be different when this condition is not met (e.g. in scenarios where power offsets are present, such as scenarios when reserved cells are present). Table : Common Test Parameters (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Number of HARQ processes Processes None Subcarrier spacing khz 15 khz Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (Note 1) Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH 5 subframes Cyclic Prefix Extended Note1: For TDD mode, in line with TS , Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is proposed, up to 5 subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS. 2

354 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Minimum requirement The receive characteristic of MBMS is determined by the BLER. The requirement is valid for all RRC states for which the UE has capabilities for MBMS. For the parameters specified in Table and Table and Annex A.3.8.2, the average downlink SNR shall be below the specified value for the BLER shown in Table Table : Test Parameters for Testing Parameter Unit Test 1-4 Downlink power allocation ρ A db 0 ρ B db 0 (Note 1) σ db 0 Noc at antenna port dbm/15khz -98 Note 1: P = 0. B Table : Minimum performance Test number Bandwidth Reference Channel OCNG Pattern 1 10 MHz R.37 TDD OP.4 TDD 2 10 MHz R.38 TDD OP.4 TDD 3a 10 MHz R.39 TDD OP.4 TDD 3b 5MHz R.39-1 TDD OP.4 TDD MHz R.40 TDD OP.4 TDD Propagation condition MBSFN channel model (Table B.2.6-1) Correlation Matrix and antenna 1x2 low 1 Reference value MBMS BLER (%) SNR(dB) UE Category

355 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Annex A (normative): Measurement channels A.1 General The throughput values defined in the measurement channels specified in Annex A, are calculated and are valid per datastream (codeword). For multi-stream (more than one codeword) transmissions, the throughput referenced in the minimum requirements is the sum of throughputs of all datastreams (codewords). The UE category entry in the definition of the reference measurement channel in Annex A is only informative and reveals the UE categories, which can support the corresponding measurement channel. Whether the measurement channel is used for testing a certain UE category or not is specified in the individual minimum requirements. A.2 UL reference measurement channels A.2.1 General A Applicability and common parameters The following sections define the UL signal applicable to the Transmitter Characteristics (clause 6) and for the Receiver Characteristics (clause 7) where the UL signal is relevant. The Reference channels in this section assume transmission of PUSCH and Demodulation Reference signal only. The following conditions apply: - 1 HARQ transmission - Cyclic Prefix normal - PUSCH hopping off - Link adaptation off - Demodulation Reference signal as per TS [4] subclause Where ACK/NACK is transmitted, it is assumed to be multiplexed on PUSCH as per TS [5] subclause ACK/NACK 1 bit - ACK/NACK mapping adjacent to Demodulation Reference symbol - ACK/NACK resources punctured into data - Max number of resources for ACK/NACK: 4 SC-FDMA symbols per subframe - No CQI transmitted, no RI transmitted A Determination of payload size The algorithm for determining the payload size A is as follows; given a desired coding rate R and radio block allocation N RB 1. Calculate the number of channel bits N ch that can be transmitted during the first transmission of a given sub-frame. 2. Find A such that the resulting coding rate is as close to R as possible, that is,

356 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) min R ( A + 24) /, subject to N ch a) A is a valid TB size according to section of TS [6] assuming an allocation of N RB resource blocks. b) Segmentation is not included in this formula, but should be considered in the TBS calculation. c) For RMC-s, which at the nominal target coding rate do not cover all the possible UE categories for the given modulation, reduce the target coding rate gradually (within the same modulation), until the maximal possible number of UE categories is covered. 3. If there is more than one A that minimises the equation above, then the larger value is chosen per default. A Overview of UL reference measurement channels In Table A are listed the UL reference measurement channels specified in annexes A.2.2 and A.2.3 of this release of TS This table is informative and serves only to a better overview. The reference for the concrete reference measurement channels and corresponding implementation s parameters as to be used for requirements are annexes A.2.2 and A.2.3 as appropriate.

357 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Overview of UL reference measurement channels Duplex Table Name BW Mod TCR RB FDD, Full RB allocation, QPSK FDD Table A QPSK 1/3 6 1 FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD, Full RB allocation, 16-QAM FDD Table A QAM 3/4 6 1 FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD, Partial RB allocation, QPSK FDD Table A QPSK 1/3 1 1 FDD Table A QPSK 1/3 2 1 FDD Table A QPSK 1/3 3 1 FDD Table A QPSK 1/3 4 1 FDD Table A QPSK 1/3 5 1 FDD Table A QPSK 1/3 6 1 FDD Table A QPSK 1/3 8 1 FDD Table A QPSK 1/3 9 1 FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ RB Off set UE Cat eg Notes

358 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD, Partial RB allocation, 16-QAM FDD Table A QAM 3/4 1 1 FDD Table A QAM 3/4 2 1 FDD Table A QAM 3/4 3 1 FDD Table A QAM 3/4 4 1 FDD Table A QAM 3/4 5 1 FDD Table A QAM 3/4 6 1 FDD Table A QAM 3/4 8 1 FDD Table A QAM 3/4 9 1 FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 2/ FDD Table A QAM 2/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 1/ FDD Table A QAM 2/ FDD Table A QAM 2/ FDD, Sustained data rate FDD Table A R.1-1 FDD 10 QPSK FDD Table A R.1-2 FDD 10 QPSK FDD Table A R.1-3 FDD 20 QPSK FDD Table A R.1-3A FDD 10 QPSK FDD Table A R.1-4 FDD 20 QPSK TDD, Full RB allocation, QPSK TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 6 1 TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 50 1

359 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD, Full RB allocation, 16-QAM TDD Table A QAM 3/4 6 1 TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD, Partial RB allocation, QPSK TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 1 1 TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 2 1 TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 3 1 TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 4 1 TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 5 1 TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 6 1 TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 8 1 TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 9 1 TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD, Partial RB allocation, 16-QAM TDD Table A QAM 3/4 1 1 TDD Table A QAM 3/4 2 1 TDD Table A QAM 3/4 3 1 TDD Table A QAM 3/4 4 1

360 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD Table A QAM 3/4 5 1 TDD Table A QAM 3/4 6 1 TDD Table A QAM 3/4 8 1 TDD Table A QAM 3/4 9 1 TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 2/ TDD Table A QAM 2/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 1/ TDD Table A QAM 2/ TDD Table A QAM 2/ TDD, Sustained data rate TDD Table A R.1-1 TDD 10 QPSK TDD Table A R.1-2 TDD 10 QPSK TDD Table A R.1-3 TDD 20 QPSK TDD Table A R.1-3B TDD 15 QPSK TDD Table A R.1-4 TDD 20 QPSK

361 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A.2.2 Reference measurement channels for FDD A Full RB allocation A QPSK Table A Reference Channels for QPSK with full RB allocation Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/5 1/6 Payload size Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 1) Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits Total symbols per Sub-Frame UE Category Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit) A QAM Table A Reference Channels for 16-QAM with full RB allocation Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame Modulation 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM Target Coding rate 3/4 1/2 1/3 3/4 1/2 1/3 Payload size Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 1) Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits Total symbols per Sub-Frame UE Category Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit) A QAM [FFS] A Partial RB allocation For each channel bandwidth, various partial RB allocations are specified. The number of allocated RBs is chosen according to values specified in the Tx and Rx requirements. The single allocated RB case is included. The allocated RBs are contiguous and start from one end of the channel bandwidth. A single allocated RB is at one end of the channel bandwidth.

362 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A QPSK Paramet er Ch BW Table A Reference Channels for QPSK with partial RB allocation Allocate d RBs DFT- OFDM Symbols per Sub- Frame Mod n Target Coding rate Payload size Transpo rt block CRC Number of code blocks per Sub- Frame (Note 1) Total number of bits per Sub- Frame Total symbols per Sub- Frame UE Categor y Unit MHz Bits Bits Bits QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

363 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A QAM Paramet er Ch BW Table A Reference Channels for 16-QAM with partial RB allocation Allocate d RBs DFT- OFDM Symbols per Sub- Frame Mod n Target Coding rate Payload size Transpo rt block CRC Number of code blocks per Sub- Frame (Note 1) Total number of bits per Sub- Frame Total symbols per Sub- Frame UE Categor y Unit MHz Bits Bits Bits QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 2/ QAM 2/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 2/ QAM 2/ Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit) A QAM [FFS]

364 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers Table A : Uplink Reference Channels for sustained data-rate test (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Reference Channel R.1-1 R.1-2 R.1-3 R.1-3A R.1-4 FFS FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD Channel Bandwidth MHz Allocated Resource Blocks 40 (Note 2) 40 (Note 2) 90 (Note 3) 40 (Note 2) 90 (Note 3) Allocated Sub-Frames per Radio-Frame DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK Coding Rate Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 1) Modulation Symbols per Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame Max Throughput over 1 Radio-Frame Mbps UE Category Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 2: RB-s 5-44 allocated with PUSCH. Note 3: RB-s 5-94 allocated with PUSCH. A.2.3 Reference measurement channels for TDD For TDD, the measurement channel is based on DL/UL configuration ratio of 2DL:2UL. A Full RB allocation A QPSK Table A Reference Channels for QPSK with full RB allocation Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/5 1/6 Payload size For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 1) For Sub-Frame 2,3,7, Total number of bits per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits Total symbols per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 2,3,7, UE Category Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit) Note 2: As per Table in TS [4]

365 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A QAM Table A Reference Channels for 16-QAM with full RB allocation Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame Modulation 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM Target Coding rate 3/4 1/2 1/3 3/4 1/2 1/3 Payload size For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 1) For Sub-Frame 2,3,7, Total number of bits per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits Total symbols per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 2,3,7, UE Category Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit) Note 2: As per Table in TS [4] A QAM [FFS] A Partial RB allocation For each channel bandwidth, various partial RB allocations are specified. The number of allocated RBs is chosen according to values specified in the Tx and Rx requirements. The single allocated RB case is included. The allocated RBs are contiguous and start from one end of the channel bandwidth. A single allocated RB is at one end of the channel bandwidth.

366 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A QPSK Parame ter Ch BW Table A Reference Channels for QPSK with partial RB allocation Allocat ed RBs UDL Configu ration (Note 2) DFT- OFDM Symbol s per Sub- Frame Mod n Target Coding rate Payloa d size for Sub- Frame 2, 3, 7, 8 Transp ort block CRC Number of code blocks per Sub- Frame (Note 1) Total number of bits per Sub- Frame for Sub- Frame 2, 3, 7, 8 Total symbol s per Sub- Frame for Sub- Frame 2, 3, 7, 8 UE Categor y Unit MHz Bits Bits Bits QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ QPSK 1/ Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit) Note 2: As per Table in TS [4]

367 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A QAM Parame ter Ch BW Table A Reference Channels for 16QAM with partial RB allocation Allocat ed RBs UDL Configu ration (Note 2) DFT- OFDM Symbol s per Sub- Frame Mod n Target Coding rate Payloa d size for Sub- Frame 2, 3, 7, 8 Transp ort block CRC Number of code blocks per Sub- Frame (Note 1) Total number of bits per Sub- Frame for Sub- Frame 2, 3, 7, 8 Total symbol s per Sub- Frame for Sub- Frame 2, 3, 7, 8 UE Categor y Unit MHz Bits Bits Bits QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 3/ QAM 2/ QAM 2/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 1/ QAM 2/ QAM 2/ Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit) Note 2: As per Table in TS [4] A QAM [FFS]

368 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers Table A : Uplink Reference Channels for sustained data-rate test (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Reference Channel R.1-1 TDD R.1-2 TDD R.1-3 TDD R.1-3B TDD R.1-4 TDD Channel Bandwidth MHz Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) Allocated Resource Blocks 40 (Note 3) 40 (Note 3) 90 (Note 5) 60 (Note 4) 90 (Note 5) Allocated Sub-Frames per Radio-Frame DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK Coding Rate For Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 3,7,8 n/a n/a n/a Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame Bits For Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 3,7, Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 1) For Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 3,7, Modulation Symbols per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 3,7, Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 3,7,8 n/a n/a n/a Max Throughput over 1 Radio-Frame Mbps UE Category Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit) Note 2: As per Table in TS [4] Note 3: RB-s 5-44 allocated with PUSCH. Note 4: RB-s 7-66 allocated with PUSCH. Note 5: RB-s 5-94 allocated with PUSCH. A.3 DL reference measurement channels A.3.1 General The number of available channel bits varies across the sub-frames due to PBCH and PSS/SSS overhead. The payload size per sub-frame is varied in order to keep the code rate constant throughout a frame. No user data is scheduled on subframes #5 in order to facilitate the transmission of system information blocks (SIB). The algorithm for determining the payload size A is as follows; given a desired coding rate R and radio block allocation N RB 1. Calculate the number of channel bits N ch that can be transmitted during the first transmission of a given sub-frame. 2. Find A such that the resulting coding rate is as close to R as possible, that is, min R ( A + 24) /, subject to N ch

369 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) a) A is a valid TB size according to section of TS [6] assuming an allocation of N RB resource blocks. b) Segmentation is not included in this formula, but should be considered in the TBS calculation. 3. If there is more than one A that minimizes the equation above, then the larger value is chosen per default. 4. For TDD, the measurement channel is based on DL/UL configuration ratio of 2DL+DwPTS (12 OFDM symbol): 2UL A Overview of DL reference measurement channels In Table A are listed the DL reference measurement channels specified in annexes A.3.2 to A.3.9 of this release of TS This table is informative and serves only to a better overview. The reference for the concrete reference measurement channels and corresponding implementation s parameters as to be used for requirements are annexes A.3.2 to A.3.9 as appropriate.

370 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Overview of DL reference measurement channels Duplex Table Name BW Mod TCR RB FDD, Receiver requirements FDD Table A QPSK 1/3 6 1 FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD, Receiver requirements TDD Table A QPSK 1/3 6 1 TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ TDD Table A QPSK 1/ FDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 3-5 FDD Table A QAM 3/4 6 - FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD Table A QAM 3/ FDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 1 FDD Table A.3.2-3a QAM 3/4 6 - FDD Table A.3.2-3a 3 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A.3.2-3a 5 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A.3.2-3a 10 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A.3.2-3a 15 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A.3.2-3a 20 64QAM 3/ FDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 2 FDD Table A.3.2-3b QAM 3/4 6 - FDD Table A.3.2-3b 3 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A.3.2-3b 5 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A.3.2-3b 10 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A.3.2-3b 15 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A.3.2-3b 20 64QAM 3/ TDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 3-5 TDD Table A QAM 3/4 6 - TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD Table A QAM 3/ TDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 1 TDD Table A.3.2-4a QAM 3/4 6 - TDD Table A.3.2-4a 3 64QAM 3/ RB Off set UE Cat eg Notes

371 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD Table A.3.2-4a 5 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A.3.2-4a 10 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A.3.2-4a 15 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A.3.2-4a 20 64QAM 3/ TDD, Receiver requirements, Maximum input level for UE Categories 2 TDD Table A.3.2-4b QAM 3/4 6 - TDD Table A.3.2-4b 3 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A.3.2-4b 5 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A.3.2-4b 10 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A.3.2-4b 15 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A.3.2-4b 20 64QAM 3/ FDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS) FDD Table A R.4 FDD 1.4 QPSK 1/3 6 1 FDD Table A R.42 FDD 20 QPSK 1/ FDD Table A R.2 FDD 10 QPSK 1/ FDD Table A R.3-1 FDD 5 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.3 FDD 10 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.5 FDD 3 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A R.6 FDD 5 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A R.7 FDD 10 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A R.8 FDD 15 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A R.9 FDD 20 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A a R.6-1 FDD 5 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A a R.7-1 FDD 10 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A a R.8-1 FDD 15 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A a R.9-1 FDD 20 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A a R.9-2 FDD 20 64QAM 3/ FDD Table A R.41 FDD 10 QPSK 1/ FDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS), Single PRB (Channel edge) FDD Table A R.0 FDD 3 16QAM 1/ / FDD Table A R.1 FDD 16QAM 1/ FDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS), Single PRB (MBSFN Configuration) FDD Table A R.29 FDD 10 16QAM 1/2 1 1 FDD, PDSCH Performance, Multi-antenna transmission (CRS), Two antenna ports FDD Table A R.10 FDD 10 QPSK 1/ FDD Table A R.11 FDD 10 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.11-2 FDD 5 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.11-3 FDD 10 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.11-4 FDD 10 QPSK 1/ FDD Table A R.30 FDD 20 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.30-1 FDD 15 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.35 FDD 10 64QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.35-1 FDD 20 64QAM FDD Table A R.35-2 FDD 15 64QAM FDD Table A R.35-3 FDD 10 64QAM FDD Table A R.35-4 FDD 10 64QAM FDD Table A R.46 FDD 10 QPSK 50 1 FDD Table A R.47 FDD 10 16QAM 50 1

372 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) FDD, PDSCH Performance, Multi-antenna transmission (CRS), Four antenna ports FDD Table A R.12 FDD 1.4 QPSK 1/3 6 1 FDD Table A R.13 FDD 10 QPSK 1/ FDD Table A R.14 FDD 10 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.14-1 FDD 10 16QAM 1/2 6 1 FDD Table A R.14-2 FDD 10 16QAM 1/2 3 1 FDD Table A R.14-3 FDD 20 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.36 FDD 10 64QAM 1/ FDD, PDSCH Performance (UE specific RS) Two antenna ports (CSI-RS) FDD Table A R.51 FDD 10 16QAM 1/ FDD, PDSCH Performance (UE specific RS) Two antenna ports (CSI-RS, non Quasi Co-located) FDD Table A R.52 FDD 10 64QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.53 FDD 10 64QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.54 FDD 10 16QAM 1/ FDD, PDSCH Performance (UE specific RS) Four antenna ports (CSI-RS) FDD Table A R.43 FDD 10 QPSK 1/ FDD Table A R.50 FDD 10 64QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.44 FDD 10 QPSK 1/ FDD Table A R.45 FDD 10 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.45-1 FDD 10 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.48 FDD 10 QPSK 50 1 FDD, PDSCH Performance: Carrier aggregation with power imbalance FDD Table A R.49 FDD 20 64QAM 5-8 TDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS) TDD Table A R.4 TDD 1.4 QPSK 1/3 6 1 TDD Table A R.42 TDD 20 QPSK 1/ TDD Table A R.2 TDD 10 QPSK 1/ TDD Table A R.3-1 TDD 5 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.3 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.5 TDD 3 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A R.6 TDD 5 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A R.7 TDD 10 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A R.8 TDD 15 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A R.9 TDD 20 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A a R.6-1 TDD 5 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A a R.7-1 TDD 10 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A a R.8-1 TDD 15 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A a R.9-1 TDD 20 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A a R.9-2 TDD 20 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A R.41 TDD 10 QPSK 1/ TDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS), Single PRB (Channel edge) TDD Table A R.0 TDD 3 16QAM 1/ / TDD Table A R.1 TDD 16QAM 1/ TDD, PDSCH Performance, Single-antenna transmission (CRS), Single PRB (MBSFN Configuration) TDD Table A R.29 TDD 10 16QAM 1/2 1 1 TDD, PDSCH Performance, Multi-antenna transmission (CRS), Two antenna ports TDD Table A R.10 TDD 10 QPSK 1/ TDD Table A R.11 TDD 10 16QAM 1/2 50 2

373 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD Table A R.11-1 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.11-2 TDD 5 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.11-3 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.11-4 TDD 10 QPSK 1/ TDD Table A R.30 TDD 20 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.30-1 TDD 20 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.30-2 TDD 20 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.35 TDD 10 64QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.35-1 TDD 20 64QAM TDD Table A R.35-2 TDD 10 64QAM TDD Table A R.46 TDD 10 QPSK 50 1 TDD Table A R.47 TDD 10 16QAM 50 1 TDD, PDSCH Performance, Multi-antenna transmission (CRS), Four antenna ports TDD Table A R.12 TDD 1.4 QPSK 1/3 6 1 TDD Table A R.13 TDD 10 QPSK 1/ TDD Table A R.14 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.14-1 TDD 10 16QAM 1/2 6 1 TDD Table A R.14-2 TDD 10 16QAM 1/2 3 1 TDD Table A R.43 TDD 20 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.36 TDD 10 64QAM 1/ TDD, PDSCH Performance, Single antenna port (DRS) TDD Table A R.25 TDD 10 QPSK 1/ TDD Table A R.26 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.26-1 TDD 5 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.27 TDD 10 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A R.27-1 TDD 10 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A R.28 TDD 10 16QAM 1/2 1 1 TDD, PDSCH Performance, Two antenna ports (DRS) TDD Table A R.31 TDD 10 QPSK 1/ TDD Table A R.32 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.32-1 TDD 5 16QAM 1/2 [25] 1 TDD Table A R.33 TDD 10 64QAM 3/ TDD Table A R.33-1 TDD 10 64QAM 3/4 [18] 1 TDD Table A R.34 TDD 10 64QAM 1/ TDD, PDSCH Performance (UE specific RS) Two antenna ports (CSI-RS) TDD Table A R.51 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD, PDSCH Performance (UE specific RS) Two antenna ports (CSI-RS, non Quasi Co-located) TDD Table A R.52 TDD 10 64QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.53 TDD 10 64QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.54 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD, PDSCH Performance (UE specific RS) Four antenna ports (CSI-RS) TDD Table A R.44 TDD 10 64QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.48 TDD 10 QPSK 50 1 TDD, PDSCH Performance (UE specific RS) Eight antenna ports (CSI-RS) TDD Table A R.50 TDD 10 QPSK 1/ TDD Table A R.45 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.45-1 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD, PDSCH Performance: Carrier aggregation with power imbalance

374 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD Table A R.49 TDD 20 64QAM 5-8 FDD, PDCCH / PCFICH Performance FDD Table A R.15 FDD 10 PDCCH FDD Table A R.15-1 FDD 10 PDCCH FDD Table A R.15-2 FDD 10 PDCCH FDD Table A R.16 FDD 10 PDCCH FDD Table A R.17 FDD 5 PDCCH TDD, PDCCH / PCFICH Performance TDD Table A R.15 TDD 10 PDCCH TDD Table A R.15-1 TDD 10 PDCCH TDD Table A R.15-2 TDD 10 PDCCH TDD Table A R.16 TDD 10 PDCCH TDD Table A R.17 TDD 5 PDCCH FDD / TDD, PHICH Performance FDD / TDD Table A R PHICH FDD / TDD Table A R PHICH FDD / TDD Table A R.20 5 PHICH FDD / TDD Table A R PHICH FDD / TDD, PBCH Performance FDD / TDD Table A R QPSK FDD / TDD Table A R QPSK FDD / TDD Table A R QPSK FDD, PMCH Performance 40/ / / 1920 FDD Table A R.40 FDD 1.4 QPSK 1/3 6 1 FDD Table A R.37 FDD 10 QPSK 1/ FDD Table A R.38 FDD 10 16QAM 1/ FDD Table A R.39-1 FDD 5 64QAM 2/ FDD Table A R.39 FDD 10 64QAM 2/ TDD, PMCH Performance TDD Table A R.40 TDD 1.4 QPSK 1/3 6 1 TDD Table A R.37 TDD 10 QPSK 1/ TDD Table A R.38 TDD 10 16QAM 1/ TDD Table A R.39-1 TDD 5 64QAM 2/ TDD Table A R.39 TDD 10 64QAM 2/ FDD, Sustained data rate (CRS) FDD Table A R.31-1 FDD 10 64QAM FDD Table A R.31-2 FDD 10 64QAM FDD Table A R.31-3 FDD 20 64QAM FDD Table A R.31-3A FDD 10 64QAM FDD Table A R.31-3C FDD 15 64QAM FDD Table A R.31-4 FDD 20 64QAM FDD Table A R.31-4B FDD 15 64QAM FDD Table A R.31-5 FDD 15 64QAM TDD, Sustained data rate (CRS)

375 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) TDD Table A R.31-1 TDD 10 64QAM TDD Table A R.31-2 TDD 10 64QAM TDD Table A R.31-3 TDD 20 64QAM TDD Table A R.31-3A TDD 15 64QAM TDD Table A R.31-4 TDD 20 64QAM FDD, Sustained data rate test with EPDCCH scheduling (CRS) FDD Table A R.31E-1 FDD 10 64QAM FDD Table A R.31E-2 FDD 10 64QAM FDD Table A R.31E-3 FDD 20 64QAM FDD Table A R.31E-3C QAM FDD 0.92 FDD Table A R.31E-3A QAM FDD 0.92 FDD Table A R.31E-4 FDD 20 64QAM FDD Table A R.31E-4B QAM FDD 0.90 TDD, Sustained data rate test with EPDCCH scheduling (CRS) TDD Table A R.31E-1 TDD 10 64QAM TDD Table A R.31E-2 TDD 10 64QAM TDD Table A R.31E-3 TDD 20 64QAM TDD Table A R.31E-3A TDD 15 64QAM TDD Table A R.31E-4 TDD 20 64QAM FDD, epdcch performance FDD Table A R.55 FDD 10 FDD Table A R.56 FDD 10 FDD Table A R.57 FDD 10 FDD Table A R.58 FDD 10 FDD Table A R.59 FDD 10 TDD, epdcch performance TDD Table A R.55 TDD 10 TDD Table A R.56 TDD 10 TDD Table A R.57 TDD 10 TDD Table A R.58 TDD 10 TDD Table A R.59 TDD 10 EPDCC H EPDCC H EPDCC H EPDCC H EPDCC H EPDCC H EPDCC H EPDCC H EPDCC H EPDCC H A.3.2 Reference measurement channel for receiver characteristics Tables A and A are applicable for measurements on the Receiver Characteristics (clause 7) with the exception of subclause 7.4 (Maximum input level).

376 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Tables A.3.2-3, A.3.2-3a, A.3.2-3b, A.3.2-4, A.3.2-4a and A.3.2-4b are applicable for subclause 7.4 (Maximum input level). Tables A and A also apply for the modulated interferer used in Clauses 7.5, 7.6 and 7.8 with test specific bandwidths. Table A Fixed Reference Channel for Receiver Requirements (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

377 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A Fixed Reference Channel for Receiver Requirements (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Channel Bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 5) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmission Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK Target coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame Bits For Sub-Frame 4, For Sub-Frame 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Transport block CRC Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frame 4, For Sub-Frame 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame Bits For Sub-Frame 4, For Sub-Frame 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps UE Category Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For special subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs. Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes(1&6) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance Note 3: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 5: As per Table in TS [4]

378 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Categories 3-8 (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Table A.3.2-3a Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 1 (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

379 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.3.2-3b Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 2 (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

380 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Categories 3-8 (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 5) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For special subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs. Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes(1&6) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance. Note 3: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 5: As per Table in TS [4].

381 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.3.2-4a Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 1 (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 5) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For special subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs. Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes(1&6) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance. Note 3: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 5: As per Table in TS [4].

382 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.3.2-4b Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 2 (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 5) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Transport block CRC Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For special subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs. Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes(1&6) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance. Note 3: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 5: As per Table in TS [4].

383 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A.3.3 Reference measurement channels for PDSCH performance requirements (FDD) A Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel QPSK R=1/3 Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.4 FDD R.42 FDD R.2 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 4) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 Information Bit Payload (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Notes 3 and 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps (Note 4) UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 4: Given per component carrier per codeword.

384 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel 16QAM R=1/2 Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.3-1 FDD R.3 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 9 9 Modulation 16QAM 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 2 3 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category 1 2 Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Table A : Fixed Reference Channel 64QAM R=3/4 Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.5 R.6 R.7 R.8 R.9 FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

385 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A a: Fixed Reference Channel 64QAM R=3/4 Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.6-1 FDD R.7-1 FDD R.8-1 FDD R.9-1 FDD R.9-2 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: Note 4: Localized allocation started from RB #0 is applied. If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Table A : Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB (Channel Edge) Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.0 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz / Allocated resource blocks 1 1 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 9 9 Modulation 16QAM 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 1 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category 1 1 R.1 FDD Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

386 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB (MBSFN Configuration) Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.29 FDD (MBSFN) Channel bandwidth MHz 10 Allocated resource blocks 1 MBSFN Configuration TBD Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 3 Modulation 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 256 For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 256 For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 0 (MBSFN) Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame 0 1 For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,6,7,8 0 (MBSFN) Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 552 For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 552 For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 0 (MBSFN) Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 76.8 UE Category 1 Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

387 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel QPSK R=1/10 Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.41 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 50 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 9 Modulation QPSK Target Coding Rate 1/10 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 1384 For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 1384 Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame 0 1 Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category 1 Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Table A : PCell Fixed Reference Channel for CA demodulation with power imbalance Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.49 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz 20 Allocated resource blocks Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 9 Modulation 64QAM Coding Rate For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9, 0.84 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 0, 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Code 11 For Sub-Frame 5 Blocks Code Blocks Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category 5-8 Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

388 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols) A Two antenna ports Reference channel Table A : Fixed Reference Channel two antenna ports Parameter Unit Value R.10 R.11 R.11-1 FDD FDD FDD R.11-2 FDD R.11-3 FDD Note 5 Channel MHz bandwidth Allocated resource blocks (Note 4) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QA M 16QA M QPS K 16QA M 16QA M 64QA M 64QAM 64QA M 64QA M Target Coding 1/3 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/ / Rate Information Bit Payload (Note 4) For Sub- Bits Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, For Sub- Bits Frame 5 For Sub- Frame 0 Number of Code Blocks (Notes 3 and 4) For Sub- Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 For Sub- Frame 5 For Sub- Frame 0 Binary Channel Bits (Note 4) For Sub- Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 For Sub- Frame 5 For Sub- Frame 0 Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame (Note 4) Bits R.11-4 FDD R.30 FDD R.30-1 FDD R.35-1 FDD R.35 FDD R.35-2 FDD R.35-3 FDD Bits Bits Bits Bits Bits Bits Mbps UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: Note 4: Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Given per component carrier per codeword. For R.11-3 resource blocks of RB6 RB45 are allocated

389 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel two antenna ports Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.46 FDD R.47 FDD R.35-4 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 4) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation QPSK 16QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 0.47 Information Bit Payload (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Notes 3 and 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Binary Channel Bits (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame (Note 4) UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit) Note 4: Given per component carrier per codeword.

390 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A Four antenna ports Table A : Fixed Reference Channel four antenna ports Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.12 FDD R.13 FDD R.14 FDD R.14-1 FDD R.14-2 FDD R.14-3 FDD R.36 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 4) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits [25456] For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a For Sub-Frame 0 Bits [22920] Number of Code Blocks (Notes 3 and 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, For Sub-Frame 5 n/a For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps [22.656] frame (Note 4) UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 4: Given per component carrier per codeword. A Reference Measurement Channel for UE-Specific Reference Symbols A Two antenna port (CSI-RS) The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying demodulation performance for UEspecific reference symbols with two cell-specific antenna ports and two CSI-RS antenna ports.

391 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with two CSI-RS antenna ports Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.51 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz 10 Allocated resource blocks 50 (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 9 Modulation 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 1,4,6,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 2,3,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 9528 Number of Code Blocks (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,4,6,9 Code 2 blocks For Sub-Frames 2,3,7,8 Code 2 blocks For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 2 Binary Channel Bits For Sub-Frames 1,4,6,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 2, For Sub-Frames 3, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame UE Category 2 Note 1: Note 2: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying demudlation performance for UE-specific reference symbols with two cell specific antenna ports and two CSI-RS antenna ports with ZP CSI-RS and NZP CSI-RS in same subframe.

392 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with two CSI-RS antenna ports with ZP CSI-RS and NZP CSI-RS Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.52 FDD R.53 FDD R.54 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 50 (Note 3) 50 (Note 3) 50 (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 1,3,4,6,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 2,7 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,3,4,6,8,9 Code blocks For Sub-Frames 2, 7 Code blocks For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Binary Channel Bits For Sub-Frames 1,3,4,6,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 2, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). A Four antenna ports (CSI-RS) The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying demodulation performance for UEspecific reference symbols with two cell-specific antenna ports and four CSI-RS antenna ports.

393 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with four CSI-RS antenna ports Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.43 FDD R.50 FDD R.48 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 50 (Note 3) 50 (Note 3) 50 (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation QPSK 64QAM QPSK Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 1,4,6,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 2,3,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,4,6,9 Code blocks For Sub-Frames 2,3,7,8 Code blocks For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Binary Channel Bits For Sub-Frames 1,4,6,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 2, For Sub-Frames 3, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: For R.31-1 and R.34-1, 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying FDD PMI accuracy measurement with two CRS antenna ports and four CSI-RS antenna ports.

394 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for four antenna ports (CSI-RS) Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.44 FDD R.45 FDD R.45-1 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation QPSK 16QAM 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames (Non CSI-RS subframe) Bits For Sub-Frames (CSI-RS subframe) Bits For Sub-Frames (ZeroPowerCSI-RS Bits subframe) For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames (Non CSI-RS subframe) For Sub-Frames (CSI-RS subframe) For Sub-Frames (ZeroPowerCSI-RS Bits subframe) For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames (Non CSI-RS subframe) Bits For Sub-Frames (CSI-RS subframe) Bits For Sub-Frames (ZeroPowerCSI-RS Bits subframe) For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 3: For R. 44 and R.45, 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0 Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

395 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A.3.4 Reference measurement channels for PDSCH performance requirements (TDD) A Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel QPSK R=1/3 Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.4 TDD R.42 TDD R.2 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 6) Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 4) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 Information Bit Payload (Note 6) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Notes 5 and 6) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1,6 2 1 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits (Note 6) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps (Note 6) UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: For BW=1.4 MHz, the information bit payloads of special subframes are set to zero (no scheduling) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance at the test point. Note 3: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 4: As per Table in TS [4]. Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 6: Given per component carrier per codeword.

396 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel 16QAM R=1/2 Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.3-1 TDD R.3 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1 1 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation 16QAM 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4,9 2 3 For Sub-Frames 1,6 1 2 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category 1 2 Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 3: As per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

397 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel 64QAM R=3/4 Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.5 TDD R.6 TDD R.7 TDD R.8 TDD R.9 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 3: As per Table TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

398 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A a: Fixed Reference Channel 64QAM R=3/4 Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.6-1 TDD R.7-1 TDD R.8-1 TDD R.9-1 TDD R.9-2 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 3) Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 4) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 3: Localized allocation started from RB #0 is applied. Note 4: As per Table TS [4]. Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

399 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.0 R.1 TDD TDD Channel bandwidth MHz / Allocated resource blocks 1 1 Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1 1 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation 16QAM 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 1 For Sub-Frames 1,6 1 1 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category 1 1 Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 3: As per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

400 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB (MBSFN Configuration) Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.29 TDD (MBSFN) Channel bandwidth MHz 10 Allocated resource blocks 1 MBSFN Configuration [TBD] Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 1+2 Modulation 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 0 (MBSFN) For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 208 For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 256 Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 0 (MBSFN) For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 1 For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 1 Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 0 (MBSFN) For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 456 For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 552 Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 67.2 UE Category 1 Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: as per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

401 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel QPSK R=1/10 Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.41 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 50 Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 4) 1 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 3+2 Modulation QPSK Target Coding Rate 1/10 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 1384 For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 1032 For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 1384 Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 For Sub-Frames 1,6 1 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame 0 1 Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category 1 Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: For BW=1.4 MHz, the information bit payloads of special subframes are set to zero (no scheduling) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance at the test point. Note 3: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 4: As per Table in TS [4]. Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

402 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : PCell Fixed Reference Channel for CA demodulation with power imbalance Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.49 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz 20 Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 1) 1 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 3+2 (D+S) Modulation 64QAM Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH per component carrier For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 OFDM 3 symbols For Sub-Frames 1,6 OFDM 2 symbols Target Coding Rate For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frames 5 For Sub-Frames Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 0, 4, 9 Bits For Sub-Frame 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 2) For Sub-Frames 0, 4, 9 For Sub-Frame 1,6 For Sub-Frame 5 Code Blocks Code Blocks Code Blocks 11 9 Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category 5-8 Note 1: Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBC allocated as per TS [4]. If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

403 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Signals) A Two antenna ports Table A : Fixed Reference Channel two antenna ports Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.10 TDD R.11 TDD R.11-1 TDD R.11-2 TDD R.11-3 TDD Note 6 R.11-4 TDD R.30 TDD R.30-1 TDD R.30-2 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 5) Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 6 Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Notes 4 and 5) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput Mbps averaged over 1 frame (Note 5) UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz a symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: As per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherw Note 5: Given per component carrier per codeword. Note 6: For R.11-3 resource blocks of RB6 RB45 are allocated.

404 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel two antenna ports Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.46 TDD R.47 TDD R.35-2 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 5) Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation QPSK 16QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 0.47 Information Bit Payload (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Notes 4 and 5) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput Mbps averaged over 1 frame (Note 5) UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: As per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 5: Given per component carrier per codeword

405 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A Four antenna ports Table A : Fixed Reference Channel four antenna ports Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.12 TDD R.13 TDD R.14 TDD R.14-1 TDD R.14-2 TDD R.43 TDD R.36 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 6) Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note ) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation QPSK QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload (Note 6) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Notes 5 and 6) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits (Note 6) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame (Note 6) UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: For BW=1.4 MHz, the information bit payloads of special subframes are set to zero (no scheduling) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance at the test point. Note 3: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 4: As per Table in TS [4]. Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 6: Given per component carrier per codeword. A Reference Measurement Channels for UE-Specific Reference Symbols A Single antenna port (Cell Specific) The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying demodulation performance for UEspecific reference symbols with one cell-specific antenna port.

406 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for DRS Parameter Unit Value R.26 R.26-1 TDD TDD Reference channel R.25 TDD R.27 TDD R.27-1 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 64QAM 64QAM 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: as per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: Note 5: Note 6: R.28 TDD For R.25, R.26 and R.27, 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1, 4, 6, 9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0. For R.26-1, 25 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1, 4, 6, 9 and 17 resource blocks (RB0 RB7 and RB16 RB24) are allocated in sub-frame 0. If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Localized allocation started from RB #0 is applied. A Two antenna ports (Cell Specific) The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying demodulation performance for CDMmultiplexed UE specific reference symbols with two cell-specific antenna ports.

407 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for CDM-multiplexed DM RS Reference channel R.31 TDD R.32 TDD R.32-1 TDD R.33 TDD R.33-1 TDD R.34 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput Mbps averaged over 1 frame UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: as per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: For R.31, R.32, R.33and R.34, 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4,9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0 and the DwPTS portion of sub-frames 1,6. For R.32-1, 25 resouce blocks are allocated in subframes 4,9 and 17 resource blocks (RB0 RB7 and RB16 RB24) are allocated in sub-frame 0 and the DwPTS portion of sub-frames 1, 6. Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 6: Localized allocation started from RB #0 is applied. A Two antenna ports (CSI-RS) The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying demodulation performance for CDMmultiplexed UE specific reference symbols with two cell-specific antenna ports and two CSI-RS antenna ports.

408 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with two CSI-RS antenna ports Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.51 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz 10 Allocated resource blocks 50 (Note 5) Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 3+2 (D+S) Modulation 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 (non CSI-RS Bits subframe) For Sub-Frame 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 7736 For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 9528 Number of Code Blocks (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4, 9 (non CSI-RS Code 2 subframe) blocks For Sub-Frames 4,9 Code 2 blocks For Sub-Frames 1,6 Code blocks 2 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame 0 Binary Channel Bits For Sub-Frames 4, 9 (non CSI-RS subframe) Code blocks 2 Bits For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame UE Category 2 Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: as per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4,9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0 and the DwPTS portion of sub-frames 1,6. The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying demudlation performance for UE-specific reference symbols with two cell specific antenna ports and two CSI-RS antenna ports with ZP CSI-RS and NZP CSI-RS in same subframe.

409 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with two CSI-RS antenna ports with ZP CSI-RS and NZP CSI-RS Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.52 TDD R.53 TDD R.54 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 50 (Note 5) 50 (Note 5) 50 (Note 5) Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frame 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Code blocks For Sub-Frames 1,6 Code blocks For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a For Sub-Frame 0 Code blocks Binary Channel Bits For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame UE Category Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: as per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 5: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4, 9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0 and the DwPTS portion of sub-frames 1, 6. A Four antenna ports (CSI-RS) The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying demodulation performance for CDMmultiplexed UE specific reference symbols with two cell-specific antenna ports and four CSI-RS antenna ports.

410 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with four CSI-RS antenna ports Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.44 TDD R.48 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 50 (Note 4) 50 (Note 4) Uplink-Downlink Configuration 1 1 (Note 3) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation 64QAM QPSK Target Coding Rate ½ Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 (non CSI-RS Bits subframe) For Sub-Frames 4,9 (CSI-RS Bits subframe) For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub- Frame (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4,9 (non CSI-RS subframe) 3 2 For Sub-Frames 4,9 (CSI-RS 3 2 subframe) For Sub-Frames 1,6 2 1 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 (non CSI-RS subframe) Bits For Sub-Frames 4,9 (CSI-RS Bits subframe) For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame UE Category 2 1 Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: as per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4,9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0 and the DwPTS portion of sub-frames 1,6. Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). A Eight antenna ports (CSI-RS) The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying demodulation performance for CDMmultiplexed UE specific reference symbols with two cell-specific antenna ports and eight CSI-RS antenna ports.

411 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with eight CSI-RS antenna ports Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.50 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz 10 Allocated resource blocks 50 (Note 4) Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 1 3) Allocated subframes per Radio 3+2 Frame (D+S) Modulation QPSK Target Coding Rate 1/3 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 (non CSI-RS Bits 3624 subframe) For Sub-Frames 4,9 (CSI-RS Bits 3624 subframe) For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 2984 Number of Code Blocks per Sub- Frame (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4,9 (non CSI-RS 1 subframe) For Sub-Frames 4,9 (CSI-RS 1 subframe) For Sub-Frames 1,6 1 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame 0 1 Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 (non CSI-RS Bits subframe) For Sub-Frames 4,9 (CSI-RS Bits subframe) For Sub-Frames 1, For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 9840 Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame UE Category 1 Note 1: Note 2: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: as per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: Note 5: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4,9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0 and the DwPTS portion of subframes 1,6. If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). The reference measurement channels in Table A apply for verifying TDD PMI accuracy measurement with two CRS antenna ports and eight CSI-RS antenna ports.

412 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for eight antenna ports (CSI-RS) Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.45 TDD R.45-1 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1 1 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 16QAM 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 1/2 Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4 and 9 (Non CSI-RS subframe) Bits For Sub-Frames 4 and 9 Bits (CSI-RS subframe) For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 5) For Sub-Frames 4 and 9 (Non CSI-RS subframe) For Sub-Frames 4 and (CSI-RS subframe) For Sub-Frames 1,6 2 2 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4 and 9 (Non CSI-RS subframe) Bits For Sub-Frames 4 and 9 Bits (CSI-RS subframe) For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps UE Category 2 1 Note 1: Note 2: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH. Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: As per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: for For R. 45, 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4,9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0 RB20 and RB30 RB49) are allocated in subframe 0 and the DwPTS portion of sub-frames 1,6. Note 5: Note 6: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Localized allocation started from RB #0 is applied.

413 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A.3.5 Reference measurement channels for PDCCH/PCFICH performance requirements A FDD Table A : Reference Channel FDD Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.15 FDD R.15-1 FDD R.15-2 FDD R.16 FDD R.17 FDD Number of transmitter antennas Channel bandwidth MHz Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH symbols Aggregation level CCE DCI Format Format 1 Format 1 Format 1 Format 2 Format 2 Cell ID Payload (without CRC) Bits A TDD Table A : Reference Channel TDD Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.15 TDD R.15-1 TDD R.15-2 TDD R.16 TDD R.17 TDD Number of transmitter antennas Channel bandwidth MHz Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH symbols Aggregation level CCE DCI Format Format 1 Format 1 Format 1 Format 2 Format 2 Cell ID Payload (without CRC) Bits A.3.6 Reference measurement channels for PHICH performance requirements Table A.3.6-1: Reference Channel FDD/TDD Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.18 R.19 R.20 R.24 Number of transmitter antennas Channel bandwidth MHz User roles (Note 1) W I1 I2 W I1 I2 W I1 I2 W I1 Resource allocation (Note 2) (0,0) (0,1) (0,4) (0,0) (0,1) (0,4) (0,0) (0,1) (0,4) (0,0) (0,1) Power offsets (Note 3) db Payload (Note 4) A R R A R R A R R A R Note 1: W=wanted user, I1=interfering user 1, I2=interfering user 2. Note 2: The resource allocation per user is given as (N_group_PHICH, N_seq_PHICH). Note 3: The power offsets (per user) represent the difference of the power of BPSK modulated symbol per PHICH relative to the first interfering user. Note 4: A=fixed ACK, R=random ACK/NACK.

414 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A.3.7 Reference measurement channels for PBCH performance requirements Table A.3.7-1: Reference Channel FDD/TDD Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.21 R.22 R.23 Number of transmitter antennas Channel bandwidth MHz Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK Target coding rate 40/ / /1920 Payload (without CRC) Bits A.3.8 Reference measurement channels for MBMS performance requirements A FDD Table A : Fixed Reference Channel QPSK R=1/3 Parameter PMCH Unit Value Reference channel R.40 FDD R.37 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 6 50 Allocated subframes per Radio 6 6 Frame (Note 1) Modulation QPSK QPSK Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 Information Bit Payload (Note 2) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits Number of Code Blocks per 1 1 Subframe (Note 3) Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits MBMS UE Category 1 1 Note 1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in line with TS Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; and reference signal allocated as per TS Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

415 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel 16QAM R=1/2 Parameter PMCH Unit Value Reference channel R.38 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 50 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (Note 1) 6 Modulation 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 Information Bit Payload (Note 2) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 9912 For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Subframe (Note 3) 2 Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits MBMS UE Category 1 Note 1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in line with TS Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; and reference signal allocated as per TS Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Table A : Fixed Reference Channel 64QAM R=2/3 Parameter PMCH Unit Value Reference channel R.39-1 R.39 FDD FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Allocated subframes per Radio Frame(Note1) 6 6 Modulation 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 2/3 2/3 Information Bit Payload (Note 2) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) 2 4 Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits MBMS UE Category 1 2 Note 1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in line with TS Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; and reference signal allocated as per TS Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

416 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A TDD Table A : Fixed Reference Channel QPSK R=1/3 Parameter PMCH Unit Value Reference channel R.40 TDD R.37 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 6 50 Uplink-Downlink Configuration(Note 1) 5 5 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 5 5 Modulation QPSK QPSK Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 Information Bit Payload (Note 2) For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Subframe 1 1 (Note 3) Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits MBMS UE Category 1 1 Note 1: For TDD mode, in line with TS , Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is proposed, up to 5 subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS. Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; reference signal allocated as per TS Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Table A : Fixed Reference Channel 16QAM R=1/2 Parameter PMCH Unit Value Reference channel R.38 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 50 Uplink-Downlink Configuration(Note 1) 5 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 5 Modulation 16QAM Target Coding Rate 1/2 Information Bit Payload (Note 2) For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits 9912 For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Subframe (Note 3) 2 Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits MBMS UE Category 1 Note 1: For TDD mode, in line with TS , Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is proposed, up to 5 subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS. Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; reference signal allocated as per TS Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

417 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel 64QAM R=2/3 Parameter Unit PMCH Value Reference channel R.39-1TDD R.39 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Uplink-Downlink Configuration(Note 1) 5 5 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 5 5 Modulation 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate 2/3 2/3 Information Bit Payload (Note 2) For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe 2 4 For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits MBMS UE Category 1 2 Note 1: For TDD mode, in line with TS , Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is proposed, up to 5 subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS. Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; reference signal allocated as per TS Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

418 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A.3.9 Reference measurement channels for sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers A FDD Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for sustained data-rate test (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.31-1 FDD R.31-2 FDD R.31-3 FDD R.31-3A FDD R.31-3C FDD R.31-4 FDD R.31-4B FDD R.31-5 FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 8) Note 5 Note 6 Note 7 Note 6 Note 10 Note 7 Note 11 Note 9 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Coding Rate For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9, For Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame Information Bit Payload (Note 8) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Notes 3 and 8) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Binary Channel Bits (Note 8) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of layers Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame (Note 8) UE Categories Note 1: 1 symbol allocated to PDCCH for all tests. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 4: Resource blocks n PRB = 0..2 are allocated for SIB transmissions in sub-frame 5 for all bandwidths. Note 5: Resource blocks n PRB = 6..14, are allocated for the user data in all sub-frames. Note 6: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks n PRB = in subframes 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9. Note 7: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks n PRB = in subframes 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9. Note 8: Given per component carrier per codeword. Note 9: Resource blocks nprb = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks nprb = in subframes 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9. Note 10: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frames 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9. Note 11: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks n PRB = in subframes 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9.

419 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A TDD Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for sustained data-rate test (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.31-1 TDD R.31-2 TDD R.31-3 TDD R.31-3A TDD R.31-4 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Note 6 Note 7 Note 8 Note 9 Note 8 Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) Number of HARQ Processes per Proces component carrier ses Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Target Coding Rate For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 3,7, For Sub-Frames 1 For Sub-Frames For Sub-Frames For Sub-Frames Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 3,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frame 1 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 6 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 3,7, For Sub-Frame 1 For Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 6 Bits n/a For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 3,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frame 1 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 6 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of layers Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps (Note 10) UE Category Note 1: 1 symbol allocated to PDCCH for all tests. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: As per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 5: Resource blocks n PRB = 0..2 are allocated for SIB transmissions in sub-frame 5 for all bandwidths. Note 6: Resource blocks n PRB = 6..14, are allocated for the user data in all subframes. Note 7: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks n PRB = in sub-frames 0,3,4,6,7,8,9. Note 8: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks n PRB = in sub-frames 0,3,4,6,7,8,9. Note 9: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in all sub-frames Note10: Given per component carrier per codeword.

420 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A FDD (EPDCCH scheduling) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for sustained data-rate test with EPDCCH scheduling (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.31E- 1 FDD R.31E- 2 FDD R.31E- 3 FDD R.31E- 3A FDD R.31E- 3C FDD R.31E- 4 FDD R.31E-4B FDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks (Note 8) Note 5 Note 6 Note 7 Note 6 Note 9 Note 7 Note 10 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM Coding Rate (subframes with PDCCH USS monitoring) For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9, For Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame Coding Rate (subframes with EPDCCH USS monitoring) For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9, For Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame Information Bit Payload (Note 8) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks (Notes 3 and 8) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Binary Channel Bits (Note 8) (subframes with PDCCH USS monitoring) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Binary Channel Bits (Note 8) (subframes with EPDCCH USS monitoring) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of layers Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame (Note 8) UE Categories Note 1: 1 symbol allocated to PDCCH for all tests. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 4: Resource blocks n PRB = 0..2 are allocated for SIB transmissions in sub-frame 5 for all bandwidths. Note 5: Resource blocks n PRB = 6..14, are allocated for the user data in all sub-frames. Note 6: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks n PRB = in sub-frames 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9. Note 7: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks n PRB = in sub-frames 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9. Note 8: Given per component carrier per codeword. Note 9: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frames 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9. Note 10: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks n PRB = in sub-frames 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9.

421 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A TDD (EPDCCH scheduling) Table A : Fixed Reference Channel for sustained data-rate with EPDCCH scheduling (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.31E-1 TDD R.31E-2 TDD R.31E-3 TDD R.31E-3A TDD R.31E-4 TDD Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Note 6 Note 7 Note 8 Note 9 Note 8 Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note ) Number of HARQ Processes per Processes component carrier Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) Coding Rate (subframes with PDCCH USS monitoring) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 3,7, For Sub-Frames 1 For Sub-Frames For Sub-Frames For Sub-Frames Coding Rate (subframes with EPDCCH USS monitoring) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 3,7, For Sub-Frames 1 For Sub-Frames For Sub-Frames For Sub-Frames Information Bit Payload For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 3,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frame 1 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 6 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of Code Blocks per Sub- Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 4, For Sub-Frames 3,7, For Sub-Frame 1 For Sub-Frame For Sub-Frame 6 Bits For Sub-Frame Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame (subframes with PDCCH USS monitoring) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 3,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frame 1 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 6 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame (subframes with EPDCCH USS monitoring) For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits For Sub-Frames 3,7,8 Bits For Sub-Frame 1 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 6 Bits

422 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Number of layers Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps frame (Note 10) UE Category Note 1: 1 symbol allocated to PDCCH for all tests. Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4]. Note 3: As per Table in TS [4]. Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 5: Resource blocks n PRB = 0..2 are allocated for SIB transmissions in sub-frame 5 for all bandwidths. Note 6: Resource blocks n PRB = 6..14, are allocated for the user data in all subframes. Note 7: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks n PRB = in sub-frames 0,3,4,6,7,8,9. Note 8: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in sub-frame 5, and resource blocks n PRB = in sub-frames 0,3,4,6,7,8,9. Note 9: Resource blocks n PRB = are allocated for the user data in all sub-frames Note10: Given per component carrier per codeword. A.3.10 Reference Measurement Channels for EPDCCH performance requirements A FDD Table A : Reference Channel FDD Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.55 FDD R.56 FDD R.57 FDD R.58 FDD R.59 FDD Number of transmitter antennas Channel bandwidth MHz Number of OFDM symbols for symbols PDCCH Aggregation level ECCE DCI Format 2A 2A 2C 2C 2D A TDD Table A : Reference Channel TDD Parameter Unit Value Reference channel R.55 TDD R.56 TDD R.57 TDD R.58 TDD R.59 TDD Number of transmitter antennas Channel bandwidth MHz Number of OFDM symbols for symbols PDCCH Aggregation level CCE DCI Format 2A 2A 2C 2C 2D A.4 CSI reference measurement channels CSI Performance for CA, PDSCH, Full allocation TDD Table A CQI CQI 100 This section defines the DL signal applicable to the reporting of channel quality information (Clause 9.2, 9.3 and 9.5).

423 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) In Table A.4-0 are listed the UL/DL reference measurement channels specified in annex A.4 of this release of TS This table is informative and serves only to a better overview. The reference for the concrete reference measurement channels and corresponding implementation s parameters as to be used for requirements are the other tables of this annex as appropriate. Table A.4-0: Overview of CSI reference measurement channels Duplex Table Name BW Mod TCR RB CSI Performance, PDSCH, Full allocation (CRS) RB Off set UE Cat eg Notes FDD Table A CQI CQI 50 TDD Table A CQI CQI 50 CSI Performance for CA, PDSCH, Full allocation TDD Table A CQI CQI 100 CSI Performance, PDSCH, Full allocation (CSI-RS): 2 CRS ports FDD Table A.4-1a 10 CQI CQI 50 TDD Table A.4-2a 10 CQI CQI 50 CSI Performance, PDSCH, Full allocation (CSI-RS): 1 CRS port FDD Table A.4-1b 10 CQI CQI 50 TDD Table A.4-2b 10 CQI CQI 50 CSI Performance, PDSCH, Partial allocation (CRS) (6 RB-s) FDD Table A CQI CQI 6 TDD Table A CQI CQI 6 CSI Performance, PDSCH, Partial allocation (CSI-RS) (6 RB-s) FDD Table A.4-4a 10 CQI CQI 6 TDD Table A.4-5a 10 CQI CQI 6 CSI Performance, PDSCH, Partial allocation (CSI process) (6 RB-s) FDD Table A.4-4b 10 CQI CQI 6 TDD Table A.4-5b 10 CQI CQI 6 CSI Performance, PDSCH, Partial allocation (CRS) (15 RB-s) FDD Table A CQI CQI 15 TDD Table A CQI CQI 15 CSI Performance, PDSCH, Partial allocation (CRS) (3 RB-s) FDD Table A CQI CQI 3 TDD Table A CQI CQI 3 The reference channel in Table A.4-1 complies with the CQI definition specified in Sec of [6]. Table A.4-3 specifies the transport format corresponding to each CQI for single antenna transmission. Table A.4-3a specifies the transport format corresponding to each CQI for dual antenna transmission.

424 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-1: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) full PRB allocation (CRS) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Target coding rate Table A.4-3 Table A.4-3 Table A.4-3a Table A.4-3a Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-3g Table A.4-3g Table A.4-1a: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) full PRB allocation (CSI-RS) : 2 CRS ports Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3c Target coding rate Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3c Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-1b: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) full PRB allocation (CSI-RS): 1 CRS port Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-3e Table A.4-3f Target coding rate Table A.4-3e Table A.4-3f Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead.

425 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-1c: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) full PRB allocation (CSI-RS) : 2 CRS ports Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3h Target coding rate Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3h Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-1d: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) full PRB allocation (CSI-RS and CSI-IM) : 2 CRS ports Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3i Target coding rate Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3i Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-2: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) full PRB allocation (CRS) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Target coding rate Table A.4-3 Table A.4-3 Table A.4-3a Table A.4-3a Table A.4-3g Table A.4-3g Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: When UL-DL configuration 1 is used and only subframes 4 and 9 are allocated to avoide PBCH and synchronizaiton signal overhead. When UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead.

426 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-2a: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) full PRB allocation (CSI-RS) : 2 CRS ports Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3d Target coding rate Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3d Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-2b: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) full PRB allocation (CSI-RS): 1 CRS port Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-3e Table A.4-3f Target coding rate Table A.4-3e Table A.4-3f Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: UL-DL configuration 1 is used and only subframes 4 and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-2c: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) full PRB allocation (CSI-RS) : 2 CRS ports Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3h Target coding rate Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3h Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead.

427 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-2d: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) full PRB allocation (CSI-RS and CSI-IM) : 2 CRS ports Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3j Target coding rate Table A.4-3b Table A.4-3j Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-3: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation single antenna transmission (CRS) CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement.

428 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-3a: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation dual antenna transmission (CRS) CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Note1: Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission.

429 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-3b: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation (CSI-RS): 2 CRS ports, Non CSI-RS subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Note1: Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission. Table A.4-3c: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation (CSI-RS): 2 CRS ports, 4 CSI-RS ports, CSI-RS Subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission.

430 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-3d: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation (CSI-RS): 2 CRS ports, 8 CSI-RS ports, CSI-RS Subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Note1: Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission. Table A.4-3e: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation (CSI-RS): 1 CRS port, Non CSI-RS subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission.

431 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-3f: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation (CSI-RS): 1 CRS port, 2 CSI-RS ports, CSI-RS Subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Note1: Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission. Table A.4-3g: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 100 PRB allocation single antenna transmission (CRS) CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement.

432 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-3h: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation (CSI-RS): 2 CRS ports, 2 CSI-RS ports, CSI-RS Subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Note1: Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission. Table A.4-3i: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation (CSI-RS and CSI-IM): 2 CRS ports, 4 CSI-RS ports, 4 zero power CSI-RS ports, CSI-RS Subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission.

433 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-3j: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation (CSI-RS and CSI-IM): 2 CRS ports, 8 CSI-RS ports, 4 zero power CSI-RS ports, CSI-RS Subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Note1: Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission. Table A.4-4: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) 6 PRB allocation (CRS) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-6 Target coding rate Table A.4-6 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead.

434 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-4a: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) 6 PRB allocation (CSI-RS) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-6a Table A.4-6b Target coding rate Table Table Number of HARQ Processes Proces ses A.4-6a A.4-6b Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-4b: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) 6 PRB allocation (CSI process) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-6c Target coding rate Number of HARQ Processes Proces ses Table A.4-6c Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Only subframes 2,3,4,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-5: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) 6 PRB allocation (CRS) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-6 Target coding rate Table A.4-6 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: Note 2: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead.

435 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-5a: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) 6 PRB allocation (CSI-RS) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-6a Table A.4-6b Target coding rate Table Table Number of HARQ Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Proces ses A.4-6a A.4-6b UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-6: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 6 PRB allocation (CRS) CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement.

436 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-6a: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 6 PRB allocation (CSI-RS): 1 CRS port, Non CSI-RS subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. Table A.4-6b: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 6 PRB allocation (CSI-RS): 1 CRS port, 2 CSI-RS ports, CSI-RS Subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement.

437 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-6c: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 6 PRB allocation (CSI process): 2 CRS ports, Non CSI-RS and Non CSI-IM subframe CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. Table A.4-7: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) partial PRB allocation (CRS) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 15 (Note 3) Subcarriers per resource block 12 Allocated subframes per Radio 8 Frame Modulation Table A.4-9 Target coding rate Table A.4-9 Number of HARQ processes 8 Maximum number of HARQ 1 transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Note 3: Centered within the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (Figure 5.6-1).

438 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-8: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) partial PRB allocation (CRS) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks 15 (Note 3) Subcarriers per resource block 12 Allocated subframes per Radio 4 Frame Modulation Table A.4-9 Target coding rate Table A.4-9 Number of HARQ processes 10 Maximum number of HARQ 1 transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: When UL-DL configuration 1 is used and only subframes 4 and 9 are allocated to avoide PBCH and synchronizaiton signal overhead. When UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Note 3: Centered within the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (Figure 5.6-1). Table A.4-9: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 15 PRB allocation (CRS) CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. Table A.4-10: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) 3 PRB allocation (CRS) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table Target coding rate A.4-12 Table A.4-12 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead.

439 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.4-11: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) 3 PRB allocation (CRS) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz Allocated resource blocks Subcarriers per resource block Allocated subframes per Radio Frame Modulation Table A.4-12 Target coding rate Table A.4-12 Number of HARQ Processes Processes Maximum number of HARQ transmissions Note 1: Note 2: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH. UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead. Table A.4-12: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 3 PRB allocation (CRS) CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Bit Payload Binary Channel Bits Per Sub- Frame 0 out of range out of range DTX QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM QAM Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. A.5 OFDMA Channel Noise Generator (OCNG) A.5.1 OCNG Patterns for FDD The following OCNG patterns are used for modelling allocations to virtual UEs (which are not under test) and/or allocations used for MBSFN. The OCNG pattern for each sub frame specifies the allocations that shall be filled with OCNG, and furthermore, the relative power level of each such allocation. In each test case the OCNG is expressed by parameters OCNG_RA and OCNG_RB which together with a relative power level (γ ) specifies the PDSCH EPRE-to-RS EPRE ratios in OFDM symbols with and without reference symbols, respectively. The relative power, which is used for modelling boosting per virtual UE allocation, is expressed by: γ i = PDSCH i _ RA/ OCNG _ RA = PDSCH i _ RB / OCNG _ RB,

440 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) where γ i denotes the relative power level of the i:th virtual UE. The parameter settings of OCNG_RA, OCNG_RB, and the set of relative power levels γ are chosen such that when also taking allocations to the UE under test into account, as given by a PDSCH reference channel, a constant transmitted power spectral density that is constant on an OFDM symbol basis is targeted. Moreover the OCNG pattern is accompanied by a PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH reference channel which specifies the control region. For any aggregation and PHICH allocation, the PDCCH and any unused PHICH groups are padded with resource element groups with a power level given respectively by PDCCH_RA/RB and PHICH_RA/RB as specified in the test case such that a total power spectral density in the control region that is constant on an OFDM symbol basis is targeted. For the performance requirements of UE with the CA capability, the OCNG patterns apply for each CC. A OCNG FDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the DL sub-frames, when the unallocated area is continuous in frequency domain (one sided). Table A : OP.1 FDD: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD Pattern Relative power level Subframe γ PRB [db] , 6 9 First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Note 1: Note 2: Allocation First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB PDSCH Data Note 1 These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 2. The parameterγ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS A OCNG FDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the DL sub-frames, when the unallocated area is discontinuous in frequency domain (divided in two parts by the allocated area two sided), starts with PRB 0 and ends with PRB NRB 1.

441 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) 0 (First allocated PRB-1) and (Last allocated PRB+1) Note 1: Note 2: N ) ( 1 RB Table A : OP.2 FDD: Two sided dynamic OCNG FDD Pattern Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe , 6 9 Allocation 0 (First allocated PRB-1) and (Last allocated PRB+1) 0 (First allocated PRB-1) and (Last allocated PRB+1) PDSCH Data ( NRB 1) ( NRB 1) Note 1 These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK γ modulated. The parameter PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 2. The parameterγ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS A OCNG FDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10 MHz Allocation n Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: PRB Table A : OP.3 FDD: OCNG FDD Pattern 3 Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe 0 5 4, 9 1 3, (Allocation: all empty PRB-s) PDSCH Data 0 Note 1 PMCH Data Note 2 These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. Each physical resource block (PRB) is assigned to MBSFN transmission. The data in each PRB shall be uncorrelated with data in other PRBs over the period of any measurement. The MBSFN data shall be QPSK modulated. PMCH subframes shall contain cell-specific Reference Signals only in the first symbol of the first time slot. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PMCH. If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The transmit power shall be equally split between all the transmit antennas used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS : Not Applicable A OCNG FDD pattern 4: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern for MBMS transmission This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the DL sub-frames, when the unallocated area is continuous in frequency domain (one sided) and MBMS performance is tested.

442 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : OP.4 FDD: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD Pattern for MBMS transmission Allocation n PRB First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe 0, 4, , (Allocation: all empty PRB-s) PDSCH Data PMCH Data Note 1 Note 2 These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameter PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. Each physical resource block (PRB) is assigned to MBSFN transmission. The data in each PRB shall be uncorrelated with data in other PRBs over the period of any measurement. The MBSFN data shall be QPSK modulated. PMCH subframes shall contain cell-specific Reference Signals only in the first symbol of the first time slot. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PMCH. If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The transmit power shall be equally split between all the transmit antennas used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS γ : Not Applicable A OCNG FDD pattern 5: One sided dynamic 16QAM modulated OCNG FDD pattern This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of DL sub-frames, when the unallocated area is continuous in the frequency domain (one sided).

443 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : OP.5 FDD: One sided dynamic 16QAM modulated OCNG FDD Pattern Relative power level Subframe γ PRB [db] , 6 9 First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Note 1: Note 2: Allocation First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB PDSCH Data Note 1 These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is 16QAM modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 3 (Large Delay CDD). The parameterγ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS A OCNG FDD pattern 6: dynamic OCNG FDD pattern when user data is in 2 non-contiguous blocks This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the DL sub-frames, when the unallocated area is discontinuous in frequency domain (divided in two parts by the first allocated block). The second allocated block ends with PRB NRB 1. Table A : OP.6 FDD: OCNG FDD Pattern when user data is in 2 non-contiguous blocks Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe , 6 9 Allocation 0 (First allocated PRB of first block -1) and (Last allocated PRB of first block +1) (First allocated PRB of second block -1) 0 (First allocated PRB of first block -1) and (Last allocated PRB of first block +1) (First allocated PRB of second block -1) Note 1: Note 2: 0 (First allocated PRB of first block -1) and (Last allocated PRB of first block +1) (First allocated PRB of second block -1) Note 1 PDSCH Data These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK γ modulated. The parameter PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 2. The parameterγ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS A OCNG FDD pattern 7: dynamic OCNG FDD pattern when user data is in multiple non-contiguous blocks This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data, EPDCCH or system information) of the DL sub-frames, when the unallocated area is discontinuous in frequency domain (divided in

444 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) multiple parts by the M allocated blocks for data transmission). The m-th allocated block starts with RPB N Start, m and ends with PRB N End, m 1, where m = 1,, M. The system bandwidth starts with RPB 0 and ends with N 1. Table A : OP.7 FDD: OCNG FDD Pattern when user data is in multiple non-contiguous blocks Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe , 6 9 Allocation 0 (PRB N Start, 1 1 ) 0 (PRB N Start, 1 1 ) 0 (PRB N Start, 1 1 ) (PRB N End, ( m 1) ) (PRB (PRB N End, ( m 1) ) (PRB (PRB N End, ( m 1) ) (PRB RB PDSCH Data N Start, m 1 ) (PRB N End, M ) (PRB N RB 1 ) N Start, m 1) (PRB N End, M ) (PRB N RB 1 ) N Start, m 1) (PRB N End, M ) (PRB N RB 1 ) Note 1 Note 1: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. Note 2: If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 2. The parameterγ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS A.5.2 OCNG Patterns for TDD The following OCNG patterns are used for modelling allocations to virtual UEs (which are not under test). The OCNG pattern for each sub frame specifies the allocations that shall be filled with OCNG, and furthermore, the relative power level of each such allocation. In each test case the OCNG is expressed by parameters OCNG_RA and OCNG_RB which together with a relative power level (γ ) specifies the PDSCH EPRE-to-RS EPRE ratios in OFDM symbols with and without reference symbols, respectively. The relative power, which is used for modelling boosting per virtual UE allocation, is expressed by: γ i = PDSCH i _ RA/ OCNG _ RA = PDSCH i _ RB / OCNG _ RB, where γ i denotes the relative power level of the i:th virtual UE. The parameter settings of OCNG_RA, OCNG_RB, and the set of relative power levels γ are chosen such that when also taking allocations to the UE under test into account, as given by a PDSCH reference channel, a transmitted power spectral density that is constant on an OFDM symbol basis is targeted. Moreover the OCNG pattern is accompanied by a PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH reference channel which specifies the control region. For any aggregation and PHICH allocation, the PDCCH and any unused PHICH groups are padded with resource element groups with a power level given respectively by PDCCH_RA/RB and PHICH_RA/RB as specified in the test case such that a total power spectral density in the control region that is constant on an OFDM symbol basis is targeted. A OCNG TDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the subframes available for DL transmission (depending on TDD UL/DL configuration), when the unallocated area is continuous in frequency domain (one sided).

445 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : OP.1 TDD: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD Pattern 0 5 First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe (only if available for DL) First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB 3, 4, 7, 8, 9 and 6 (as normal subframe) Note 2 Allocation First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB 1 and 6 (as special subframe) Note 2 First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB PDSCH Data Note 1 These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table in 3GPP TS If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 2. The parameterγ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS A OCNG TDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the subframes available for DL transmission (depending on TDD UL/DL configuration), when the unallocated area is discontinuous in frequency domain (divided in two parts by the allocated area two sided), starts with PRB 0 and ends with PRB NRB 1. Table A : OP.2 TDD: Two sided dynamic OCNG TDD Pattern Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe (only if available for DL) 0 5 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 (6 as normal subframe) Note 2 0 (First allocated PRB-1) and (Last allocated PRB+1) ( NRB 1) 0 (First allocated PRB-1) and (Last allocated PRB+1) ( NRB 1) Allocation 0 (First allocated PRB-1) and (Last allocated PRB+1) ( NRB 1) 1,6 (6 as special subframe) Note 2 0 (First allocated PRB-1) and (Last allocated PRB+1) ( NRB 1) PDSCH Data Note 1 Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table in 3GPP TS If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 2. The parameterγ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS

446 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A OCNG TDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10 MHz Table A : OP.3 TDD: OCNG TDD Pattern 3 for 5ms downlink-to-uplink switch-point periodicity Allocation n PRB Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe 0 5 4, 9 Note 2 1, 6 PDSCH Data PMCH Data (Allocation: all 0 Note 1 empty PRB-s) Note 3 Note 1: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. Note 2: Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table in 3GPP TS Note 3: Each physical resource block (PRB) is assigned to MBSFN transmission. The data in each PRB shall be uncorrelated with data in other PRBs over the period of any measurement. The MBSFN data shall be QPSK modulated. PMCH symbols shall not contain cell-specific Reference Signals. Note 4: If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The transmit power shall be equally split between all the transmit antennas used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS Not Applicable A OCNG TDD pattern 4: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern for MBMS transmission This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the DL sub-frames, when the unallocated area is continuous in frequency domain (one sided) and MBMS performance is tested. Table A : OP.4 TDD: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD Pattern for MBMS transmission Allocation n PRB 0 and 6 (as normal subframe) Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe (only for DL) 1 (as special subframe) 5 3, 4, 7 9 PDSCH Data PMCH Data

447 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) First unallocate d PRB Last unallocate d PRB First unallocate d PRB Last unallocate d PRB Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: 0 0 (Allocation: all empty PRB-s of DwPTS) 0 (Allocation: all empty PRB-s) Note 1 Note2 These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. Each physical resource block (PRB) is assigned to MBSFN transmission. The data in each PRB shall be uncorrelated with data in other PRBs over the period of any measurement. The MBSFN data shall be QPSK modulated. PMCH symbols shall not contain cell-specific Reference Signals. If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The transmit power shall be equally split between all the transmit antennas used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS Not Applicable A OCNG TDD pattern 5: One sided dynamic 16QAM modulated OCNG TDD pattern This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the sub-frames available for DL transmission (depending on TDD UL/DL configuration), when the unallocated area is continuous in frequency domain (one sided). Table A : OP.5 TDD: One sided dynamic 16QAM modulated OCNG TDD Pattern 0 5 First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe (only if available for DL) First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB 3, 4, 7, 8, 9 and 6 (as normal subframe) Note 2 Allocation First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB 1 and 6 (as special subframe) Note 2 First unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB PDSCH Data Note 1 These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is 16QAM modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table in 3GPP TS If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 3 (Large Delay CDD). The parameterγ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS

448 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) A OCNG TDD pattern 6: dynamic OCNG TDD pattern when user data is in 2 non-contiguous blocks This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the subframes available for DL transmission (depending on TDD UL/DL configuration), when the unallocated area is discontinuous in frequency domain (divided in two parts by the first allocated block). The second allocated block ends with PRB NRB 1. Table A : OP.6 TDD: OCNG TDD Pattern when user data is in 2 non-contiguous blocks Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe (only if available for DL) 0 5 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 (6 as normal subframe) Note 2 1,6 (6 as special subframe) Note 2 PDSCH Data Allocation 0 (First allocated PRB of first block -1) and (Last allocated PRB of first block +1) (First allocated PRB of second block -1) 0 (First allocated PRB of first block -1) and (Last allocated PRB of first block +1) (First allocated PRB of second block -1) 0 (First allocated PRB of first block -1) and (Last allocated PRB of first block +1) (First allocated PRB of second block -1) 0 (First allocated PRB of first block -1) and (Last allocated PRB of first block +1) (First allocated PRB of second block -1) Note 1 Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table in 3GPP TS If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 2. The parameterγ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS A OCNG TDD pattern 7: dynamic OCNG TDD pattern when user data is in multiple non-contiguous blocks This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data, EPDCCH or system information) of the DL sub-frames, when the unallocated area is discontinuous in frequency domain (divided in multiple parts by the M allocated blocks for data transmission). The m-th allocated block starts with RPB N Start, m and ends with PRB N End, m 1, where m = 1,, M. The system bandwidth starts with RPB 0 and ends with N 1. RB

449 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A : OP.7 TDD: OCNG TDD Pattern when user data is in multiple non-contiguous blocks Relative power level γ PRB [db] Subframe (only if available for DL) 0 5 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 (6 as normal subframe) Note 2 1,6 (6 as special subframe) Note 2 PDSCH Data Allocation 0 (PRB N Start, 1 1 ) (PRB N End, ( m 1) ) (PRB N Start, m 1) (PRB N End, M ) (PRB N RB 1 ) 0 (PRB N Start, 1 1 ) (PRB N End, ( m 1) ) (PRB N Start, m 1) (PRB N End, M ) (PRB N RB 1 ) 0 (PRB N Start, 1 1 ) (PRB N End, ( m 1) ) (PRB N Start, m 1) (PRB N End, M ) (PRB N RB 1 ) 0 (PRB N Start, 1 1 ) (PRB N End, ( m 1) ) (PRB N Start, m 1) (PRB N End, M ) (PRB N RB 1 ) Note 1 Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameterγ PRB is used to scale the power of PDSCH. Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table in 3GPP TS If two or more transmit antennas with CRS are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all the transmit antennas with CRS according to transmission mode 2. The parameterγ PRB applies to each antenna port separately, so the transmit power is equal between all the transmit antennas with CRS used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS

450 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Annex B (normative): Propagation conditions B.1 Static propagation condition For 2 port transmission the channel matrix is defined in the frequency domain by 1 = 1 j j H. For 4 port transmission the channel matrix is defined in the frequency domain by 11 j j H = 11 j j For 8 port transmission the channel matrix is defined in the frequency domain by 1111 j j j j H = 1111 j j j j B.2 Multi-path fading propagation conditions The multipath propagation conditions consist of several parts: - A delay profile in the form of a "tapped delay-line", characterized by a number of taps at fixed positions on a sampling grid. The profile can be further characterized by the r.m.s. delay spread and the maximum delay spanned by the taps. - A combination of channel model parameters that include the Delay profile and the Doppler spectrum, that is characterized by a classical spectrum shape and a maximum Doppler frequency - A set of correlation matrices defining the correlation between the UE and enodeb antennas in case of multi-antenna systems. - Additional multi-path models used for CQI (Channel Quality Indication) tests B.2.1 Delay profiles The delay profiles are selected to be representative of low, medium and high delay spread environments. The resulting model parameters are defined in Table B and the tapped delay line models are defined in Tables B.2.1-2, B and B Table B Delay profiles for E-UTRA channel models Model Number of channel taps Delay spread (r.m.s.) Maximum excess tap delay (span) Extended Pedestrian A (EPA) 7 45 ns 410 ns Extended Vehicular A model (EVA) ns 2510 ns Extended Typical Urban model (ETU) ns 5000 ns

451 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table B Extended Pedestrian A model (EPA) Excess tap delay [ns] Relative power [db] Table B Extended Vehicular A model (EVA) Excess tap delay [ns] Relative power [db] Table B Extended Typical Urban model (ETU) Excess tap delay [ns] Relative power [db] B.2.2 Combinations of channel model parameters The propagation conditions used for the performance measurements in multi-path fading environment are indicated as EVA[number], EPA[number] or ETU[number] where number indicates the maximum Doppler frequency (Hz). Table B Void B.2.3 MIMO Channel Correlation Matrices The MIMO channel correlation matrices defined in B.2.3 apply for the antenna configuration using uniform linear arrays at both enodeb and UE. B Definition of MIMO Correlation Matrices Table B defines the correlation matrix for the enodeb

452 3GPP TS version Release 11 TS V ( ) 451 Table B enodeb correlation matrix One antenna Two antennas Four antennas enode B Correlation = 1 enb R = 1 α α 1 enb R = * 9 1 * 9 4 * 9 1 * 9 1 * * α α α α α α α α α α α α enb R Table B defines the correlation matrix for the UE: Table B UE correlation matrix One antenna Two antennas Four antennas UE Correlation = 1 UE R = 1 β β 1 UE R = * 9 1 * 9 4 * 9 1 * 9 1 * * β β β β β β β β β β β β UE R Table B defines the channel spatial correlation matrix spat R. The parameters, α and β in Table B defines the spatial correlation between the antennas at the enodeb and UE. Table B : spat R correlation matrices 1x2 case = = 1 1 * β β spat R UE R 2x2 case = = = * * * * * * * * * * β α β α β β α α α αβ β αβ α β β β α α UE enb spat R R R 4x2 case = = * * * * * * * β β α α α α α α α α α α α α UE enb spat R R R 4x4 case = = * 9 1 * 9 4 * 9 1 * 9 1 * * * * * * * * β β β β β β β β β β β β α α α α α α α α α α α α UE enb spat R R R

453 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) For cases with more antennas at either enodeb or UE or both, the channel spatial correlation matrix can still be expressed as the Kronecker product of R enb and R UE according to Rspat = ReNB RUE. B MIMO Correlation Matrices at High, Medium and Low Level The α and β for different correlation types are given in Table B Table B Low correlation Medium Correlation High Correlation α β α β α β The correlation matrices for high, medium and low correlation are defined in Table B , B and B ,as below. The values in Table B have been adjusted for the 4x2 and 4x4 high correlation cases to insure the correlation matrix is positive semi-definite after round-off to 4 digit precision. This is done using the equation: R = [ R spatial + ai n ]/(1 a) high + Where the value a is a scaling factor such that the smallest value is used to obtain a positive semi-definite result. For the 4x2 high correlation case, a= For the 4x4 high correlation case, a= The same method is used to adjust the 4x4 medium correlation matrix in Table B to insure the correlation matrix is positive semi-definite after round-off to 4 digit precision with a =

454 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table B : MIMO correlation matrices for high correlation 1x2 case 2x2 case 4x2 case 4x4 case R high = R high = R high = = R high

455 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table B : MIMO correlation matrices for medium correlation 1x2 case 2x2 case 4x2 case 4x4 case R medium = R medium = R medium = Table B : MIMO correlation matrices for low correlation 1x2 case 2x2 case 4x2 case 4x4 case R low R R R low low low = I 2 = I 4 = I 8 = I 16 In Table B , I d is the d d identity matrix. B.2.3A MIMO Channel Correlation Matrices using cross polarized antennas The MIMO channel correlation matrices defined in B.2.3A apply for the antenna configuration using cross polarized antennas at both enodeb and UE. The cross-polarized antenna elements with +/-45 degrees polarization slant angles are deployed at enb and cross-polarized antenna elements with +90/0 degrees polarization slant angles are deployed at UE.

456 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) For the cross-polarized antennas, the N antennas are labelled such that antennas for one polarization are listed from 1 to N/2 and antennas for the other polarization are listed from N/2+1 to N, where N is the number of transmit or receive antennas. B.2.3A.1 Definition of MIMO Correlation Matrices using cross polarized antennas For the channel spatial correlation matrix, the following is used: where R spat = P T ( R Γ R ) P - R UE is the spatial correlation matrix at the UE with same polarization, - R enb is the spatial correlation matrix at the enb with same polarization, - Γ is a polarization correlation matrix, and enb UE - T ( ) denotes transpose. The matrix Γ is defined as Γ = 1 0 γ γ γ γ 0 1 A permutation matrix P elements are defined as P ( a b) a = ( j 1) Nr + i and b = 2( j 1) ( j 1) Nr + i and b = 2( j Nt / 2) 1 for Nr + i, i = 1,, Nr, j = 1, Nt / 2, = 1 for a = Nr Nr + i, i = 1, L, Nr, j = Nt / 2 + 1, L, Nt. 0 otherwise where N t and N r is the number of transmitter and receiver respectively. This is used to map the spatial correlation coefficients in accordance with the antenna element labelling system described in B.2.3A. B.2.3A.2 Spatial Correlation Matrices using cross polarized antennas at enb and UE sides L L B.2.3A.2.1 Spatial Correlation Matrices at enb side For 2-antenna transmitter using one pair of cross-polarized antenna elements, R = 1. enb For 4-antenna transmitter using two pairs of cross-polarized antenna elements, 1 α R =. enb α α 9 α 9 α 1 * 1 4 α 9 1 α 9 α 9 For 8-antenna transmitter using four pairs of cross-polarized antenna elements, R enb = * 4 * α α 1 α 9 * * 4 1 * 9 9 α α α 1

457 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) B.2.3A.2.2 Spatial Correlation Matrices at UE side For 2-antenna receiver using one pair of cross-polarized antenna elements, R = 1. UE For 4-antenna receiver using two pairs of cross-polarized antenna elements, 1 β R =. UE β 1 B.2.3A.3 MIMO Correlation Matrices using cross polarized antennas The values for parameters α, β and γ for high spatial correlation are given in Table B.2.3A.3-1. Table B.2.3A.3-1 Note 1: Note 2: High spatial correlation Value of α applies when more than one pair of cross-polarized antenna elements at enb side. Value of β applies when more than one pair of cross-polarized antenna elements at UE side. The correlation matrices for high spatial correlation are defined in Table B.2.3A.3-2 as below. The values in Table B.2.3A.3-2 have been adjusted to insure the correlation matrix is positive semi-definite after roundoff to 4 digit precision. This is done using the equation: R = [ R + ai ]/(1 + a) high spat n Where the value a is a scaling factor such that the smallest value is used to obtain a positive semi-definite result. For the 8x2 high spatial correlation case, a= Table B.2.3A.3-2: MIMO correlation matrices for high spatial correlation 8x2 case R = high B.2.3A.4 Beam steering approach Given the channel spatial correlation matrix in B.2.3A.1, the corresponding random channel matrix H can be calculated. The signal model for the k-th subframe is denoted as Where - H is the Nr xnt channel matrix per subcarrier. y HD Wx + n k = θ

458 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) - D θ is the steering matrix, which is k D θ k = 1 1 jθk 0 0 e 0 0, j2θ k e 0 0 e 0 j3θ k - k θ controls the phase variation, and the phase for k-th subframe is denoted byθk = θ0 +Δθ k, where θ0 is the random start value with the uniform distribution, i.e., θ0 [ 0, 2π ], Δ θ is the step of phase variation, which is defined in Table B.2.3A.4-1, and k is the linear increment of 1 for every subframe throughout the simulation, - W is the precoding matrix for 8 transmission antennas, - y is the received signal, x is the transmitted signal, and n is AWGN. Table B.2.3A.4-1: The step of phase variation Variation Step Value (rad/subframe) Δ θ B.2.4 Propagation conditions for CQI tests For Channel Quality Indication (CQI) tests, the following additional multi-path profile is used: h t, τ ) = δ ( τ ) + a exp( i 2 πf t D ) δ ( τ τ ), ( d in continuous time ( t, τ ) representation, with τ the delay, a a constant and d f D the Doppler frequency. The same h(t,τ) is used to describe the fading channel between every pair of Tx and Rx. B Propagation conditions for CQI tests with multiple CSI processes For CQI tests with multiple CSI processes, the following additional multi-path profile is used for 2 port transmission: 1 H = 1 j j o H MP Where o represents Hadamard product, Clause B.2.4. H indicates the 2x2 propagation channel generated in the manner defined in MP B.2.5 B.2.6 Void MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile Table B shows propagation conditions that are used for the MBSFN performance requirements in multi-path fading environment in an extended delay spread environment.

459 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table B.2.6-1: Propagation Conditions for Multi-Path Fading Environments for MBSFN Performance Requirements in an extended delay spread environment Extended Delay Spread Maximum Doppler frequency [5Hz] Relative Delay [ns] Relative Mean Power [db] B.3 High speed train scenario The high speed train condition for the test of the baseband performance is a non fading propagation channel with one tap. Doppler shift is given by f s () t f cosθ () t = d (B.3.1) where f s () t is the Doppler shift and f d is the maximum Doppler frequency. The cosine of angle θ () t ( D vt) 2 2 min + s 2 is given by Ds 2 vt cosθ () t =, 0 t Ds v (B.3.2) D cos () t = 1.5D + vt s θ 2 ( ) 2, Ds v < t 2Ds v (B.3.3) Dmin Ds + vt () t cosθ ( t mod (2D v) ) cosθ =, t > 2D v (B.3.4) where D s 2 is the initial distance of the train from enodeb, and D min is enodeb Railway track distance, both in meters; v is the velocity of the train in m/s, t is time in seconds. s s

460 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Doppler shift and cosine angle are given by equation B.3.1 and B.3.2-B.3.4 respectively, where the required input parameters listed in table B.3-1 and the resulting Doppler shift shown in Figure B.3-1 are applied for all frequency bands. Table B.3-1: High speed train scenario Parameter Value D s 300 m D min 2 m v 300 km/h f d 750 Hz NOTE 1: Parameters for HST conditions in table B.3-1 including figure B.3-1 were derived for Band 7. f d and Doppler shift trajectories presented on Doppler Shift (Hz) Time (sec) Figure B.3-1: Doppler shift trajectory For 1x2 antenna configuration, the same h(t,τ) is used to describe the channel between every pair of Tx and Rx. For 2x2 antenna configuration, the same h(t,τ) is used to describe the channel between every pair of Tx and Rx with 1 1 j j phase shift according to H =. B.4 Beamforming Model B.4.1 Single-layer random beamforming (Antenna port 5, 7, or 8) Single-layer transmission on antenna port 5 or on antenna port 7 or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port, is defined by using a precoder vector W (i) of size 2 1 randomly selected with the number of layers ( ) υ = 1 from Table in [4] as beamforming weights. This precoder takes as an input the signal y p ( i), ap i = 0,1,..., M symb 1, for antenna port p {5, 7, 8 }, with ap M symb the number of modulation symbols including the user-specific reference symbols (DRS), and generates a block of signals y [ ] T bf ( i) = ybf ( i) ~ ybf ( i) the elements of which are to be mapped onto the same physical RE but transmitted on different antenna elements:

461 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) y ~ y bf bf ( i) ) = W ( i) ( p () i y ( i) Single-layer transmission on antenna port 7 or 8 with a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port, is defined by using a pair of precoder vectors W 1( i) and W 2( i) each of size 2 1, which are not identical and randomly selected with the number of layers υ = 1 from Table in [4], as beamforming weights, and normalizing the transmit power as follows: The precoder update granularity is specific to a test case. The CSI reference symbols ( p) k, l y ~ y bf bf ( i) 1 ) = 2 ( i) 2 a satisfying mod 2 = 1 (7) (8 ( W () i y ( i) + W ( i) y ( )) 1 i p, p { 15,16,..,22} antenna element as the modulation symbols y bf (i). The CSI reference symbols, are transmitted on the same physical ( p) a k, l satisfying mod 2 = 0 p, are transmitted on the same physical antenna element as the modulation symbols ~ ybf ( i ). { 15,16,..,22} p, B.4.2 Dual-layer random beamforming (antenna ports 7 and 8) Dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 is defined by using a precoder matrix W (i) of size 2 2 randomly selected with the number of layers υ = 2 from Table in [4] as beamforming weights. This precoder takes as (7) (8) an input a block of signals for antenna ports 7 and 8, y ( i) = [ y ( i) y ( i) ] T ap ap, i = 0,1,..., M symb 1, with M symb being the number of modulation symbols per antenna port including the user-specific reference symbols, and generates a block of signals y [ ] T bf ( i) = ybf ( i) ~ ybf ( i) the elements of which are to be mapped onto the same physical RE but transmitted on different antenna elements: y ~ y bf bf ( i) ( i) The precoder update granularity is specific to a test case. The CSI reference symbols ( p) k, l = W a satisfying mod 2 = 1 () i y y (7) (8) ( i), ( i) p, p { 15,16,..,22} antenna element as the modulation symbols y bf (i). The CSI reference symbols, are transmitted on the same physical ( p) a k, l satisfying mod 2 = 0 p, are transmitted on the same physical antenna element as the modulation symbols ~ ybf ( i ). { 15,16,..,22} p, B.4.3 Generic beamforming model (antenna ports 7-14) The transmission on antenna port(s) p = 7,8,..., υ + 6 is defined by using a precoder matrix W (i) of size N CSI υ, where NCSI is the number of CSI reference signals configured per test and υ is the number of spatial layers. This precoder takes as an input a block of signals for antenna port(s) p = 7,8,..., υ + 6, [ ] ( ) ( 7 ) ( 8 () ) ( 6 i) = y i y () i y + υ ) () i y p ap ( L, i = 0,1,..., M symb 1 ap, with M symb being the number of modulation symbols per antenna port including the user-specific reference symbols (DM-RS), and generates a block of signals ( q) ( 0) (1) ( N 1) [ ] T bf bf bf bf CSI y ( i) = y ( i) y ( i) K y ( i) the elements of which are to be mapped onto the same timefrequency index pair ( k, l) but transmitted on different physical antenna elements:

462 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) The precoder matrix W (i) y y ( ybf (0) bf (1) bf N CSI is specific to a test case. (7) ( i) y ( i) (8) ( i) = y ( i) W ( i) M M 1) (6+ υ ) ( i) y ( i The physical antenna elements are identified by indices j = 0,1,..., N ANT 1, where ANT N CSI physical antenna elements configured per test. ( ) Modulation symbols y q ( i) physical antenna index bf with { 0,1,..., NCSI 1} j = q. Modulation symbols ( ) ( i) physical antenna index ) N = is the number of q (i.e. beamformed PDSCH and DM-RS) are mapped to the y p with { 0,1,..., P 1} j = p p (i.e. PBCH, PDCCH, PHICH, PCFICH) are mapped to the, where P is the number of cell-specific reference signals configured per test. ( p) a with { 0,1,..., P 1} p (i.e. CRS) are mapped to the physical antenna index j = p, Modulation symbols k, l where P is the number of cell-specific reference signals configured per test. Modulation symbols a with {,16,..., 14 } ( p) k, l p + N CSI 15 (i.e. CSI-RS) are mapped to the physical antenna index j = p 15, where NCSI is the number of CSI reference signals configured per test. B.4.4 Random beamforming for EPDCCH distributed transmission (Antenna port 107 and 109) EPDCCH distributed transmission on antenna port 107 and antenna port 109 is defined by using a pair of precoder vectors W 1( i) and W 2( i) each of size 2 1, which are not identical and randomly selected per EPDCCH PRB pair with the number of layers υ = 1 from Table in [4], as beamforming weights. This precoder takes as an ( ) input the signal y p ap ( i), i = 0,1,..., M symb 1, for antenna port p {107,109 }, with ap M the number of modulation symbols including the user-specific reference symbols (DMRS), and generates a block of signals [ ] T When EPDCCH is associated with port 107, the transmitted block of signals is deonted as y ~ y bf bf ( i) ) = W ( i) (107 () i y ( ) 1 i When EPDCCH is associated with port 109, the transmitted block of signals is denoted as y ~ y bf bf ( i) ) = W ( i) (109 () i y ( ) 2 i.. symb y ( i) = y ( i) ~ y ( i). bf bf bf B.4.5 Random beamforming for EPDCCH localized transmission (Antenna port 107, 108, 109 or 110) EPDCCH localized transmission on antenna port 107, 108, 109 or 110 is defined by using a precoder vector W (i) of size 2 1 randomly selected with the number of layers υ = 1 from Table in [4] as beamforming weights. This ( ) precoder takes as an input the signal y p ap ( i), i = 0,1,..., M symb 1, for antenna port p {107,108,109,110 }, with ap M symb the number of modulation symbols including the user-specific reference symbols (DMRS), and generates a

463 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) block of signals y [ ] T bf ( i) = ybf ( i) ~ ybf ( i) the elements of which are to be mapped onto the same physical RE but transmitted on different antenna elements: y ~ y bf bf ( i) ) = W ( i) ( p () i y ( i). B.5 Interference models for enhanced performance requirements Type-A This clause provides a description for the modelling of interfering cell transmissions for enhanced performance requirements Type-A including: definition of dominant interferer proportion, transmission mode 3, 4 and 9 type of interference modelling. B.5.1 Dominant interferer proportion Each interfering cell involved in enhanced performance requirements Type-A is characterized by its associated dominant interferer proportion (DIP) value: DIP i Iˆ or ( = N i+ 1) oc ' ˆ where is I or ( i+ 1) is the average received power spectral density from the i-th strongest interfering cell involved in the requirement scenario ( Iˆor (1 ) is assumed to be the power spectral density associated with the serving cell) and N N oc ' = Iˆ or ( j) + Noc where oc j= 2 N is the average power spectral density of a white noise source consistent with the definition provided in subclause 3.2 and N is the total number of cells involved in a given requirement scenario. B.5.2 Transmission mode 3 interference model This subclause provides transmission mode 3 interference modelling for each explicitly modelled interfering cell in the requirement scenario. In each subframe, each interfering cell shall transmit randomly modulated data over the entire PDSCH region and the full transmission bandwidth. Transmitted physical channels shall include PSS, SSS and PBCH. For each subframe and each CQI subband as defined in subclause 7.2 of [6], a transmission rank shall be randomly determined independently from other CQI subbands as well as other interfering cells. Probabilities of occurrence of each possible transmission rank are as specified in the requirement scenario. For rank-1 transmission over a subband, precoding for transmit diversity for the number of antenna ports in the requirement scenario shall be applied to 16QAM randomly modulated layer symbols, as specified in subclause of [4]. For rank-2 transmission over a subband, precoding for spatial multiplexing with large delay CDD over two layers for the number of antenna ports in the requirement scenario shall be applied to 16QAM randomly modulated layer symbols, as specified in subclause of [4]. For unallocated REs in the control region, precoding for transmit diversity for the number of antenna ports in the requirement scenario shall be applied to QPSK randomly modulated layer symbols, as specified in subclause of [4]. The EPRE ratio for these REs shall be as defined for PDCCH in Annex C.3.2.

464 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) B.5.3 Transmission mode 4 interference model This subclause provides transmission mode 4 interference modelling for each explicitly modelled interfering cell in the requirement scenario. In each subframe, each interfering cell shall transmit randomly modulated data over the entire PDSCH region and the full transmission bandwidth. Transmitted physical channels shall include PSS, SSS and PBCH. For each subframe and each CQI subband as defined in subclause 7.2 of [6], a transmission rank shall be randomly determined independently from other CQI subbands as well as other interfering cells. Probabilities of occurrence of each possible transmission rank are as specified in the requirement scenario. For each subframe and CQI subband, a precoding matrix for the number of layers υ associated to the selected rank shall be selected randomly from Table of [4]. Note that codebook index 0 shall be excluded from random precoder selection when the number of layers is υ = 2. Precoding for spatial multiplexing with cell-specific reference signals for the number of antenna ports in the requirement scenario shall be applied to 16QAM randomly modulated layer symbols, as specified in subclause of [4] with the selected precoding matrices for each subframe and each CQI subband. For unallocated REs in the control region, precoding for transmit diversity for the number of antenna ports in the requirement scenario shall be applied to QPSK randomly modulated layer symbols, as specified in subclause of [4]. The EPRE ratio for these REs shall be as defined for PDCCH in Annex C.3.2. B.5.4 Transmission mode 9 interference model This subclause provides transmission mode 9 interference modelling for each explicitly modelled interfering cell in the requirement scenario. In each subframe, each interfering cell shall transmit randomly modulated data over the entire PDSCH region and the full transmission bandwidth. Transmitted physical channels shall include PSS, SSS and PBCH. For each subframe and each CQI subband as defined in subclause 7.2 of [6], a transmission rank shall be randomly determined independently from other CQI subbands as well as other interfering cells. Probabilities of occurrence of each possible transmission rank are as specified in the requirement scenario. For each subframe and each CQI subband, a precoding matrix for the number of layers υ associated to the selected rank shall be selected randomly from Table of [4]. The generic beamforming model in subclause B.4.3 shall be applied assuming cell-specific reference signals and CSI reference signals as specified in the requirement scenario. Random precoding with selected rank and precoding matrices for each subframe and each CQI subband shall be applied to 16QAM randomly modulated layer symbols including the user-specific reference symbols over antenna port 7 when the rank is one and antenna ports 7, 8 when the rank is two. For unallocated REs in the control region, precoding for transmit diversity for the number of antenna ports in the requirement scenario shall be applied to QPSK randomly modulated layer symbols, as specified in subclause of [4]. The EPRE ratio for these REs shall be as defined for PDCCH in Annex C.3.2.

465 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Annex C (normative): Downlink Physical Channels C.1 General This annex specifies the downlink physical channels that are needed for setting a connection and channels that are needed during a connection. C.2 Set-up Table C.2-1 describes the downlink Physical Channels that are required for connection set up. Table C.2-1: Downlink Physical Channels required for connection set-up Physical Channel PBCH SSS PSS PCFICH PDCCH EPDCCH PHICH PDSCH C.3 Connection The following clauses, describes the downlink Physical Channels that are transmitted during a connection i.e., when measurements are done. C.3.1 Measurement of Receiver Characteristics Table C is applicable for measurements on the Receiver Characteristics (clause 7). Table C.3.1-1: Downlink Physical Channels transmitted during a connection (FDD and TDD) Physical Channel PBCH PSS SSS PCFICH PDCCH PDSCH OCNG NOTE 1: No boosting is applied. EPRE Ratio PBCH_RA = 0 db PBCH_RB = 0 db PSS_RA = 0 db SSS_RA = 0 db PCFICH_RB = 0 db PDCCH_RA = 0 db PDCCH_RB = 0 db PDSCH_RA = 0 db PDSCH_RB = 0 db OCNG_RA = 0 db OCNG_RB = 0 db

466 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table C.3.1-2: Power allocation for OFDM symbols and reference signals Parameter Unit Value Note Transmitted power spectral dbm/15 khz Test specific 1. Ior shall be kept density I or constant throughout all OFDM symbols Cell-specific reference signal power ratio E / I RS or 0 db C.3.2 Measurement of Performance requirements Table C is applicable for measurements in which uniform RS-to-EPRE boosting for all downlink physical channels. Table C.3.2-1: Downlink Physical Channels transmitted during a connection (FDD and TDD) Physical Channel EPRE Ratio PBCH PBCH_RA = ρ A+ σ PBCH_RB = ρ B+ σ PSS PSS_RA = 0 (Note 3) SSS SSS_RA = 0 (Note 3) PCFICH PCFICH_RB = ρ B+ σ PDCCH PDCCH_RA = ρ A+ σ PDCCH_RB = ρ B+ σ EPDCCH EPDCCH_RA = ρ A+δ EPDCCH_RB = ρ B+δ PDSCH PDSCH_RA = ρ A PDSCH_RB = ρ B PMCH PMCH_RA = ρ A PMCH_RB = ρ B MBSFN RS MBSFN RS_RA = ρ A MBSFN RS_RB = ρ B OCNG OCNG_RA = ρ A+ σ OCNG_RB = ρ B+ σ NOTE 1: ρ A = ρ B = 0 db means no RS boosting. NOTE 2: MBSFN RS and OCNG are not defined downlink physical channels in [4]. NOTE 3: Assuming PSS and SSS transmitted on a single antenna port. NOTE 4: ρ A, ρ B, σ and δ are test specific. NOTE 5: For TM 8, TM 9 and TM10 ρ A, ρ B are used for the purpose of the test set up only.

467 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table C.3.2-2: Power allocation for OFDM symbols and reference signals Parameter Unit Value Note Total transmitted power dbm/15 khz Test specific 1. Ior shall be kept spectral density I or constant throughout all OFDM symbols Cell-specific reference signal power ratio Energy per resource element EPRE E / I RS or Test specific Test specific 1. Applies for antenna port p 1. The complex-valued ( ) symbols y p ( i) and ( p) ak, l defined in [4] shall conform to the given EPRE value. 2. For TM8, TM9, and TM10 the reference point for EPRE is before the precoder in Annex B.4. C.3.3 Aggressor cell power allocation for Measurement of Performance Requirements when ABS is Configured For the performance requirements and channel state information reporting when ABS is configured, the power allocation for the physical channels of the aggressor cell in non-abs and ABS is listed in Table C Table C.3.3-1: Downlink physical channels transmitted in aggressor cell when ABS is configured in this cell Physical Channel Parameters Unit EPRE Ratio Non-ABS ABS PBCH PBCH_RA db ρ A Note 1 PBCH_RB db ρ B Note 1 PSS PSS_RA db ρ A Note 1 SSS SSS_RA db ρ A Note 1 PCFICH PCFICH_RB db ρ B Note 1 PHICH PHICH_RA db ρ A Note 1 PHICH_RB db ρ B Note 1 PDCCH PDCCH_RA db ρ A Note 1 PDCCH_RB db ρ B Note 1 PDSCH PDSCH_RA db Note 1 PDSCH_RB db Note 1 OCNG OCNG_RA db ρ A Note 1 OCNG_RB db ρ B Note 1 Note 1: - db is allocated for this channel in this test.

468 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table C.3.3-2: Downlink physical channels transmitted in aggressor cell when ABS is configured in this cell when the CRS assistance information is provided Note 1: Physical Channel PBCH Parameters Unit EPRE Ratio Non-ABS ABS PBCH_RA db ρ A ρ A PBCH_RB db ρ B ρ B PSS PSS_RA db ρ A ρ A SSS SSS_RA db ρ A ρ A PCFICH PCFICH_RB db ρ B Note 1 PHICH PHICH_RA db ρ A Note 1 PHICH_RB db ρ B Note 1 PDCCH PDCCH_RA db ρ A Note 1 PDCCH_RB db ρ B Note 1 PDSCH PDSCH_RA db Note 1 PDSCH_RB db Note 1 OCNG OCNG_RA db ρ A Note 1 OCNG_RB db ρ B Note 1 - db is allocated for this channel in this test. C.3.4 Power Allocation for Measurement of Performance Requirements when Quasi Co-location Type B: same Cell ID For the performance requirements related to quasi-colocation type B behaviour when transmission points share the same Cell ID, the power allocation for the physical channels of the serving cell is listed in table C and the power allocation for the physical channels of the cell transmitting PDSCH is listed in table C Table C.3.4-1: Downlink physical channels transmitted in the serving cell (TP1) Physical Channel EPRE Ratio PBCH PBCH_RA = ρ A+ σ PBCH_RB = ρ B+ σ PSS PSS_RA = 0 (Note 2) SSS SSS_RA = 0 (Note 2) PDSCH PDSCH_RA = ρ A PDSCH_RB = ρ B PCFICH PCFICH_RB = ρ B+ σ PDCCH PDCCH_RA = ρ A+ σ PDCCH_RB = ρ B+ σ NOTE 1: ρ A = ρ B = 0 db means no RS boosting. NOTE 2: Assuming PSS and SSS transmitted on a single antenna port. NOTE 3: ρ A, ρ B and σ are test specific. Table C.3.4-2: Downlink physical channels for the transmission point transmitting PDSCH (TP2) Physical Channel PDSCH Value Test Specific

469 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Annex D (normative): Characteristics of the interfering signal D.1 General When the channel band width is wider or equal to 5MHz, a modulated 5MHz full band width E-UTRA down link signal and CW signal are used as interfering signals when RF performance requirements for E-UTRA UE receiver are defined. For channel band widths below 5MHz, the band width of modulated interferer should be equal to band width of the received signal. D.2 Interference signals Table D.2-1 describes the modulated interferer for different channel band width options. Table D.2-1: Description of modulated E-UTRA interferer Channel bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz BW Interferer 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz RB

470 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Annex E (normative): Environmental conditions E.1 General This normative annex specifies the environmental requirements of the UE. Within these limits the requirements of the present documents shall be fulfilled. E.2 Environmental The requirements in this clause apply to all types of UE(s). E.2.1 Temperature The UE shall fulfil all the requirements in the full temperature range of: Table E C to +35 C for normal conditions (with relative humidity of 25 % to 75 %) -10 C to +55 C for extreme conditions (see IEC publications and ) Outside this temperature range the UE, if powered on, shall not make ineffective use of the radio frequency spectrum. In no case shall the UE exceed the transmitted levels as defined in clause 6.2 for extreme operation. E.2.2 Voltage The UE shall fulfil all the requirements in the full voltage range, i.e. the voltage range between the extreme voltages. The manufacturer shall declare the lower and higher extreme voltages and the approximate shutdown voltage. For the equipment that can be operated from one or more of the power sources listed below, the lower extreme voltage shall not be higher, and the higher extreme voltage shall not be lower than that specified below. Table E Power source Lower extreme voltage Higher extreme voltage Normal conditions voltage AC mains 0,9 * nominal 1,1 * nominal nominal Regulated lead acid battery 0,9 * nominal 1,3 * nominal 1,1 * nominal Non regulated batteries: Leclanché Lithium Mercury/nickel & cadmium 0,85 * nominal 0,95 * nominal 0,90 * nominal Nominal 1,1 * Nominal Nominal 1,1 * Nominal Nominal Outside this voltage range the UE if powered on, shall not make ineffective use of the radio frequency spectrum. In no case shall the UE exceed the transmitted levels as defined in clause 6.2 for extreme operation. In particular, the UE shall inhibit all RF transmissions when the power supply voltage is below the manufacturer declared shutdown voltage.

471 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) E.2.3 Vibration The UE shall fulfil all the requirements when vibrated at the following frequency/amplitudes. Table E Frequency ASD (Acceleration Spectral Density) random vibration 5 Hz to 20 Hz 0,96 m 2 /s 3 20 Hz to 500 Hz 0,96 m 2 /s 3 at 20 Hz, thereafter 3 db/octave Outside the specified frequency range the UE, if powered on, shall not make ineffective use of the radio frequency spectrum. In no case shall the UE exceed the transmitted levels as defined in TS for extreme operation.

472 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Annex F (normative): Transmit modulation F.1 Measurement Point Figure F.1-1 shows the measurement point for the unwanted emission falling into non-allocated RB(s) and the EVM for the allocated RB(s). PUSCH modulated symbols DFT Tone map DUT Test equipment Tx-Rx chain equalizer IDFT EVM meas. PUCCH and DM-RS 0 0 IFFT TX Front --end Channel RF correction FFT In-band emissions meas. PUCCH and DM-RS EVM meas. Figure F.1-1: EVM measurement points F.2 Basic Error Vector Magnitude measurement The EVM is the difference between the ideal waveform and the measured waveform for the allocated RB(s) EVM = v Tm z' T () v i() v m P 0 2, where T m is a set of period, T m modulation symbols with the considered modulation scheme being active within the measurement z' () v are the samples of the signal evaluated for the EVM, i () v is the ideal signal reconstructed by the measurement equipment, and P 0 is the average power of the ideal signal. For normalized modulation symbols P 0 is equal to 1. The basic EVM measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain for PUCCH and PUSCH and over one preamble sequence for the PRACH.

473 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) F.3 Basic in-band emissions measurement The in-band emissions are a measure of the interference falling into the non-allocated resources blocks. The in-band emission requirement is evaluated for PUCCH and PUSCH transmissions. The in-band emission requirement is not evaluated for PRACH transmissions. The in-band emissions are measured as follows where T s is a set of period, f l + (12 Δ RB + 11)* Δf 1 2 Y ( t, f ), Δ RB < 0 Ts t T s max( f min, fl + 12 Δ RB * Δf ) Emissions absolute( ΔRB ) = min( f max, f + 12 Δ * Δf ), h RB 1 2 Δ > Y ( t, f ), RB 0 Ts t T s f h + (12 Δ RB 11)* Δf Ts SC-FDMA symbols with the considered modulation scheme being active within the measurement Δ RB is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. Δ RB = 1 or Δ RB = 1 for the first adjacent RB), f min (resp. f max ) is the lower (resp. upper) edge of the UL system BW, f l and ( t f ) f h are the lower and upper edge of the allocated BW, and Y, is the frequency domain signal evaluated for in-band emissions as defined in the subsection (ii) The relative in-band emissions are, given by where N RB is the number of allocated RBs Emissionsabsolute( ΔRB ) Emissionsrelative( Δ RB ) = fl + ( 12 N RB 1) Δf 1 Y( t, f T N s RB t T The basic in-band emissions measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain. When the PUSCH or PUCCH transmission slot is shortened due to multiplexing with SRS, the in-band emissions measurement interval is reduced by one SC-FDMA symbol, accordingly. In the evaluation of in-band emissions, the timing is set according to Δ c ~ are defined in subclause F.4. s f l 2 ) Δ ~ t = Δc~, where sample time offsets ~ t Δ and F.4 Modified signal under test Implicit in the definition of EVM is an assumption that the receiver is able to compensate a number of transmitter impairments. The PUSCH data or PRACH signal under test is modified and, in the case of PUSCH data signal, decoded according to::

474 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) where FFT Z' ( t, f ) = IDFT z (v) is the time domain samples of the signal under test. { Δ ~ ~ j2πδfv z( v t ) e }. a ~ ( t, f ) e j ~ ϕ ( t, f ) e j2πfδ ~ t The PUCCH or PUSCH demodulation reference signal or PUCCH data signal under test is equalised and, in the case of PUCCH data signal decoded according to: where FFT Z' ( t, f ) = z (v) is the time domain samples of the signal under test. { ~ ~ j 2πΔfv z( v Δt ) e }. a~ ( t, f ) e j ~ ϕ ( t, f ) e ~ j 2πfΔt To minimize the error, the signal under test should be modified with respect to a set of parameters following the procedure explained below. Notation: Δ ~ t is the sample timing difference between the FFT processing window in relation to nominal timing of the ideal signal. ~ Δ f is the RF frequency offset. ~ ( t, f ) ϕ is the phase response of the TX chain. ~ ( t, f ) a is the amplitude response of the TX chain. In the following c ~ Δ represents the middle sample of the EVM window of length W (defined in the next subsections) or the last sample of the first window half if W is even. The EVM analyser shall detect the start of each slot and estimate t ~ Δ and f ~ Δ, determine c ~ Δ so that the EVM window of length W is centred on the time interval determined by the measured cyclic prefix minus 16 samples of the considered OFDM symbol for symbol 0 for normal CP, i.e. the first 16 samples of the CP should not be taken into account for this step. In the determination of the number of excluded samples, a sampling rate of 30.72MHz was assumed. If a different sampling rate is used, the number of excluded samples is scaled linearly. on the measured cyclic prefix of the considered OFDM symbol symbol for symbol 1 to 6 for normal CP and for symbol 0 to 5 for extended CP. on the measured preamble cyclic prefix for the PRACH To determine the other parameters a sample timing offset equal to Δ c ~ is corrected from the signal under test. The EVM analyser shall then correct the RF frequency offset Δ ~ f for each time slot, and apply an FFT of appropriate size. The chosen FFT size shall ensure that in the case of an ideal signal under test, there is no measured inter-subcarrier interference.

475 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) The IQ origin offset shall be removed from the evaluated signal before calculating the EVM and the in-band emissions; however, the removed relative IQ origin offset power (relative carrier leakage power) also has to satisfy the applicable requirement. At this stage the allocated RBs shall be separated from the non-allocated RBs. In the case of PUCCH and PUSCH Y t, f, is used to evaluate the in-band emissions. EVM, the signal on the non-allocated RB(s), ( ) Moreover, the following procedure applies only to the signal on the allocated RB(s). - In the case of PUCCH and PUSCH, the UL EVM analyzer shall estimate the TX chain equalizer coefficients a ~ ( t, f ) and ~ ϕ ( t, f ) used by the ZF equalizer for all subcarriers by time averaging at each signal subcarrier of the amplitude and phase of the reference and data symbols. The time-averaging length is 1 slot. This process creates an average amplitude and phase for each signal subcarrier used by the ZF equalizer. The knowledge of data modulation symbols may be required in this step because the determination of symbols by demodulation is not reliable before signal equalization. - In the case of PRACH, the UL EVM analyzer shall estimate the TX chain coefficients a ( ) and ϕ ( ) used for phase and amplitude correction and are seleted so as to minimize the resulting EVM. The TX chain coefficients are not dependent on frequency, i.e. a ~ ( t, f ) = a~ ( t ) and ~ ( t, f ) ~ ϕ ( t) ~ t ~ t ϕ =. The TX chain coefficient are chosen independently for each preamble transmission and for each t ~ Δ. At this stage estimates of Δ ~ f, a ~ ( t, f ), ~ ϕ ( t, f ) and Δ c ~ are available. ~ t W, i.e. t ~ Δ can be analyser shall then calculate EVM l with t ~ Δ set to calculate EVM h with t ~ Δ set to Δ is one of the extremities of the window Δ ~ W c + α 2 or Δ ~ W c + 2, where α = 0 if W is odd and α = 1 if W is even. The EVM Δ ~ W c + α 2, Δ ~ W + 2 c. F.5 Window length F.5.1 Timing offset As a result of using a cyclic prefix, there is a range of Δ ~ t, which, at least in the case of perfect Tx signal quality, would give close to minimum error vector magnitude. As a first order approximation, that range should be equal to the length of the cyclic prefix. Any time domain windowing or FIR pulse shaping applied by the transmitter reduces the Δ ~ t range within which the error vector is close to its minimum. F.5.2 Window length The window length W affects the measured EVM, and is expressed as a function of the configured cyclic prefix length. In the case where equalization is present, as with frequency domain EVM computation, the effect of FIR is reduced. This is because the equalization can correct most of the linear distortion introduced by the FIR. However, the time domain windowing effect can t be removed. F.5.3 Window length for normal CP The table below specifies the EVM window length at channel bandwidths 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz, for normal CP. The nominal window length for 3 MHz is rounded down one sample to allow the window to be centered on the symbol.

476 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Channel Bandwidth MHz Table F EVM window length for normal CP Cyclic prefix Cyclic prefix EVM length 1 length 1 Cyclic prefix window Nominal for symbols 1 Ncp for Ncp for length W FFT size to 6 in FFT in FFT symbol 0 symbols 1 to 6 samples samples Note 1: Note 2: Ratio of W to CP for symbols 1 to 6 2 The unit is number of samples, sampling rate of 30.72MHz is assumed. These percentages are informative and apply to symbols 1 through 6. Symbol 0 has a longer CP and therefore a lower percentage. F.5.4 Window length for Extended CP The table below specifies the EVM window length at channel bandwidths 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz, for extended CP. The nominal window lengths for 3 MHz and 15 MHz are rounded down one sample to allow the window to be centered on the symbol. Channel Bandwidth MHz Table F EVM window length for extended CP Cyclic prefix length 1 N cp Nominal FFT size Cyclic prefix in FFT samples EVM window length W in FFT samples Ratio of W to CP Note 1: The unit is number of samples, sampling rate of 30.72MHz is assumed. Note 2: These percentages are informative F.5.5 Window length for PRACH The table below specifies the EVM window length for PRACH preamble formats 0-4. Preamble format Table F EVM window length for PRACH Cyclic prefix length 1 N cp Nominal FFT size 2 EVM window length W in FFT samples Ratio of W to CP* % % % % % Note 1: The unit is number of samples, sampling rate of 30.72MHz is assumed Note 2: The use of other FFT sizes is possible as long as appropriate scaling of the window length is applied Note 3: These percentages are informative

477 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) F.6 Averaged EVM The general EVM is averaged over basic EVM measurements for 20 slots in the time domain. EVM = i= 1 EVM i 2 The EVM requirements shall be tested against the maximum of the RMS average at the window W extremities of the EVM measurements: Thus EVM l is calculated using Thus we get: EVM = max( EVM l, EVM h ) ~ t = Δ ~ t Δ in the expressions above and EVM h is calculated using Δ = t. l EVM DMRS ~ t Δ ~ The calculation of the EVM for the demodulation reference signal,, follows the same procedure as calculating the general EVM, with the exception that the modulation symbol set T m defined in clause F.2 is restricted to symbols containing uplink demodulation reference signals. The basic average EVM EVM DMRS measurements are first averaged over 20 slots in the time domain to obtain an intermediate EVM DMRS DMRS = EVM DMRS, i 20 i= 1 ~ t = Δ ~ t EVM > EVM In the determination of each EVM DMRS, i, the timing is set to Δ l if l h, and it is set to Δ ~ t = Δ ~ t h otherwise, where EVM l and EVM h are the general average EVM values calculated in the same 20 slots over which the intermediate average EVM DMRS is calculated. Note that in some cases, the general average EVM may be calculated only for the purpose of timing selection for the demodulation reference signal EVM. Then the results are further averaged to get the EVM for the demodulation reference signal, EVM DMRS = EVM DMRS, j 6 j = 1 The PRACH EVM, 3, and it is averaged over 10 preamble sequence measurements for preamble format 4. EVM DMRS, EVM PRACH, is averaged over two preamble sequence measurements for preamble formats 0, 1, 2, The EVM requirements shall be tested against the maximum of the RMS average at the window W extremities of the EVM measurements: ~ Δ ~ ~ t Δ ~ Thus EVM PRACH, l is calculated using Δ t = tl and EVM PRACH, h is calculated using Δ = t h. Thus we get: h EVM PRACH = max( EVM PRACH,l, EVM PRACH, h )

478 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) F.7 Spectrum Flatness The data shall be taken from FFT coded data symbols and the demodulation reference symbols of the allocated resource block.

479 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Annex G (informative): Reference sensitivity level in lower SNR This annex contains information on typical receiver sensitivity when HARQ transmission is enabled allowing operation in lower SNR regions (HARQ is disabled in conformance testing), thus representing the configuration normally used in live network operation under noise-limited conditions. G.1 General The reference sensitivity power level P SENS with HARQ retransmission enabled (operation in lower SNR) is the minimum mean power applied to both the UE antenna ports at which the residual BLER after HARQ shall meet or exceed the requirements for the specified reference measurement channel. The residual BLER after HARQ transmission is defined as follows: BLER residual =1 A B A : Number of correctly decoded MAC PDUs B : Number of transmitted MAC PDUs (Retransmitted MAC PDUs are not counted) G.2 Typical receiver sensitivity performance (QPSK) The residual BLER after HARQ shall be lower than 1% for the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes G.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table G.2-1 and Table G.2-2

480 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table G.2-1: Reference sensitivity QPSK P SENS Channel bandwidth E-UTRA Band 1.4 MHz (dbm) 3 MHz (dbm) 5 MHz (dbm) 10 MHz (dbm) 15 MHz (dbm) 20 MHz (dbm) Duplex Mode 1 [-102] FDD 2 TBD FDD 3 TBD FDD 4 TBD FDD 5 TBD FDD 6 TBD FDD 7 TBD FDD 8 TBD FDD 9 TBD FDD 10 TBD FDD 11 TBD FDD 12 TBD FDD 13 TBD FDD 14 TBD FDD 17 TBD FDD 18 TBD FDD 19 TBD FDD 20 TBD FDD 21 TBD FDD 22 TBD FDD 23 TBD FDD 26 TBD FDD 27 TBD FDD 28 TBD FDD 33 [-102] TDD 34 [-102] TDD 35 [-102] TDD 36 [-102] TDD 37 [-102] TDD 38 [-102] TDD 39 [-102] TDD 40 [-102] TDD 42 [-102] TDD 43 [-102] TDD 44 [-102] TDD Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to P UMAX as defined in clause Note 2: Reference measurement channel is G.3 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A Note 3: The signal power is specified per port Note 4: For the UE which supports both Band 3 and Band 9 the reference sensitivity level is FFS. Note 5: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the reference sensitivity level is FFS. Table G.2-2 specifies the minimum number of allocated uplink resource blocks for which the reference receive sensitivity requirement in lower SNR must be met.

481 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table G.2-2: Minimum uplink configuration for reference sensitivity E-UTRA Band / Channel bandwidth / NRB / Duplex mode E-UTRA Duplex 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Band Mode 1 [6] 1 FDD 2 [6] 1 FDD 3 [6] 1 FDD 4 [6] 1 FDD 5 [6] 1 FDD 6 [6] 1 FDD 7 [6] 1 FDD 8 [6] 1 FDD 9 [6] 1 FDD 10 [6] 1 FDD 11 [6] 1 FDD 12 [6] 1 FDD 13 [6] 1 FDD 14 [6] 1 FDD 17 [6] 1 FDD 18 [6] 1 FDD 19 [6] 1 FDD 20 [6] 1 FDD 22 [6] 1 FDD 21 [6] 1 FDD 23 [6] 1 FDD 26 [6] 1 FDD 27 [6] 1 FDD 28 [6] 1 FDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD TDD Note 1: The UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.6-1). Note 2: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the minimum uplink configuration for reference sensitivity is FFS. Note 3: For Band 20; in the case of 15MHz channel bandwidth, the UL resource blocks shall be located at RBstart _11 and in the case of 20MHz channel bandwidth, the UL resource blocks shall be located at RBstart _16 Unless given by Table G.2-3, the minimum requirements specified in Tables G.2-1 and G.2-2 shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01 (Table ) configured.

482 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table G.2-3: Network Signalling Value for reference sensitivity Network E-UTRA Signalling Band value 2 NS_03 4 NS_03 10 NS_03 12 NS_06 13 NS_06 14 NS_06 17 NS_06 19 NS_08 21 NS_09 23 NS_03 35 NS_03 36 NS_03 G.3 Reference measurement channel for REFSENSE in lower SNR Tables G.3-1A and G.3-2 are applicable for Annex G.2 (Reference sensitivity level in lower SNR). Table G.3-1 Fixed Reference Channel for Receiver Requirements (FDD) Parameter Unit Value Channel bandwidth MHz 10 Allocated resource blocks 50 Subcarriers per resource block 12 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 Modulation QPSK Target Coding Rate 1/3 Number of HARQ Processes Processes 8 Maximum number of HARQ transmissions [4] Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 4392 For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 4392 Transport block CRC Bits 24 Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 4) For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 1 For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 1 Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits For Sub-Frame 5 Bits For Sub-Frame 0 Bits Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps UE Category 1-8 Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit) Note 4: Redundancy version coding sequence is {0, 1, 2, 3} for QPSK.

483 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Table A.3.2-2A Fixed Reference Channel for Receiver Requirements (TDD) Parameter Unit Value Channel Bandwidth MHz 10 Allocated resource blocks 50 Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 5) 1 Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4+2 (D+S) Number of HARQ Processes Processes 7 Maximum number of HARQ transmission [4] Modulation QPSK Target coding rate 1/3 Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame Bits For Sub-Frame 4, For Sub-Frame 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Transport block CRC Bits 24 Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 5) For Sub-Frame 4, 9 1 For Sub-Frame 1, 6 1 For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame 0 1 Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame Bits For Sub-Frame 4, For Sub-Frame 1, For Sub-Frame 5 For Sub-Frame Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps UE Category 1-5 Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For special subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs. Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes(1&6) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance Note 3: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS [4] Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit). Note 5: As per Table in TS [4] Note 6: Redundancy version coding sequence is {0, 1, 2, 3} for QPSK.

484 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) Annex H (informative): Change history Table G.1: Change History Date TSG# TSG Doc. CR Subject Old New R4#45 R TS36.101V0.1.0 approved by RAN RP#38 RP Approved version at TSG RAN # RP#39 RP TS Combined updates of E-UTRA UE requirements RP#40 RP TS Combined updates of E-UTRA UE requirements RP#41 RP r1 Addition of Ref Sens figures for 1.4MHz and 3MHz Channel bandwiidths RP#41 RP r1 Transmitter intermodulation requirements RP#41 RP CR for clarification of additional spurious emission requirement RP#41 RP Correction of In-band Blocking Requirement RP#41 RP r1 TS36.101: CR for section 6: NS_ RP#41 RP r1 TS36.101: CR for section 6: Tx modulation RP#41 RP r1 TS36.101: CR for UE minimum power RP#41 RP r1 TS36.101: CR for UE OFF power RP#41 RP r1 TS36.101: CR for section 7: Band 13 Rx sensitivity RP#41 RP UE EVM Windowing RP#41 RP Absolute ACLR limit RP#41 RP r2 TS36.101: CR for section 6: UE to UE co-existence RP#41 RP Removal of [ ] for UE Ref Sens figures RP#41 RP Correction of PA, PB definition to align with RAN1 specification RP#41 RP r2 UE Spurious emission band UE co-existence RP#41 RP Definition of specified bandwidths RP#41 RP r3 Addition of Band RP#41 RP Alignment of the UE ACS requirement RP#41 RP r1 Frequency range for Band RP#41 RP r1 Absolute power tolerance for LTE UE power control RP#41 RP TS section 6: Tx modulation RP#41 RP r2 DL FRC definition for UE Receiver tests RP#41 RP Additional UE demodulation test cases RP#41 RP Updated descriptions of FRC RP#41 RP Definition of UE transmission gap RP#41 RP Clarification on High Speed train model in RP#41 RP Update of symbol and definitions RP#41 RP Addition of MIMO (4x2) and (4x4) Correlation Matrices RP#42 RP r2 CR TX RX channel frequency separation RP#42 RP r1 UE Maximum output power for Band RP#42 RP UL EVM equalizer definition RP#42 RP Correction of UE spurious emissions RP#42 RP Clarification for UE additional spurious emissions RP#42 RP Introducing ACLR requirement for coexistance with UTRA 1.6MHZ channel from RP#42 RP Removal of [] from Section 6 transmitter characteristcs RP#42 RP Clarification for PHS band protection RP#42 RP Alignement for the measurement interval for transmit signal quality RP#42 RP r1 Maximum power RP#42 RP r1 CR UE spectrum flatness RP#42 RP r1 UE in-band emission RP#42 RP r1 CR Number of TX exceptions RP#42 RP r2 CR UE output power dynamic RP#42 RP r1 LTE UE transmitter intermodulation RP#42 RP Update of Clause RP#42 RP r1 Structure of Clause 9 including CSI requirements for PUCCH mode RP#42 RP CR UE ACS test frequency offset RP#42 RP Correction of spurious response parameters RP#42 RP Removal of LTE UE narrowband intermodulation RP#42 RP r1 Introduction of Maximum Sensitivity Degradation

485 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP#42 RP Removal of [] from Section 7 Receiver characteristic RP#42 RP Alignement of TB size n Ref Meas channel for RX characteristics RP#42 RP TDD Reference Measurement channel for RX characterisctics RP#42 RP r1 Addition of 64QAM DL referenbce measurement channel RP#42 RP r1 Addition of UL Reference Measurement Channels RP#42 RP Reference measurement channels for PDSCH performance requirements (TDD) RP#42 RP MIMO Correlation Matrix Corrections RP#42 RP Correction to the figure with the Transmission Bandwidth configuration RP#42 RP Modification to EARFCN RP#42 RP r1 New Clause 5 outline RP#42 RP Introduction of Bands 12 and 17 in RP#42 RP r1 Clarification of HST propagation conditions RP#43 RP r2 A-MPR table for NS_ RP#43 RP Corrections of references (References to tables and figures) RP#43 RP Removal of [ ] from Transmitter Intermodulation RP#43 RP E-UTRA ACLR for below 5 MHz bandwidths RP#43 RP Clarification of PHS band including the future plan RP#43 RP Spectrum emission mask for 1.4 MHz and 3 MHz bandwidhts RP#43 RP Removal of Out-of-synchronization handling of output power heading RP#43 RP UE uplink power control RP#43 RP Transmission BW Configuration RP#43 RP Spectrum flatness RP#43 RP r2 PUCCH EVM RP#43 RP UL DM-RS EVM RP#43 RP Removal of ACLR2bis requirements RP#43 RP In-band blocking RP#43 RP In-band blocking and sensitivity requirement for band RP#43 RP r1 Wide band intermodulation RP#43 RP Correction of reference sensitivity power level of Band RP#43 RP AWGN level for UE DL demodulation performance tests RP#43 RP Update of Clause 8: additional test cases RP#43 RP r1 Performance requirement structure for TDD PDSCH RP#43 RP r1 Performance requirements and reference measurement channels for TDD PDSCH demodulation with UE-specific reference symbols RP#43 RP Number of information bits in DwPTS RP#43 RP RP#43 RP RP#43 RP RP#43 RP RP#43 RP RP#43 RP RP#43 RP RP#43 RP RP#43 RP RP#43 RP RP#43 RP r1 163r r MBSFN-Unicast demodulation test case MBSFN-Unicast demodulation test case for TDD Clarification of EARFCN for Correction to UL Reference Measurement Channel Addition of MIMO (4x4, medium) Correlation Matrix Correction of DL RMC table notes Update of Clause Clarification on OCNG CQI reference measurement channels PUCCH 1-1 Static Test Case Reference Measurement Channel for TDD RP#44 Editorial correction in Table RP#44 RP Boundary between E-UTRA foob and spurious emission domain for 1.4 MHz and 3 MHz bandwiths. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP EARFCN correction for TDD DL bands. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP Editorial correction to in-band blocking table. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R )

486 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP#44 RP CR PRACH EVM. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP CR EVM correction. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP CR power control accuracy. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP Correction of SRS requirements. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP Clarification for EVM. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP Removal of [ ] from band 17 Refsens values and ACS offset frequencies RP#44 RP Completion of band17 requirements RP#44 RP Removal of 1.4 MHz and 3 MHz bandwidths from bands 13, 14 and RP#44 RP CR: 64 QAM EVM RP#44 RP CR In-band emissions RP#44 RP CR EVM exclusion period RP#44 RP CR In-band emissions timing RP#44 RP CR Minimum Rx exceptions RP#44 RP CR UL DM-RS EVM RP#44 RP r1 A-MPR table for NS_ RP#44 RP r1 CR In-band emissions in shortened subframes RP#44 RP r1 CR PUCCH EVM RP#44 RP r2 No additional emission mask indication. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP r1 Spectrum emission requirements for band RP#44 RP r2 CR on aggregate power tolerance RP#44 RP r2 CR: Rx IP2 performance RP#44 RP r1 Maximum output power relaxation RP#44 RP Update of performance requirement for TDD PDSCH with MBSFN configuration. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP Adding AWGN levels for some TDD DL performance requirements. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP OCNG Patterns for Single Resource Block FRC Requirements. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP r1 Update of Clause 8: PHICH and PMI delay. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP Requirements for frequency-selective fading test. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP CQI requirements under AWGN conditions RP#44 RP r1 Adaptation of UL-RMC-s for supporting more UE categories RP#44 RP r1 Correction of the LTE UE downlink reference measurement channels RP#44 RP r1 Requirements for frequency non-selective fading tests. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP r1 Requirements for PMI reporting. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#44 RP r1 Correction to DL RMC-s for Maximum input level for supporting more UE-Categories RP#44 RP Addition of 15 MHz and 20 MHz bandwidths into band RP#44 RP Introduction of Extended LTE800 requirements. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R ) RP#45 RP A-MPR for Band RP#45 RP LTE UTRA ACLR1 centre frequency definition for 1.4 and 3 MHz BW RP#45 RP Harmonization of text for LTE Carrier leakage RP#45 RP Sensitivity requirements for Band MHz and 20 MHz bandwidths RP#45 RP Operating band edge relaxation of maximum output power for Band 18 and RP#45 RP Addition of 5MHz channel bandwidth for Band RP#45 RP Removal of unnecessary requirements for 1.4 and 3 MHz bandwidths on bands 13 and RP#45 RP Correction of LTE UE ACS test parameter RP#45 RP R1 Correction of LTE UE ACLR test parameter RP#45 RP Uplink power and RB allocation for receiver tests RP#45 RP CR Sensitivity relaxation for small BW RP#45 RP Correction of Band 3 spurious emission band UE co-existence

487 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP#45 RP R1 CR Pcmax definition (working assumption) RP#45 RP Spectrum flatness clarification RP#45 RP Transmit power: removal of TC and modification of REFSENS note RP#45 RP R1 Additional SRS relative power requirement and update of measurement definition RP#45 RP R1 Power range applicable for relative tolerance RP#45 RP TDD UL/DL configurations for CQI reporting RP#45 RP Further clarification on CQI test configurations RP#45 RP Corrections to UL- and DL-RMC-s RP#45 RP Reference measurement channel for multiple PMI requirements RP#45 RP CQI reporting test for a scenario with frequency-selective interference RP#45 RP R2 CQI reference measurement channels RP#45 RP R1 CR RI Test RP#45 RP Correction of parameters for demodulation performance requirement RP#45 RP R1 UE categories for performance tests and correction to RMC references RP#45 RP Clarification of Ês definition in the demodulation requirement RP#45 RP Editorial corrections and updates to PHICH PBCH test cases RP#45 RP R3 Test case numbering in section 8 Performance tests RP-46 RP Test case numbering in TDD PDSCH performance test (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP Adding beamforming model for user-specfic reference signal (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP R1 Adding redundancy sequences to PMI test (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP Throughput value correction at FRC for Maximum input level (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP Correction to the modulated E-UTRA interferer (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP R1 OCNG: Patterns and present use in tests (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP OCNG: Use in receiver and performance tests (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP Miscellaneous corrections on CSI requirements (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP Removal of RLC modes (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP CR Rx diversity requirement (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP A-MPR notation in NS_07 (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP Single- and multi-pmi requirements (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP CQI reference measurement channel (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP LTE MBSFN Channel Model (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R ) RP-46 RP Numbering of PDSCH (User-Specific Reference Symbols) Demodulation Tests RP-46 RP Numbering of PDCCH/PCFICH, PHICH, PBCH Demod Tests RP-46 RP Remove [ ] from Reference Measurement Channels in Annex A RP-46 RP R1 Corrections to RMC-s for Maximum input level test for low UE categories RP-46 RP Correction of UE-category for R RP-46 RP Introduction of Extended LTE1500 requirements for TS RP-46 RP CR: Removal of 1.4 MHz and 3 MHz channel bandwidths from additional spurious emissions requirements for Band 1 PHS protection RP-46 RP R3 Clarification of measurement conditions of spurious emission requirements at the edge of spurious domain RP-46 RP Spurious emission table correction for TDD bands 33 and RP-46 RP R Symbols and abreviations for Pcmax RP-46 RP UTRAACLR1 requirement definition for 1.4 and 3 MHz BW completed RP-46 RP Introduction of the ACK/NACK feedback modes for TDD requirements RP-46 RP R3 CR Power control exception R RP-46 RP R1 Relative power tolerance: special case for receiver tests RP-46 RP R1 CSI reporting: test configuration for CQI fading requirements RP-46 RP R1 Inclusion of Band 20 UE RF parameters

488 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP-46 RP Editorial corrections and updates to Clause FDD demodulation test cases RP-46 RP CR: time mask RP-46 RP Correction of the payload size for PDCCH/PCFICH performance requirements RP-46 RP Transport format and test point updates to RI reporting test cases RP-46 RP Transport format and test setup updates to frequency-selective interference CQI tests RP-46 RP CR RI reporting configuration in PUCCH 1-1 test RP-46 RP Addition of R.11-1 TDD references RP-46 RP Performance requirements for LTE MBMS RP-46 RP R1 In Band Emissions Requirements Correction CR RP-46 RP R1 PCMAX definition RP-47 RP r1 Corrections of various errors in the UE RF requirements RP-47 RP r1 UTRA ACLR measurement bandwidths for 1.4 and 3 MHz RP-47 RP Band 8 Coexistence Requirement Table Correction RP-47 RP r1 Rel 9 CR for Band RP-47 RP r1 CR Band 1- PHS coexistence RP-47 RP Fading CQI requirements for FDD mode RP-47 RP CR correction to RI test RP-47 RP Reporting mode, Reporting Interval and Editorial corrections for demodulation RP-47 RP r1 Corrections to 1PRB PDSCH performance test in presence of MBSFN RP-47 RP r1 OCNG corrections RP-47 RP Addition of ONCG configuration in DRS performance test RP-47 RP r1 PDSCH performance tests for low UE categories RP-47 RP r1 Use of OCNG in CSI tests RP-47 RP r1 Corrections to CQI test configurations RP-47 RP r1 Corrections of some CSI test parameters RP-47 RP r1 TBS correction for RMC UL TDD 16QAM full allocation BW 1.4 MHz RP-47 RP Editorial corrections on Band 19 REFSENS RP-47 RP r1 Band 20 UE RF requirements RP-47 RP r1 A-MPR for Band RP-47 RP RF requirements for UE in later releases RP-47 RP CR: Editorial corrections on LTE MBMS reference measurement channels RP-47 RP The definition of the Doppler shift for LTE MBSFN Channel Model RP-47 RP r3 Modification of the spectral flatness requirement and some editorial corrections RP-48 RP Corrections of tables for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask RP-48 RP Correction of transient time definition for EVM requirements RP-48 RP r2 CR on UE coexistence requirement Correction of antenna configuration and beam-forming model for RP-48 RP r1 DRS CR: Corrections on MIMO demodulation performance RP-48 RP r1 requirements RP-48 RP r1 Corrections on the definition of PCMAX Relaxation of the PDSCH demodulation requirements due to RP-48 RP control channel errors RP-48 RP Correction of the UE output power definition for RX tests RP-48 RP r1 Fading CQI requirements for TDD mode RP-48 RP Correction to FRC for CQI index RP-48 RP r1 Correction to CQI test configuration RP-48 RP Correction of CQI and PMI delay configuration description for TDD RP-48 RP Correction to FDD and TDD CSI test configurations RP-48 RP Minimum requirements for Rank indicator reporting RP-48 RP LTE MBMS performance requirements (FDD) RP-48 RP LTE MBMS performance requirements (TDD) RP-48 RP r2 Performance requirements for dual-layer beamforming RP-48 RP r2 CR: low Category CSI requirement RP-48 RP Correction of FRC reference and test case numbering Correction of carrier frequency and EARFCN of Band 21 for RP-48 RP TS Addition of PDSCH TDD DRS demodulation tests for Low UE RP-48 RP r1 categories Specification of minimum performance requirements for low UE RP-48 RP category Addition of minimum performance requirements for low UE RP-48 RP category TDD CRS single-antenna port tests Introduction of sustained downlink data-rate performance RP-48 RP r3 requirements RP-48 RP r1 Band 20 Rx requirements

489 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP-49 RP r2 Add OCNG to MBMS requirements RP-49 RP Correction of PDCCH content for PHICH test RP-49 RP r1 Beamforming model for transmission on antenna port 7/ RP-49 RP r1 Correction of full correlation in frequency-selective CQI test Correction on single-antenna transmission fixed reference RP-49 RP channel Reference sensitivity requirements for the 1.4 and 3 MHz RP-49 RP bandwidths RP-49 RP r1 CR for DL sustained data rate test Correction of references in section 10 (MBMS performance RP-49 RP requirements) RP-49 RP Band 13 and Band 14 spurious emission corrections RP-49 RP r1 Rx Requirements RP-49 RP r1 Clarification on DL-BF simulation assumptions RP-49 RP r1 Introduction of additional Rel-9 scenarios RP-49 RP r1 Correction to band 20 ue to ue Co-existence table RP-49 RP r1 Test configuration corrections to CQI reporting in AWGN RP-49 RP Corrections to RF OCNG Pattern OP.1 and RP-49 RP Editorial corrections of Addition of minimum performance requirements for low UE category TDD tests RP-49 RP RP-49 RP r1 Downlink power for receiver tests RP-49 RP OCNG use and power in beamforming tests RP-49 RP Throughput for multi-datastreams transmissions RP-49 RP Missing note in Additional spurious emission test with NS_ RP-49 RP r2 CR LTE_TDD_2600_US spectrum band definition additions to TS RP-50 RP Demodulation performance requirements for dual-layer beamforming RP-50 RP Correction on the statement of TB size and subband selection in CSI tests RP-50 RP Correction to Band 12 frequency range RP-50 RP Removal of [ ] from TDD Rank Indicator requirements RP-50 RP r1 Test configuration corrections to CQI TDD reporting in AWGN (Rel-10) RP-50 RP EVM window length for PRACH RP-50 RP Removal of NS signalling from TDD REFSENS tests RP-50 RP r1 Correction of Note 4 In Table : Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS RP-50 RP Add 20 RB UL Ref Meas channel RP-50 RP r1 Additional in-band blocking requirement for Band RP-50 RP Further clarifications for the Sustained Downlink Data Rate Test RP-50 RP r1 Correction on MBMS performance requirements RP-50 RP r3 CR Removing brackets of Band 41 reference sensitivity to TS RP-50 RP r2 Band 42 and 43 parameters for UMTS/LTE 3500 (TDD) for TS RP-50 RP r1 CR for CA, UL-MIMO, edl-mimo, CPE RP-50 RP r1 Introduction of L-band in TS RP-50 RP r1 Correction on the PMI reporting in Multi-Laye Spatial Multiplexing performance test RP-50 RP r1 Adding antenna configuration in CQI fading test case Clause numbering correction RP-51 RP Removal of E-UTRA ACLR for CA RP-51 RP PDCCH and PHICH performance: OCNG and power settings RP-51 RP r1 Spurious emissions measurement uncertainty RP-51 RP r1 REFSENSE in lower SNR RP-51 RP PMI performance: Power settings and precoding granularity RP-51 RP r2 Definition of configured transmitted power for Rel RP-51 RP Introduction of requirement for adjacent intraband CA image rejection RP-51 RP Minimum requirements for the additional Rel-9 scenarios RP-51 RP Corrections to power settings for Single layer beamforming with simultaneous transmission RP-51 RP r1 Correction to the PUSCH3-0 subband tests for Rel RP-51 RP Removing the square bracket for TS RP-51 RP Removal of square brackets for dual-layer beamforming demodulation performance requirements RP-51 RP CR: Maximum input level for intra band CA RP-51 RP r2 UE category coverage for dual-layer beamforming RP-51 RP r1 Further clarifications for the Sustained Downlink Data Rate Test RP-51 RP Removal of square brackets in sustained data rate tests RP-51 RP r1 Clarification to LTE relative power tolerance table RP-51 RP Introducing UE-selected subband CQI tests

490 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP-51 RP Verification framework for PUSCH 2-2 and PUCCH 2-1 reporting Editorial: Spec Title correction, removal of Draft RP-52 RP Add Expanded 1900MHz Band (Band 25) in RP-52 RP Fixing Band 24 inclusion in TS RP-52 RP CR: Corrections for UE to UE co-existence requirements of Band RP-52 RP Add 2GHz S-Band (Band 23) in RP-52 RP CR: Band 19 A-MPR refinement RP-52 RP REFSENS in lower SNR RP-52 RP Clarification for MBMS reference signal levels RP-52 RP FDD MBMS performance requirements for 64QAM mode RP-52 RP Correction on CQI mapping index of RI test RP-52 RP Corrections to in-band blocking table RP-52 RP Correction of TDD Category 1 DRS and DMRS RMCs RP-52 RP TDD MBMS performance requirements for 64QAM mode RP-52 RP Correction of TDD RMC for Low SNR Demodulation test RP-52 RP Informative reference sensitivity requirements for Low SNR for TDD RP-52 RP r1 Minor corrections to DL-RMC-s for Maximum input level RP-52 RP PDCCH and PHICH performance: OCNG and power settings RP-52 RP r1 Correction on 2-X PMI test for R RP-52 RP r1 Addition of performance requirements for dual-layer beamforming category 1 UE test RP-52 RP Performance requirements for PUCCH 2-0, PUCCH 2-1 and PUSCH 2-2 tests RP-52 RP r1 CR for UL MIMO and CA RP-53 RP r1 Removal of unnecessary channel bandwidths from REFSENS tables RP-53 RP r1 Clarification on BS precoding information field for RI FDD and PUCCH 2-1 PMI tests RP-53 RP r1 CR for B14Rx requirement Rrel RP-53 RP r1 CR to TS36.101: Correction on the accuracy test of CQI RP-53 RP CR to TS36.101: Correction on CQI mapping index of TDD RI test RP-53 RP Correction of code block numbers for some RMCs RP-53 RP Correction to UL RMC for FDD and TDD RP-53 RP r1 Adding codebook subset restriction for single layer closed-loop spatial multiplexing test RP-53 RP Sustained data rate: Correction of the ACK/NACK feedback mode RP-53 RP CR on MBSFN FDD requirements(r10) RP-53 RP TDD MBMS performance requirements for 64QAM mode RP-53 RP Further clarification for the dual-layer beamforming demodulation requirements RP-53 RP r1 Introduction of Band RP-53 RP Modifications of Band 42 and RP-53 RP CR for TS Annex B: Static channels for CQI tests RP-53 RP r1 Correction of CSI reference channel subframe description RP-53 RP Correction to UL MIMO RP-53 RP r1 Power control accuracy for intra-band carrier aggregation RP-53 RP r1 In-band emissions requirements for intra-band carrier aggregation RP-53 RP r1 Adding the operating band for UL-MIMO RP-53 RP Corrections to intra-band contiguous CA RX requirements RP-53 RP Intra-band contiguos CA MPR requirement refinement RP-53 RP r1 Intra-band contiguous CA EVM RP-53 RP Introduction of the downlink CA demodulation requirements RP-53 RP r1 Introduction of CA UE demodulation requirements for TDD RP-54 Corrections of UE categories of Rel-10 reference channels for RF RP requirements RP-54 Alternative way to define channel bandwidths per operating band RP for RP-54 RP CR for TS36.101: Adding note to the function of MPR RP-54 Clarification on applying CSI reports during rank switching in RI RP FDD test - Rel RP-54 RP r1 Corrections for Band 42 and 43 introduction RP-54 RP UE spurious emissions RP-54 RP Add scrambling identity n_scid for MU-MIMO test RP-54 RP r1 P-MPR definition RP-54 RP Pcmax,c Computation Assumptions RP-54 RP r1 Correction of frequency range for spurious emission requirements RP-54 RP General review of the reference measurement channels RP-54 RP Corrections of Rel-10 demodulation performance requirements This CR is only partially implemented due to confliction with CR RP-54 RP Corrections of UE categories for Rel-10 CSI requirements

491 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) This CR is only partially implemented due to confliction with CR RP-54 RP r2 Introduction of SDR TDD test scenario for CA UE demodulation This CR is only partially implemented due to confliction with CR RP-54 RP r1 CR on Colliding CRS for non-mbsfn ABS RP-54 Introduction of eicic demodulation performance requirements for RP r1 FDD and TDD RP-54 Adding missing UL configuration specification in some UE RP receiver requirements for case of 1 CC UL capable UE RP-54 Correction and maintenance on CQI and PMI requirements (Rel RP ) RP-54 RP MPR for CA Multi-cluster RP-54 RP CA demodulation performance requirements for LTE FDD RP-54 CQI reporting accuracy test on frequency non-selective RP scheduling on edl MIMO RP-54 CQI reporting accuracy test on frequency-selective scheduling on RP edl MIMO RP-54 RP PMI reporting accuracy test for TDD on edl MIMO RP-54 RP r1 CR for TS : RI performance requirements RP-54 RP r1 CR for TS : Introduction of static CQI tests (Rel-10) RP-55 RP RF: Updates and corrections to the RMC-s related annexes (Rel ) RP-55 RP r1 On eicic ABS pattern RP-55 RP r1 On eicic interference models RP-55 RP r1 TS CR: on edl-mimo channel model using crosspolarized antennas RP-55 RP r1 TS CR: Correction to MBMS Performance Test Parameters RP-55 RP Harmonic exceptions in LTE UE to UE co-ex tests RP-55 RP Unified titles for Rel-10 CSI tests RP-55 RP r1 Introduction of reference channel for eicic demodulation RP-55 RP r1 Correction of Actual code rate for CSI RMCs RP-55 RP r1 Definition of synchronized operation RP-55 RP r1 Intra band contiguos CA Ue to Ue Co-ex RP-55 RP r1 REL-10 CA specification editorial consistency RP-55 RP Beamforming model for TM RP-55 RP Requirement for CA demodulation with power imbalance RP-55 RP Updating Band 23 duplex specifications RP-55 RP r1 Correcting UE Coexistence Requirements for Band RP-55 RP r1 CA demodulation performance requirements for LTE TDD RP-55 RP Requirement for CA SDR FDD test scenario RP-55 RP r1 TS RF editorial corrections Rel RP-55 RP r1 Introduction of TM9 demodulation performance requirements RP-55 RP r1 Introduction of a CA demodulation test for UE soft buffer management testing RP-55 RP MPR formula correction For intra-band contiguous CA Bandwidth Class C RP-55 RP r1 CR for : B41 REFSENS and MOP changes to accommodate single filter architecture RP-55 RP TM3 tests for eicic RP-55 RP r1 Introduction of requirements of CQI reporting definition for ecicic RP-55 RP edl MIMO CSI requirements RP-55 RP r1 Introduction of Band 26/XXVI to TS RP-55 RP Band 41 CA CR for TS36.101, section RP-55 RP r1 Band 41 CA CR for TS36.101, section RP-55 RP Band 41 CA CR for TS36.101, section RP-56 RP r2 Modulator specification tightening RP-56 RP r1 Carrier aggregation Relative power tolerance, removal of TBD RP-56 RP UE spurious emissions for Band 7 and Band 38 coexistence RP-56 RP Deleting square brackets in Reference Measurement Channels CR to TS36.101: Correction on parameters for the edl-mimo RP-56 RP CQI and PMI tests CR to TS36.101: Fixed reference channel for PDSCH demodulation performance requirements on edl-mimo NOT implemented as it is based on a wrong version of the spec RP-56 RP r RP-56 RP RMC correction on edl-mimo RI test RP-56 RP r1 FRC correction on frequency selective CQI and PMI test (Rel-11) RP-56 RP Correction on test point for PMI test (Rel-11) RP-56 RP r1 Corrections and clarifications on eicic demodulation test RP-56 RP r1 Corrections and clarifications on eicic CSI tests RP-56 RP r1 Corrections on UE performance requirements RP-56 RP Introduction of CA band combination Band1 + Band19 to TS RP-56 RP Addition of ETU30 channel model

492 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP-56 RP Addition of Maximum Throughput for R.30-1 TDD RMC RP-56 RP CR for : The clarification of MPR and A-MPR for CA RP-56 RP Corrections for eicic demod test case with MBSN ABS RP-56 RP Removing brackets of contiguous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_ RP-56 RP r1 Introduction of PDCCH test with colliding RS on MBSFN-ABS RP-56 RP r1 Some clarifications and OCNG pattern for eicic demodulation requirements RP-56 RP Introduction of TDD CA Soft Buffer Limitation RP-56 RP B26 and other editorial corrections RP-56 RP Corrections on CQI and PMI test RP-56 RP FRC for TDD PMI test RP-56 RP r1 Clean-up of UL-MIMO for TS RP-56 RP Removal of unnecessary references to single carrier requirements from Interband CA subclauses RP-56 RP PDCCH wrong detection in receiver spurious emissions test RP-56 RP Corrections to 3500 MHz RP-56 RP r2 Introduction of Band RP-56 RP r1 Target SNR setting for eicic demodulation requirement RP-56 RP Editorial simplification to CA REFSENS UL allocation table RP-56 RP Correction of wrong table refernces in CA receiver tests RP-56 RP r1 Introduction of e850_lb (Band 27) to TS RP-56 RP Correction of PHS protection requirements for TS RP-56 RP r1 Introduction of Band 28 into TS RP-56 RP r1 Proposed revision of subclause 4.3A for TS RP-56 RP r1 Proposed revision on subclause 6.3.4A for TS RP-56 RP r1 Aligning requirements between Band 18 and Band 26 in TS RP-56 RP SNR definition RP-56 RP Correction of CSI configuraiton for CA TM4 tests R RP-56 RP CR on CA UE receiver timing window R RP-56 RP Extension of static eicic CQI test RP-57 RP Correct Transport Block size in 9RB 16QAM Uplink Reference Measurement Channel RP-57 RP r1 RF: Corrections to power allocation parameters for transmission mode 8 (Rel-11) RP-57 RP RF-CA: non-ca notation and applicability of test points in scenarios without and with CA operation (Rel-11) RP-57 RP ACK/NACK feedback modes for FDD and TDD TM4 CA demodulation requirements (Rel-11) RP-57 RP Correction of feedback mode for CA TDD demodulation requirements (resubmission of R4-63AH-0194 for Rel-11) RP-57 RP ABS pattern setup for MBSFN ABS test (resubmission of R AH-0204 for Rel-11) RP-57 RP CR on eicic CQI definition test (resubmission of R4-63AH for Rel-11) RP-57 RP Transmission of CQI feedback and other corrections (Rel-11) RP-57 RP Target SNR setting for eicic MBSFN-ABS demodulation requirements (Rel-11) RP-57 RP Introduction of CA_1_21 RF requirements into TS RP-57 RP Corrections of spurious emission band UE co-existence applicable in Japan RP-57 RP Correction on RMC for frequency non-selective CQI test RP-57 RP Requirements for the edl-mimo CQI test RP-57 RP Clarification on PDSCH test setup under MBSFN ABS RP-57 RP Update of Band 28 requirements RP-57 RP Applicabilty of statement allowing RBW < Meas BW for spurious RP-57 RP Clarification of RB allocation for DRS demodulation tests RP-57 RP Removal of brackets for CA Tx RP-57 RP r1 TS CR for CA_ RP-57 RP Introduction of CA_B7_B20 in RP-57 RP Corrections of FRC subframe allocations and other minor problems RP-57 RP Introduction of requirements for TDD CA Soft Buffer Limitation RP-57 RP Correction of edl-mimio CSI RMC tables and references RP-57 RP Correction of MIMO channel model for polarized antennas RP-57 RP Addition of 15 and 20MHz Bandwidths for Band 23 to TS (Rel-11) RP-57 RP r1 Add requirements for inter-band CA of B_1-18 and B_11-18 in TS RP-57 RP r1 CR for MPR mask for multi-clustered simultaneous transmission in single CC in Rel RP-57 RP r2 Introduction of Japanese Regulatory Requirements to LTE Band (R11) RP-57 RP CR for Band 27 MOP

493 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP-57 RP CR for Band 27 A-MPR RP-57 RP CR to replace protected frequency range with new band number RP-57 RP r1 Introduction of CA band combination Band3 + Band5 to TS RP-57 RP r1 Requirements for edl-mimo RI test RP-57 RP Corrections to TM9 demodulation tests RP-57 RP Correction to PCFICH power parameter setting RP-57 RP r1 Correction on frequency non-selective CQI test RP-57 RP r1 edl-mimo CQI/PMI test RP-57 RP Correction of the definition of unsynchronized operation RP-57 RP r1 Correction to Transmit Modulation Quality Tests for Intra-Band CA RP-57 RP r CR for LTE_CA_B RP-57 RP Introduction of CA_3_20 RF requirements into TS RP-57 RP A-MPR table correction for NS_ RP-57 RP r1 Bandwidth combination sets for intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation RP-57 RP Introduction of LTE Advanced Carrier Aggregation of Band 4 and Band RP-57 RP r1 Introduction of CA configurations CA-12A-4A and CA-17A-4A RP-57 RP Introduction of CA_B3_B7 in RP-57 RP Introduction of Band 2 + Band 17 inter-band CA configuration into RP-57 RP FRC for TM9 FDD RP-57 RP Random precoding granularity in PMI tests RP-57 RP Introduction of RI test for eicic RP-57 RP Notes for deltatib and deltarib tables RP-57 RP CR for A-MPR masks for NS_CA_1C RP-58 RP Introduction of CA_3_8 RF requirements to TS RP-58 RP Removal of square brackets for Band 27 in Table RP-58 RP Some changes related to CA tests and overview table of DL measurement channels RP-58 RP Correction of eicic CQI tests RP-58 RP Correction of eicic demodulation tests RP-58 RP Correction on CSI-RS subframe offset parameter RP-58 RP Correction on FRC table in CSI test RP-58 RP Correction of reference channel table for TDD edl-mimio RI test RP-58 RP OCNG patterns for Sustained Data rate testing RP-58 RP r1 Introduction of one periodic CQI test for CA deployments RP-58 RP Introduction of CA_B5_B12 in RP-58 RP Introducing the additional frequency bands of 5 MHz x 2 in GHz in Japan to Band RP-58 RP r1 Reference sensitivity for the small bandwidth of CA_ RP-58 RP CR on eicic RI test RP-58 RP Cleaning of Performance sections Rel RP-58 RP Out-of-band blocking requirements for inter-band carrier aggregation RP-58 RP Adding missed SNR reference values for CA soft buffer tests RP-58 RP Introduction of CA_4A-5A into RP-58 RP Clean up of specification R RP-58 RP Band 1 to Band 33 and Band 39 UE coexistence requirements RP-58 RP r1 Editorial corrections for Band RP-58 RP Introduction of Band 5 + Band 17 inter-band CA configuration into RP-58 RP Correction of edl-mimo RI test and RMC table for the CSI test RP-58 RP Minor correction to ceiling function example - rel RP-58 RP Correction of SNR definition RP-58 RP Brackets clean up for eicic CSI/demodulation RP-58 RP CR on eicic RI testing (Rel-11) RP-58 RP Correction on FRC table RP-58 RP r1 CR for LTE B14 HPUE (Power Class 1 ) RP-58 RP Adding references to the appropriate beamforming model (Rel-11) RP-58 RP r1 Introduction of CA_8_20 RF requirements into TS RP-58 RP r1 Introduction of inter-band CA_11-18 into TS RP-58 RP r1 Introduction of advanced receivers demodulation performance (FDD) RP-58 RP r1 Introduction of performance requirements for verifying the receiver type for advanced receivers (FDD/TDD) RP-58 RP CR to remove the square bracket of A-MPR in TS RP-58 RP Correction of some errors in reference sensitivity for CA in TS (R11) RP-58 RP r1 Introduction of Advanced Receivers Test Cases for TDD RP-58 RP r1 Introduction of Band RP-58 RP Low-channel Band 1 coexistence with PHS

494 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP-58 RP r1 Completion of the tables of bandwidth combinations specified for CA RP-58 RP r1 Exceptions to REFSENS requrirements for class A2 CA combinations RP-58 RP Introduction of carrier aggregation configuration CA_ RP-58 RP Editorial corrections to Band 27 specifications RP-58 RP Band 28 AMPR for DTV protection RP-58 RP r1 UE-UE coexistence between bands with small frequency separation RP-58 RP Adding UE-UE Coexistence Requirement for Band 3 and Band RP-58 RP Maintenance of Band 23 UE Coexistence RP-58 RP Corrections to TM4 rank indicator Test RP-58 RP Correction of test configuraitons and FRC for CA demodulation with power imbalance RP-58 RP Applicable OFDM symbols of Noc_2 for PDCCH/PCFICH ABS MBSFN test cases RP-59 RP OCNG patterns for Enhanced Performance Requirements Type A RP-59 RP Corrections on in-band blocking for Band 29 for carrier aggregation RP-59 RP Brackets removal in Rel-11 TM4 rank indicator Test RP-59 RP r1 Cleanup of Advanced Receivers requirement scenarios for demodulation and CSI (FDD/TDD) RP-59 RP Corrections to CQI reporting RP-59 RP Corrections for eicic performance requirements (rel-11) RP-59 RP Correction of CA power imbalance performance requirements RP-59 RP Correction of a symbol for MPR in single carrier for TS (R11) RP-59 RP r1 Correction of some inter-band CA requiements for TS (R11) RP-59 RP Correction of contigous allocation A-MPR for CA_NS_ RP-59 RP r1 Clarification of spurious emission domain for CA in TS (R11) RP-59 RP CR for CA performance requirements RP-59 RP r1 Introduction of downlink non-contiguous CA into REL -11 TS RP-59 RP CA_1C: CA_NS_02 and CA_NS_03 A-MPR REL RP-59 RP Editorial corrections to subclause RP-59 RP Addition of UE Regional Requirements to Band 23 Based on New Regulatory Order in the US RP-59 RP Band 26: modification of A-MPR for 'NS_15' RP-59 RP r1 Band 41 requirements for operation in China and Japan RP-59 RP Remove [ ] from CSI test case parameters RP-59 RP Corrections to UE co-existence RP-59 RP UE-UE co-existence between Band 1 and Band 33/ RP-59 RP Correction on reference to note for Band 7 and 38 co-existence RP-59 RP r1 Cleanup for CA UE RF requirements RP-59 RP Corrections on UL configuration for CA UE receiver requirements RP-59 RP Correction of Transmit modulation quality requirements for CA RP-59 RP Revision of Common Test Parameters for User-specific Demodulation Tests RP-59 RP Correction for a Band 27 A-MPR table RP-59 RP Correction of CA CQI test setup RP-59 RP r1 Correction of B12 DL Specification in Table 5.5A RP-59 RP Correction of table reference RP-60 RP r1 Complementary description for definition of MIMO Correlation Matrices using cross polarized antennas RP-60 RP Correction of transport format parameters for CQI index 10 ( RBs) - Rel RP-60 RP Maintenance of Band 23 A-MPR (NS_11) in TS (Rel-11) RP-60 RP CR for : Adding the definition of CA_NS_05 and CA_NS_06 for additional spurious emissions for CA RP-60 RP CR for introducing UE TM3 demodulation performance requirements under high speed RP-60 RP Correction of test parameters for eicic performance requirements RP-60 RP Correction of test parameters for eicic CSI requirements RP-60 RP Correction of resource allocation for the multiple PMI Cat 1 UE test RP-60 RP Removal of note 2 from band RP-60 RP Correction of the CSI-RS parameter configuration RP-60 RP r1 Addition of Band 41 for intra-band non-contiguous CA for RP-60 RP r1 MPR for intra-band non-contiguous CA RP-60 RP Modification of configured output power to account for larger tolerance RP-60 RP r1 Missing symbols in the NS_15 table

495 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP-60 RP Corrections to Rx requirements for inter-band CA configurations with REFSENS exceptions RP-60 RP r1 Correction for TS RP-60 RP RF: Corrections to RMC-s for sustained data rate test RP-60 RP Non-contiguous intraband CA channel spacing RP-60 RP Carrier aggregation in multi RAT and multiple band combination terminals RP-60 RP Completion of out-of-band blocking requirements for inter-band CA with one UL RP-60 RP r1 CR on the bandwidth coverage issue of CA demodulation performance (Rel-11) RP-60 RP Correction on UE maximum output power for intra-band CA (R11) RP-60 RP r1 CR for introduction of FeICIC demodulation performance requirements RP-60 RP Removing bracket from CA_11A-18A requirments RP-60 RP CR on the bandwidth coverage issue of CA CQI performance (Rel-11) RP-60 RP Corrections to ACLR for Rel-11 CA RP-60 RP Corrections to NS_11 A-MPR Table RP-60 RP Corrections to NS_12 A-MPR Table RP-61 RP r1 CR on performance requirements of CA soft buffer managemen (Rel-11) RP-61 RP CR on applicability of CA sustained data rate tests (Rel-11) RP-61 RP r1 Performance requirement for UE under EVA RP-61 RP r1 CR for introduction of FeICIC PBCH performance requirement RP-61 RP r1 CR for introduction of FeICIC RI reporting requirements RP-61 RP Beamforming model for EPDCCH test RP-61 RP r1 Introduction of performance requirements for verifying the receiver type for CSI-RS based advanced receivers (FDD/TDD) RP-61 RP r1 CR for : Add the definition of 5+20MHz for spectrum emission mask for CA RP-61 RP UE REFSENS when supporting intra-band CA and inter-band CA RP-61 RP Correlation matrix for high speed train demodulation scenarios (Rel-11) RP-61 RP Corrections to sustained data rate test (Rel-11) RP-61 RP r1 CR for introduction of FeICIC CQI requirements RP-61 RP Clarification of multi-cluster transmission RP-61 RP r1 CA UE Coexistence Table update (Release 11) RP-61 RP Coexistence between Band 27 and Band 38 (Release 11) RP-61 RP Incorrect REFSENS UL allocation for CA_1C RP-61 RP Contiguous intraband CA REFSENS with one UL RP-61 RP r1 Remianed Transmitter requirements for intra-band non-contiguous CA RP-61 RP Correction to Rel-11 A-MPR for CA_NS_ RP-61 RP The Pcmax clauses restructured RP-61 RP MPR for intra-band non-contiguous CA RP-62 RP r1 Corrections to the notes in the band UE co-existence requirements table (Rel-11) RP-62 RP Clean-up of uplink reference measurement channels (Rel-11) RP-62 RP r2 Introduction of test 1-A for CoMP RP-62 RP CA_NS_05 Emissions RP-62 RP NS signaling for CA refsens RP-62 RP r2 Intraband CA channel bandwidth combination table restructuring RP-62 RP CR Minimum requirement with Same Cell ID (with multiple NZP CSI-RS resources) RP-62 RP CR on correction of definition on Fraction of Maximum Throughput for CA RP-62 RP CR on correction of test configurations of CA soft buffer tests RP-62 RP r1 CR for FeICIC demodulation performance requirements RP-62 RP r3 CR on FeICIC PBCH performance requirement RP-62 RP r3 CR on RI reporting requirement RP-62 RP Beamforming model for EPDCCH localized test RP-62 RP Downlink physical setup for EPDCCH test RP-62 RP Correction on the UE category for eicic CQI test RP-62 RP CR for receiver type verification test of CSI-RS based advanced receivers (Rel-11) RP-62 RP r2 Allowed power reductions for multiple transmissions in a subframe RP-62 RP r2 Introduce high SNR TM3 test for FeICIC PDSCH RP-62 RP r1 CR on correction of FRC of power imbalance test RP-62 RP UE-UE coexistence for Band RP-62 RP r2 CR to Introduce fading CQI test for CoMP (FDD) RP-62 RP CR Removing Addition of Tc to P-MPR RP-62 RP r2 CR Minimum requirement with Different Cell ID and Colliding CRS (with single NZP CSI-RS resource)

496 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) RP-62 RP CA performance requirements for TDD intra-band NC CA RP-62 RP r1 Introduction of reference SNR-s for FeICIC demodulation performance requirements RP-62 RP OCNG pattern for EPDCCH test RP-62 RP r1 Introduction of UE TM3 demodulation performance requirements under ETU RP-62 RP r1 Introduction of test 1-A for CoMP TDD RP-62 RP Modification of TM9 test to verify correct SNR estimation RP-62 RP r1 Correction to blocking requirements and use of R IB RP-62 RP r1 CR on test point clarification for CA demodulation test RP-62 RP r1 CR to Introduce fading CQI test for CoMP (TDD) RP-62 RP CR to Introduce channel model for CoMP fading CQI tests RP-62 RP r1 CR to Introduce RI test for CoMP (FDD) RP-62 RP r1 Simplification of Band 12/17 in-band blocking test cases RP-62 RP r1 Distributed EPDCCH Demodulation Test RP-62 RP r1 Localized EPDCCH Demodulation Test RP-62 RP r1 Reference Measurement Channels for EPDCCH RP-62 RP r1 Introduction of DL CoMP FDD static CQI test RP-62 RP r1 Introduction of DL CoMP TDD static CQI test RP-62 RP P-max for Band 38 to Band 7 coexistence RP-62 RP r2 Minimum requirement with Same Cell ID (with multiple NZP CSI RS resources) TDD RP-62 RP r2 CR Minimum requirement with Different Cell ID and Colliding CRS (with single NZP CSI-RS resource) TDD RP-62 RP Editoral change on FeICIC PBCH Noc setup RP-62 RP r1 Correction of nominal guard bands for bandwidth classes A and C RP-62 RP r1 CR to Introduce RI test for CoMP (TDD) RP-62 RP Correction of TDD PCFICH/PDCCH test parameter table RP-62 RP Add EVA200 to table of channel model parameters RP-62 RP CA_1C: Correction on CA_NS_02 A-MPR table RP-62 RP Introduction of EPDCCH TM10 localized test R RP-62 RP Introduction of SDR test for PDSCH with EPDCCH scheduling RP-63 RP r1 CR for maintanence of CA soft buffer tests in Rel RP-63 RP r1 CR on TM9 localized epdcch test RP-63 RP r1 CR on reference measurement channel for epdcch test RP-63 RP Cleanup of the specification for FeICIC (Rel-11) RP-63 RP r1 UL-DL configuration and other parameters for FeICIC TDD CQI fading test (Rel-11) RP-63 RP CR for introduction of 15MHz based SDR tests in Rel RP-63 RP r1 CR for TS COMP demodulation requirements RP-63 RP r1 CR for Combinations of channel model parameters RP-63 RP CR for EPDCCH power allocation (Rel-11) RP-63 RP CR on reference measurement channel for TM10 PDSCH demodulation test RP-63 RP r1 CR of EPDCCH localzied test with TM10 QCL Type-B configuration (Rel-11) RP-63 RP Correction of coding rate for 18RBs in UL RMC table RP-63 RP r1 CR to finalize RI test for CoMP RP-63 RP r1 Distributed EPDCCH Demodulation Test RP-63 RP r1 CR to finalize fading CQI test for CoMP RP-63 RP r1 Correction of table notes for NS_12-NS_15 spurious emissions requirements RP-63 RP Configured transmitted power for CA RP-63 RP r1 Channel spacing for non-contiguous intra-band carrier aggregation RP-63 RP Clarification of contiguous and non-contiguous intra-band UE capabilities in the same band RP-63 RP Correction of a table note for Pcmax RP-63 RP CR for Editorial correction on OCNG pattern RP-63 RP r1 CR on correction of downlink SDR tests with EPDCCH scheduling RP-63 RP Introduction of requirements for SNR test for TM RP-63 RP r2 Correction on DL CoMP static CQI tests (Rel 11)

497 3GPP TS version Release TS V ( ) History V November 2012 Publication V February 2013 Publication V April 2013 Publication V July 2013 Publication V October 2013 Publication V March 2014 Publication V April 2014 Publication Document history